Contents

Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual PDF

1 of 596
1 of 596

Summary of Content for Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual PDF

2020 LEAF

OWNERS MANUAL

For your safety, read carefully and keep in this vehicle.

20 20

N ISSA

N LEA

F

ZE1-DZE1-D

Printing : October 2019 Publication No.:

Printed in the U.S.A. OM20EA 0ZE1U0

The information contained within this supplement updates the following information in the 2020 NISSAN Leaf Owners manual. In APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM in the EV Overview section of the Owners manual.

Please read carefully and keep in the vehicle.

Printing: March 2020 Publication No. SU20EA 0ZE1U0

OWNERS MANUAL SUPPLEMENT

APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes- trians (VSP) system is a function that uses sound to alert pedestrians of the presence of the vehicle when it is being driven at a low speed. When the vehicle starts to move, it pro- duces a sound. The sound stops when the vehicle speed is more than 25 mph (40 km/h) while acceler- ating.

The sound starts when the vehicle speed is less than 22 mph (35 km/h) while deceler- ating.

WARNING

If the sound cannot be heard, pedes- trians may not notice the oncoming vehicle, which may cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. It is recommended that you immedi- ately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for VSP system inspection.

If the VSP system OFF warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the VSP system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warning light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

NOTE:

The volume of the (VSP) sound cannot be raised or lowered.

LEV2060

This manual was prepared to help you un- derstand the operation and maintenance of your vehicle so that you may enjoy many miles of driving pleasure. Please read through this manual before operating your vehicle. A separate Warranty Information Book- let explains details about the warranties covering your vehicle. The NISSAN Ser- vice and Maintenance Guide explains de- tails about maintaining and servicing your vehicle. Additionally, a separate Customer Care/Lemon Law Booklet (U.S. only) will explain how to resolve any con- cerns you may have with your vehicle, as well as clarify your rights under your states lemon law. In addition to factory installed options, your vehicle may also be equipped with addi- tional accessories installed prior to deliv- ery. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details concerning the particular accessories with which your vehicle is equipped. It is impor- tant that you familiarize yourself with all disclosures, warnings, cautions and in- structions concerning proper use of such accessories prior to operating the vehicle and/or accessory. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for

details concerning the particular accesso- ries with which your vehicle is equipped. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer knows your vehicle best. When you require any service or have any questions, we will be glad to assist you with the extensive resources available to us.

Before driving your vehicle, read your Own- ers Manual carefully. This will ensure famil- iarity with controls and maintenance re- quirements, assisting you in the safe operation of your vehicle.

WARNING

IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION RE- MINDERS! Follow these important driving rules to help ensure a safe and comfortable trip for you and your passengers! NEVER drive under the influence of

alcohol or drugs. ALWAYS observe posted speed limits

and never drive too fast for conditions. ALWAYS give your full attention to

driving and avoid using vehicle fea- tures or taking other actions that could distract you.

ALWAYS use your seat belts and ap- propriate child restraint systems. Pre-teen children should be seated in the rear seat.

ALWAYS provide information about the proper use of vehicle safety fea- tures to all occupants of the vehicle.

ALWAYS review this Owners Manual for important safety information.

FOREWORD READ FIRST THEN DRIVE SAFELY

MODIFICATION OF YOUR VEHICLE This vehicle should not be modified. Modification could affect its perfor- mance, safety or durability, and may even violate governmental regulations. In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from modification may not be covered under NISSAN warranties.

WARNING

Installing an aftermarket On-Board Di- agnostic (OBD) plug-in device that uses the port during normal driving, for ex- ample remote insurance company monitoring, remote vehicle diagnos- tics, telematics or engine reprogram- ming, may cause interference or dam- age to vehicle systems. We do not recommend or endorse the use of any aftermarket OBD plug-in devices, un- less specifically approved by NISSAN. The vehicle warranty may not cover damage caused by any aftermarket plug-in device.

This manual includes information for all features and equipment available on this model. Features and equipment in your ve- hicle may vary depending on model, trim level, options selected, order, date of pro- duction, region or availability. Therefore, you may find information about features or equipment that are not included or in- stalled on your vehicle. All information, specifications and illustra- tions in this manual are those in effect at the time of printing. NISSAN reserves the right to change specifications, perfor- mance, design or component suppliers without notice and without obligation. From time to time, NISSAN may update or revise this manual to provide Owners with the most accurate information currently available. Please carefully read and retain with this manual all revision updates sent to you by NISSAN to ensure you have ac- cess to accurate and up-to-date informa- tion regarding your vehicle. Current ver- sions of vehicle Owner's Manuals and any updates can also be found in the Owner section of the NISSAN website at https:// owners.nissanusa.com/nowners/ navigation/manualsGuide. If you have questions concerning any information in your Owner's Manual, contact NISSAN Con- sumer Affairs. For contact information, re-

fer to the NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PRO- GRAM page in this Owners Manual.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THIS MANUAL You will see various symbols in this manual. They are used in the following ways:

WARNING

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause death or se- rious personal injury. To avoid or re- duce the risk, the procedures must be followed precisely.

CAUTION

This is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that could cause minor or moderate personal injury or damage to your vehicle. To avoid or reduce the risk, the procedures must be followed care- fully.

WHEN READING THE MANUAL

If you see the symbol above, it means Do not do this or Do not let this happen.

If you see a symbol similar to those above in an illustration, it means the arrow points to the front of the vehicle.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above indicate movement or action.

Arrows in an illustration that are similar to those above call attention to an item in the illustration. [ ]: Indicates a key/item displayed on the screen.

CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE ADVISORY Some vehicle parts, such as lithium bat- teries, may contain perchlorate material. The following advisory is provided: Per- chlorate Material - special handling may apply. For additional information, refer to www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ perchlorate.

2019 NISSAN NORTH AMERICA, INC. All rights reserved. No part of this Owners Manual may be reproduced or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form, or by any means, electronic, me- chanical, photocopying, recording or oth- erwise, without the prior written permis- sion of Nissan North America, Inc.

SIC0697

NISSAN CARES ... Both NISSAN and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are dedicated to serving all your automotive needs. Your satisfaction with your vehicle and your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer are our primary concerns. Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer is always available to assist you with all your automobile sales and service needs. However, if there is something that your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer cannot assist you with or you would like to provide NISSAN directly with comments or ques- tions, please contact the NISSAN Con- sumer Affairs Department using our toll- free number: For U.S. customers

1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738)

For Canadian customers 1-800-387-0122

The Consumer Affairs Department will ask for the following information: Your name, address, and telephone

number

Vehicle identification number (attached to the top of the instrument panel on the driver's side)

Date of purchase Current odometer reading Your NISSAN certified LEAF dealers

name Your comments or questions OR You can write to NISSAN with the informa- tion at: For U.S. customers

Nissan North America, Inc. Consumer Affairs Department

P.O. Box 685003 Franklin, TN 37068-5003 or via e-mail at: nnaconsumeraffairs@nissan-usa.com

For Canadian customers Nissan Canada Inc. 5290 Orbitor Drive Mississauga, Ontario L4W 4Z5 or via e-mail at: information.centre@nissancanada.com

If you prefer, visit us at: www.nissanusa.com (for U.S. customers) or www.nissan.ca (for Canadian customers)

We appreciate your interest in NISSAN and thank you for buying a quality NISSAN vehicle.

NISSAN CUSTOMER CARE PROGRAM

Table of contents

Illustrated table of contents

EV Overview

Charging

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Instruments and controls

Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Starting and driving

In case of emergency

Appearance and care

Maintenance and do-it yourself

Technical and consumer information

Index

0

EV

CH

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

0 Illustrated table of contents

Seats, seat belts and Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-2 Exterior front . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-3 Exterior rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-4 Passenger Compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-5 Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-6

Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-8 Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-9 Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0-10 Warning and indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0-11

1. Rear head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7) 2. Child restraint anchor points (for top

tether strap child restraint) (P. 1-21) 3. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and

rollover air bags (P. 1-43) 4. Rear-outboard seat-mounted side-

impact supplemental air bags (P. 1-43) 5. Front head restraints/headrests (P. 1-7) 6. Front seat belt with pretensioner(s) and

shoulder height adjuster (P. 1-10, 1-43) 7. Front seats (P. 1-2) 8. Supplemental front-impact air bags

(P. 1-43) 9. Driver and passenger supplemental

knee airbags (P. 1-43) 10. Occupant classification sensor (weight

sensor) (P. 1-43) 11. Front seat-mounted side-impact

supplemental air bags (P. 1-43) 12. LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for

CHildren) system (P. 1-21)

LII2621

SEATS, SEAT BELTS AND SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

0-2 Illustrated table of contents

1. Charge port lid/Charging lid switch (P. 3-21)

2. Hood (P. 3-18) 3. Wiper and washer switch/Switch opera-

tion (P. 2-46) Blade replacement (P. 8-14) Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)

4. Outside mirrors/Switch operation (P. 3-25) Side camera (if so equipped) (P. 4-11)

5. Power windows (P. 2-66) 6. Child safety rear door lock (P. 3-4) 7. Doors (P. 3-4)

Keys (P. 3-2) Door locks (P. 3-4) NISSAN Intelligent Key system (P. 3-7) Security system (P. 2-43)

8. Wheels and tires (P. 8-28, 9-4) Flat tire(P. 6-3) Tire Pressure Monitoring System (P. 2-19, 5-4, 6-3)

9. Headlight and turn signal lights/Switch operation (P. 2-49) Bulb replacement (P. 8-24) LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) (if so equipped) (P. 2-53)

10. Fog lights/Switch operation (if so equipped) (P. 2-55) Bulb replacement (P. 8-24)

11. License plate installation (P. 9-9) 12. Front view camera (if so equipped)

(P. 4-11)LIC3856

EXTERIOR FRONT

Illustrated table of contents 0-3

1. Rear wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46) Windshield-washer fluid (P. 8-11)

2. High-mounted stop light (P. 8-24) 3. Rear window defroster (P. 2-48) 4. Rear combination lights (P. 8-24)

Bulb replacement (P. 8-24) 5. Rear sonar sensors (P. 5-134, 5-163) 6. Rear reflex reflector 7. Rear hatch (P. 3-19)

Rear view camera (P. 4-3, 4-11)

LII2622

EXTERIOR REAR

0-4 Illustrated table of contents

1. Emergency tire puncture repair kit (P. 6-3)

2. Map lights (P. 2-69) Switch operation (P. 2-69) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System microphone* Sunglasses holder (P. 2-61)

3. Sun visors (P. 3-24) 4. Inside rearview mirror (P. 3-25)

HomeLink (if so equipped) (P. 2-71) 5. Front cup holders (P. 2-61) 6. Console box (P. 2-61)

USB/iPod charging port (P. 4-43) 7. Cargo area (P. 2-61)

Tonneau cover (if so equipped) (P. 2-61) EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip- ment) (P. CH-5)

*For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf)

LII2623

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

Illustrated table of contents 0-5

1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Instrument brightness control switch (P. 2-54)

2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn signal switch (P. 2-49)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Audio control* Vehicle information display controls (P. 2-25)

4. Steering wheel (P. 5-156) Power steering system (P. 5-156) Horn (P. 2-55) Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46) 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side) Cruise control switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-66) Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-69) ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control*

7. Shift lever (P. 5-15) ECO switch (P. 2-55) e-Pedal switch (P. 5-22)

8. Console box (P. 2-61) LII2624

COCKPIT

0-6 Illustrated table of contents

9. Parking brake (switch type) (if so equipped) (P. 5-19)

10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever(P. 3-23)

11. Lower instrument panel switches (P. 3-21) Charge port lid switch (P. 3-21) Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58) Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-57) Steering Assist switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92) Dynamic driver assistance switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92, 5-31, 5-47)

12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-18) *For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect manual (for Leaf)

Illustrated table of contents 0-7

1. Vents (P. 4-27) 2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 3. Center multi-function control panel* 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2) 5. Rear window and outside mirror (if so

equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-48) 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-43) 7. Glove box (P. 2-61) 8. Passenger supplemental knee airbag

(P. 1-43) 9. Heater and air conditioner control

(P. 4-28) 10. Power outlet (P. 2-61) 11. Front heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-56) 12. USB connection port* 13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-10) 14. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-43) 15. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-43) 16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)

LII2625

INSTRUMENT PANEL

0-8 Illustrated table of contents

1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-25) Clock (P. 2-13) Outside air temperature (P. 2-12) Li-ion battery available charge gauge (P. 2-9) Driving range (P. 2-9) Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Indicator for timer (P. CH-43) Power meter (P. 2-8)

2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14) Turn signal/Hazard indicator light (P. 2-49) READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-23) ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)

3. Speedometer (P. 2-6)

LIC3861

METERS AND GAUGES

Illustrated table of contents 0-9

1. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-18) 2. Brake fluid reservoir (P. 8-10) 3. 12-volt battery (P. 8-12) 4. Fuse holder (P. 8-18) 5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

(P. 8-11) 6. Fuse/Fusible link holder (P. 8-18) 7. Coolant reservoir cap (P. 8-8)

LDI3464

MOTOR COMPARTMENT

0-10 Illustrated table of contents

Warning light Name Page

12-volt battery charge warning light

2-15

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

2-16

Approaching Ve- hicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) OFF system warning light

2-16

Automatic Emer- gency Braking (AEB) with Pedes- trian Detection system warning light

2-16

Warning light Name Page

or Brake system warning light (yel- low)

2-17

or Brake warning light (red) 2-17

or

Electronic parking brake system warning light (yel- low) (if so equipped)

2-18

Electric shift con- trol system warn- ing light

2-18

Warning light Name Page

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warn- ing light

2-19

Low tire pressure warning light 2-19

Master warning light (red/yellow) 2-20

Power steering warning light 2-21

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light

2-21

Seat belt warning light 2-21

WARNING AND INDICATOR LIGHTS

Illustrated table of contents 0-11

Warning light Name Page

Supplemental air bag warning light 2-21

Indicator light

Name Page

or Electronic parking brake indicator light

2-22

Exterior light indi- cator light 2-22

Front fog light in- dicator light (if so equipped)

2-22

Indicator light

Name Page

Front passenger air bag status light

2-22

High Beam Assist indicator light 2-22

High beam indi- cator light (blue) 2-22

Plug-in indicator light 2-23

Power limitation indicator light 2-23

READY to drive indicator light 2-23

Indicator light

Name Page

Security indicator light 2-24

Slip indicator light 2-24

Turn signal/ hazard indicator lights

2-24

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

2-24

0-12 Illustrated table of contents

EV Overview

The EV (Electric Vehicle) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2

Driving with a discharged Li-ion battery . . . . .EV-3 Charging the 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5

High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 High-voltage components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-8

Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Emergency shut-off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-10

EV characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-11 Noise and vibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-11

Life with an EV (scene guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-12 Before driving your vehicle (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . EV-15 Checking Li-ion battery charging status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-15 Operating the climate control system before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-16

Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-17 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Charging after driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-21

Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22 Range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22 Improve driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-22 Li-ion battery life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-23 Li-ion battery maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24

EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24 Meters and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-24 Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-27 Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28 LED headlight (low beam) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EV-28

The LEAF is an electric vehicle. Some of the vehicles systems operate differently and have different operating characteristics than vehicles equipped with an internal combustion engine. It is important to care- fully review the entire Owner's Manual for this reason. The main difference is the LEAF is powered by electricity. The LEAF does not require and it is not capable of using gaso- line like a vehicle powered by a traditional internal combustion engine. The LEAF uses electricity stored in the lithium ion (Li-ion) battery. The vehicles Li-ion battery must be charged with electricity before the ve- hicle can be driven. As the vehicle operates, the Li-ion battery gradually discharges. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- charged, the vehicle will not operate until it is re-charged. This vehicle uses two types of batteries. One is the 12-volt battery that is the same as the battery in vehicles powered by gasoline engines, the other is the Li-ion battery (high voltage). The 12-volt battery provides power to the vehicle systems and features such as the audio system, supplemental restraint sys- tems, headlights and windshield wipers.

The Li-ion battery provides power to the electric motor (traction motor) that moves the vehicle. The Li-ion battery also charges the 12-volt battery. The vehicle must be plugged in for the Li- ion battery to be charged. Additionally, the vehicle system can extend the vehicle range by converting driving force into elec- tricity that is stored in the Li-ion battery while the vehicle is decelerating or being driven downhill. This is called regenerative braking. This vehicle is considered to be an environmentally friendly vehicle because it does not emit exhaust gases, such as car- bon dioxide and nitrogen oxide.

WARNING

Your vehicle contains a sealed Li-ion high voltage battery. If the Li-ion bat- tery is disposed of improperly, there is a risk of severe burns and electrical shock that may result in serious injury or death and there is also a risk of envi- ronmental damage.

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the Li-ion bat- tery: Do not expose the vehicle to extreme

ambient temperatures for extended periods.

Do not store the vehicle in tempera- tures below 13F (25C) for more than seven days.

Do not leave the vehicle for more than 14 days where the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero.

Do not use the Li-ion battery for any other purpose.

THE EV (Electric Vehicle) SYSTEM LI-ION BATTERY

EV-2 EV Overview

NOTE: If the outside temperature is 13F

(25C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or pro- vide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location.

The capacity of the Li-ion battery in your vehicle to hold a charge will, like all such batteries, decrease with time and usage. As the battery ages and ca- pacity decreases, this will result in a decrease from the vehicles initial mile- age range. This is normal, expected, and not indicative of any defect in your Li-ion battery.

The Li-ion battery has limited service life, and when its charging capacity falls below a specific level, the EV sys- tem warning light will illuminate. Own- ers should bring their vehicle in for in- spection and possible battery replacement.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for infor- mation about recycling or disposal of the Li-ion battery. Do not attempt to recycle or dispose of the Li-ion battery yourself.

DRIVING WITH A DISCHARGED LI-ION BATTERY When a destination is set in the navigation system (if so equipped) that exceeds the available vehicle range, the navigation sys- tem automatically searches the location of nearby charging stations. When the nearby charging station locations are displayed, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. Warning lights illuminate on the instru- ment panel and messages are displayed on the vehicle information display to in- form you that the Li-ion battery charge is low. Instructions are also displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) to direct you to nearby charging stations. The vehicle's range is very limited when these warning lights illuminate and mes- sages are displayed. Follow the instruc- tions on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) and immediately charge the ve- hicle at the nearest charging station. There are three levels of information that will be displayed as the Li-ion battery be- comes discharged: 1. The following warning lights illuminate

on the instrument panel and messages are displayed on the vehicle information display at the same time to indicate low Li-ion battery charge:

The low battery charge indicator The master warning light The Battery charge is low, Charge

now warning message is displayed on the vehicle information display.

Messages are displayed on the navi- gation system screen (if so equipped).

LEV2062

EV Overview EV-3

For additional information, refer to Low battery charge indicator in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

The driving range flashes O1 .

NOTE: Due to traffic conditions, it may be dif- ficult to get to the charging station suggested by the navigation system (if so equipped). If the Li-ion battery is almost completely discharged, drive directly to the nearest charging sta- tion.

2. If the vehicle is driven and the Li-ion bat- tery continues to discharge, the driving range on the instrument panel changes to O2 . Messages are displayed on the naviga- tion system screen (if so equipped). For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery available charge gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

LEV2063 LEV2064

EV-4 EV Overview

3. When the power limitation indicator light illuminates, traction motor output is limited resulting in reduced ve- hicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery be- comes completely discharged and there is no power available to drive the vehicle. Contact Roadside Assistance Service shown in your NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. For additional in- formation, refer to If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

CHARGING THE 12-VOLT BATTERY The 12-volt battery is charged automati- cally using electricity stored in the Li-ion battery. When the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charge status indicator light on the in- strument panel flashes (except when charging the Li-ion battery or the power switch is in the READY to drive position). For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in the Charging section of this manual.

While vehicle is driven The Li-ion battery charges the 12-volt bat- tery as necessary when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. The 12-volt battery is not charged in the following conditions. When the power switch is in the ACC po-

sition. When the power switch is in the ON posi-

tion and the shift position is in the N (Neu- tral) position.

While the vehicle is not in use When the EV system is off for an extended time, the 12-volt battery may be automati- cally charged for a short period of time on a regular basis.

LI-ION BATTERY WARMER For models with 40 kWh battery

CAUTION

The Li-ion battery warmer does not op- erate if the available Li-ion battery charge is less than approximately 15% and the charger is not connected to the vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion bat- tery from freezing, do not leave the ve- hicle in an environment if temperatures may go below -1F (-17C) unless the ve- hicle is connected to a charger.

The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing and helps to prevent significant reductions in the Li-ion battery output when the temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns on when the Li-ion battery tempera- ture is approximately -1F (-17C) or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns off when the Li-ion battery tempera- ture is approximately 14F (-10C) or higher. The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from an external source when a charger is connected to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from the Li-ion battery when the charger is not connected to the vehicle.

EV Overview EV-5

NOTE: Connect the charger to the vehicle and

place the power switch in the OFF posi- tion when parking the vehicle if tem- peratures may go below -1F (-17C). This provides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery.

The charging status indicator lights il- luminate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same pattern to indicate 12-volt bat- tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op- eration or Remote Climate Control op- eration (models with Navigation System). The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion bat- tery warmer operates at the same time as the above features. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in the Charging sec- tion of this manual.

The Li-ion battery warmer uses Li-ion battery power to operate, even if the vehicle is connected to a charger when: The vehicle's power switch is in the

ON position. There is no electrical power being

supplied to the charging equipment.

When the Li-ion battery warmer is al- ready in operation using an external power source, it will continue to use the external power even if the power switch is placed in the ON position.

Vehicle driving range is reduced if the Li-ion battery warmer operates (Li-ion battery temperature approximately -1F (-17C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures.

The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system (if so equipped) increases when the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

Climate control performance is re- duced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control (models with Navigation System) while the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the charging timer while the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

For models with 62 kWh battery

CAUTION

The Li-ion battery warmer does not op- erate if the normal charger is not con- nected to the vehicle. To help prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing, do not leave the vehicle in an environment if temperatures may go below -4F (-20C) unless the vehicle is connected to a charger.

The Li-ion battery warmer helps to prevent the Li-ion battery from freezing when the temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery warmer automatically turns on when the Li-ion battery temperature is approxi- mately -4F (-20C) or colder and outside temperature is approximately -11F (-24C) or colder. The Li-ion battery warmer auto- matically turns off when the Li-ion battery temperature is approximately 0F (-18C) or higher, or outside temperature is approxi- mately -8F (-22C) or higher. The Li-ion battery warmer operates when the normal charger is connected to the vehicle, and it automatically uses electrical power from either the external source or from the Li-ion battery.

EV-6 EV Overview

NOTE: Connect the charger to the vehicle and

place the power switch in the OFF po- sition when parking the vehicle if tem- peratures may go below -4F (-20C). The Li-ion battery warmer automati- cally uses electrical power from either the external source or from the Li-ion battery, based on the amount of re- maining Li-ion battery.

The charging status indicator lights il- luminate in a specific pattern when the Li-ion battery warmer operates. The charging status indicator lights use the same pattern to indicate 12volt bat- tery charging, Climate Ctrl. Timer op- eration or Remote Climate Control op- eration (models with Navigation System). The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion bat- tery warmer operates at the same time as the above features. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in the Charging sec- tion of this manual.

The automatic climate control auto- matically turns on when the Li-ion bat- tery warmer uses electrical power from the Li-ion battery. This is not a malfunction. When the Li-ion battery warmer operates, the temperature in- side the vehicle may be warmed up.

The Li-ion battery will be automatically charged when the Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from an extended source. When outside tem- perature goes below -4F (-20C) for many days, frequent Li-ion battery warmer operation may occur, and more electric power will be charged from an external source. Do not con- nect the normal charger to the vehicle if you do not want to turn on the Li-ion battery warmer. In this case, do not leave the vehicle in an environment if temperatures may go below -4F (-20C).

When the Li-ion battery warmer is al- ready in operation using an external source, it will continue to use the exter- nal power even if the power switch is placed in the ON position.

The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if the power switch is placed in the ON position while the Li-ion battery warmer is using electrical power from the Li-ion battery. To turn on the Li-ion battery warmer again, place the power switch in the OFF position.

The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if the charging connector is removed from the normal charger while the Li- ion battery warmer is operating. To turn on the Li-ion battery warmer again, connect the charging connector to the vehicle. The Li-ion battery warmer will operate again after about 1 hour.

The Li-ion battery warmer will stop if the charging connector of the quick charger is connected to the vehicle while the Li-ion battery warmer is op- erating. To turn on the Li-ion battery warmer again, remove the charging connector of the quick charger from the vehicle.

The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge to the expected level when the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

EV Overview EV-7

The predicted charging time displayed on the meter increases when the Li-ion battery warmer uses electrical power from the Li-ion battery.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Cli- mate Control (models with Navigation System) does not turn on while the Li- ion battery warmer operates. This is not a malfunction.

The charging timer or remote charge (models with Navigation System) does not turn on while the Li-ion battery warmer operates. This is not a mal- function.

The Li-ion battery may not be charged to the expected level using the charg- ing timer while the Li-ion battery warmer operates.

If the Li-ion battery warmer automati- cally stops because of the Li-ion bat- tery temperature or outside tempera- ture change, charging will continue until the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

HIGH-VOLTAGE COMPONENTS WARNING

The EV system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high volt- age and the high temperature. Fol- low the warning labels that are at- tached to the vehicle.

Never disassemble, remove or re- place high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors because they can cause severe burns or elec- tric shock that may result in serious injury or death. High-voltage cables are colored orange. The vehicle high voltage system has no user service- able parts. It is recommended that you take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for any neces- sary maintenance.

HIGH VOLTAGE PRECAUTIONS

EV-8 EV Overview

1. Traction motor and reduction gear

2. Traction motor inverter

3. Power delivery module (PDM) (Charger, DC/DC converter, junction box)

4. High-voltage wire harnesses (colored orange)

5. Li-ion battery

6. Service plug

WARNING

In case of a collision: If your vehicle is drivable, pull your

vehicle off the road, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever, ap- ply the parking brake and turn the EV system off.

Check your vehicle to see if there are exposed high-voltage parts or cables. For their locations, refer to High voltage components in this section. To avoid personal injury, never touch high-voltage wiring, connectors, and other high-voltage parts, such as inverter unit and Li-ion battery. An electric shock may occur if exposed electric wires are visible when viewed from inside or outside of your vehicle. Therefore, never touch exposed electric wires.

If the vehicle receives a strong im- pact to the floor while driving, stop the vehicle in a safe location and check the floor.

LEV2092

ROAD ACCIDENT PRECAUTIONS

EV Overview EV-9

Leaks or damage to the Li-ion bat- tery may result in a fire. If you dis- cover them, contact emergency ser- vices immediately. Since the fluid leak may be lithium manganate from the Li-ion battery, never touch the fluid leak inside or outside the ve- hicle. If the fluid contacts your skin or eyes, wash it off immediately with a large amount of water and receive immediate medical attention to help avoid serious injury.

If a fire occurs in the EV, leave the vehicle as soon as possible. Only use a type ABC, BC or C fire extinguisher that is meant for use on electrical fires. Using a small amount of water or the incorrect fire extinguisher can result in serious injury or death from electrical shock.

If your vehicle needs to be towed, do it with the front wheels raised. If the front wheels are on the ground when towing, the traction motor may gen- erate electricity. This may damage the components of the EV system and cause a fire.

If you are not able to safely assess the vehicle due to vehicle damage, do not touch the vehicle. Leave the ve- hicle and contact emergency ser- vices. Advise first responders that this is an electric vehicle.

In the event of an accident that re- quires body repair and painting, the Li-ion battery pack and high voltage parts such as the inverter, including the wire harness, should be removed prior to painting. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Li-ion battery packs exposed to heat in the paint booth will experience capacity loss. Damaged Li-ion battery packs may also pose safety risks to untrained mechanics and repair personnel.

EMERGENCY SHUT-OFF SYSTEM The emergency shut-off system is acti- vated and the high-voltage system auto- matically turns off in the following condi- tions: - Front and side collisions in which the air bags are deployed. - Certain rear collisions. - Certain EV system malfunctions.

For the above collisions and certain other EV system malfunctions, the READY to drive indicator light will turn off. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indica- tor lights and audible reminders in the In- struments and controls section of this manual. The emergency shut-off activates for the above collisions to minimize risk of an event that could cause injury or an acci- dent. If the emergency shut-off system ac- tivates, the EV system may not be switched to the READY to drive position; it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Even if the power switch is switched to the READY to drive position, the system may shut-off suddenly. Therefore, drive cautiously to the nearest certified re- pair facility; it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ser- vice.

EV-10 EV Overview

WARNING

Pay special attention to pedestrians. Because there is no engine noise, pe- destrians may not know the vehicle is approaching, moving or about to move, and may step into the path of vehicle travel.

When leaving the vehicle, be sure to turn off the EV system.

Be sure to push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever and apply the parking brake when parking be- cause the vehicle can move when the READY to drive indicator light is ON. When the READY to drive indicator light is ON, do not leave your vehicle in a shift position other than the P (Park) position.

Keep the brake pedal depressed until you are ready to drive. When the ve- hicle is in the D (Drive) position, B or R (Reverse) position, if you release the brake pedal and do not depress the accelerator, the vehicle will creep and may start abruptly. This may cause serious injury or death.

NOTE: The vehicle cannot run with a dis-

charged Li-ion battery. Repeated ac- celeration consumes more power from the Li-ion battery than driving at a steady speed.

This vehicle is equipped with a regen- erative brake system. The primary pur- pose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions.

In the D (Drive) position, when the ac- celerator pedal is released, the regen- erative brake system provides some deceleration.

When you put the shift lever in the B mode and take your foot off the accel- erator pedal, more regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position.

Less deceleration is provided by the re- generative brake system when the Li- ion battery is fully charged. The regen- erative brake is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from be- coming overcharged. The regenerative brake is also automatically reduced when the battery temperature is high/ low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery dam- age.

The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by the regenerative brake system operation.

NOISE AND VIBRATION You might experience the following noise or vibration as a normal characteristic of this vehicle: Traction motor noise from the motor

compartment. Water pump and radiator fan noise while

charging.

EV CHARACTERISTICS

EV Overview EV-11

Compressor and radiator fan noise when the Climate Ctrl. Timer or remote climate control (models with Navigation System) is used.

Relay operation noise and vibration at start-up and shut-down of the EV system (power switch placed in the ON and OFF position).

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri- ans (VSP).

This section provides a brief explanation for the most important LEAF functions. For additional information, refer to the specific sections of this manual for detailed expla- nations of the vehicle features and opera- tion.

CHARGING THE LI-ION BATTERY WARNING

The EV system uses a high voltage cur- rent. Failure to follow the proper han- dling instructions may cause serious injury or death. Be sure to read the Charging section and follow the pro- cedures and guidelines described.

LIFE WITH AN EV (scene guide)

EV-12 EV Overview

LTI2429

EV Overview EV-13

*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV sup- plies electric power to a home or a building, etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to Building (V2B), Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).

LTI2438

EV-14 EV Overview

BEFORE DRIVING YOUR VEHICLE (models with Navigation System) The Li-ion battery charging status and the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op- eration can be checked using an internet enabled smart phone or personal com- puter at home. You may also choose to have SMS messages (text messages) sent to a cellular phone. Additionally, the vehi- cles heater and air conditioner can be set to operate using the Climate Ctrl. Timer function or A/C-heater remote function, if necessary. For additional information, refer to Remote climate control in the Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recogni- tion systems section of this manual.

NOTE: To check the Li-ion battery charging

status or to use the remote heater and air conditioner using an internet en- abled smart phone or personal com- puter, the following conditions must be met: The vehicle must be located in a cel-

lular phone or smart phone cover- age area.

The internet enabled cellular phone or smart phone must be located in a cellular phone or smart phone cov- erage area.

The computer must be connected to the internet.

A cellular phone must be used to communicate with the vehicle.

A cellular phone capable of text mes- saging must be used to receive text message regarding vehicle charge status.

The remote heater and cooler can ad- just the in-cabin temperature.

When the charge connector is discon- nected from the vehicle, the heater and air conditioner operates using vehicle Li-ion battery electric power.

If the remote heater and air condi- tioner function and Li-ion battery charging are performed at the same time, Li-ion battery charging will take longer than usual due to the power used to heat or cool the vehicle.

CHECKING LI-ION BATTERY CHARGING STATUS The Li-ion battery charge status can be checked on the NISSAN Data Center web- site via an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. If the Li-ion battery is not sufficiently charged, you can start charging the Li-ion battery via the remote charge function. For additional information, refer to Charging related remote function in the Charging section of this manual.

LEV2046

EV Overview EV-15

OPERATING THE CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM BEFORE DRIVING The vehicles heating and air conditioning system can be turned on via remote con- trol with an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer.

This allows the interior of the vehicle to be heated or cooled while the vehicle is charg- ing. This reduces the load on the Li-ion bat- tery while the vehicle is being driven and can help increase the vehicle driving range. For additional information, refer to Remote climate control in the Monitor, climate, au- dio, phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual.

Notification of the Li-ion battery warmer operation (if so equipped)

You can be notified with the status of the Li-ion battery warmer operation on the NISSAN Data Center website via an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. When the power switch is in the OFF posi- tion and the charge connector is not con- nected, if the Li-ion battery warmer starts or stops, it notifies you to connect the char- ger to the vehicle. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

LEV2047 LEV2046

EV-16 EV Overview

STARTING YOUR VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal O1 .

2. Push the power switch O2 .

3. Check that the READY to drive indicator light O3 illuminates. For additional infor- mation, refer to READY to drive indicator light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

4. For models with Navigation System: If route guidance is necessary, enter the destination in the navigation system. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

5. Check the Li-ion battery level and the estimated driving range shown on the meter. For additional information, refer to Driving range in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

NOTE: For additional information, refer to

Range in this section. Before driving, compare the driving

distance to the destination displayed on the navigation system screen (if so equipped) with the estimated driving range shown on the meter. Determine if it will be necessary to charge the Li- ion battery before or while driving to your planned destination.

If it is necessary to charge the Li-ion battery, use the navigation system (if so equipped) to search for available charging stations on your planned driving route.

LEV2066

LEV2093

EV Overview EV-17

DRIVING THE VEHICLE 1. Depress the brake pedal O1 .

2. Release the parking brake O2 .

3. Move the shift lever O3 into the D (Drive) position. When released, the shift lever returns to its original center position.

4. Confirm that the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position. The indicator next to the D by the shift lever illuminates and D is dis- played on the meter.

5. Release the brake pedal.

6. Depress the accelerator pedal and start driving.

These are the following gear positions for driving the vehicle forward: Use the D (Drive) position for optimum

driving performance. Use the B mode for downhill driving.

When the B mode is used, more regen- erative brake is applied when the accel- erator pedal is released in comparison to the D (Drive) position.

For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual.

LEV2067 LEV2051

EV-18 EV Overview

NOTE:

The regenerative brake converts the ve- hicle's forward motion to electric power to help slow the vehicle. Use the ECO mode for maximum vehicle range and for city driving. The ECO mode helps reduce power consumption by re- ducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position (normal mode).

If the low battery charge indicator illuminates yellow, the Li-ion battery charge is too low for travel. For additional informa- tion, refer to "Li-ion battery available charge gauge" in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible.

LIC3945

EV Overview EV-19

Parking the vehicle 1. When stopping the vehicle, apply the

foot brake, then push the P (Park) posi- tion switch O1 on the shift lever. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position by checking the shift indicator located near the shift lever or on the vehicle in- formation display.

2. Apply the parking brake O2 . For models with the pedal type, firmly depress the parking brake. For models with the switch type, the electronic parking brake is applied automatically (or for manual operation, pull the electronic parking brake switch up).

3. Push the power switch O3 to the OFF position.

4. If a parking lot is equipped with charging facilities, charge the Li-ion battery as necessary. For additional information, refer to the Charging section of this manual.

LEV2068

EV-20 EV Overview

CHARGING AFTER DRIVING Charging the Li-ion battery

When you return home, connect the ve- hicle to the charging device installed at your home or the EVSE plugged to outlet using the normal charge connector. Charge the vehicle or set the charging timer function to have the vehicle charge at a specific time. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging timer in the Charg- ing section of this manual.

1. When the power switch is turned off, the settings of the charging timer, and the Climate Ctrl. Timer and the charge con- nector lock functions are displayed on the vehicle information display. For addi- tional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

2. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, re- fer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

3. Connect the charge connector to the vehicle.

4. When the charging timer is turned on, charging starts at the set time. When the charging timer is not turned on, charg- ing starts immediately.

NOTE: Charging can be started remotely, even

if the charging timer is set up. When you have forgotten to connect

the charge connector at home, there is a function that can notify you via a text message capable cellular phone, inter- net enabled smart phone or personal computer. For additional information, refer to Charging related remote func- tion in the Charging section of this manual (models with Navigation Sys- tem).

NISSAN recommends that you connect the normal charge cable when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (models with Navigation Sys- tem) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle.

LEV2099

EV Overview EV-21

RANGE The distance you can drive the vehicle (range) varies considerably depending upon available charge, weather, tempera- ture, usage, battery age, topography, and driving style. Refer to the Monroney label (window sticker) for the official EPA range. Your ac- tual range will vary and could be signifi- cantly less, either initially or as the battery ages and with use over time. For additional information, refer to Improve driving range in this section for information on the factors that affect vehicle range and how to use the vehicle to maximize vehicle range.

IMPROVE DRIVING RANGE Vehicle range depends on a number of fac- tors. Actual vehicle range will vary depending upon: Speed, Vehicle load, Electrical load from vehicle accessories, Traffic and road conditions, Distance driven without stopping, Usage,

Driving style, Battery age, Weather or temperature, Topography, Charging habits. NISSAN recommends the following driv- ing habits to help maximize vehicle range: Before driving: Follow recommended periodic mainte-

nance. Keep tires inflated to correct pressure. Keep wheels in correct alignment. Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin

while the vehicle is charging. Remove unnecessary cargo from the ve-

hicle. While driving: Drive in ECO mode

The ECO mode helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelera- tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi- tion (normal mode).

Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis- ing speeds with constant accelerator po- sitions or by using cruise control when appropriate.

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for acceleration and deceleration.

Drive at moderate speeds on the high- way.

Avoid extending highway driving with multiple quick charges.

Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other ve- hicles.

Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary.

Select a moderate temperature setting for heating or cooling to help reduce power consumption.

Use the air conditioner/heater and close windows to reduce drag when cruising at highway speed.

Vehicle range may be substantially re- duced in extremely cold conditions (for example, -4F (-20C)).

EFFICIENT USE OF YOUR VEHICLE

EV-22 EV Overview

Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when the outside temperature is below 32F (0C) uses more electricity and affects vehicle range more than when using the heater when the tem- perature is above 32F (0C).

When it is cold, use the steering wheel heater in substitution for the heater/air conditioner. The steering wheel heater consumes less power than the heater/ air conditioner.

Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow. This vehicle is equipped with a regen-

erative brake system. The primary pur- pose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi- tion, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system pro- vides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery.

LI-ION BATTERY LIFE The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge, like all batteries, decreases with battery age and usage which results in decreased vehicle range when compared to the ve- hicle range when the vehicle was new. This is normal and expected, and does not indi- cate a malfunction of the vehicle or Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery's ability to hold a charge can be affected by how you drive the ve- hicle, store the vehicle, how you charge the Li-ion battery and Li-ion battery tempera- ture during vehicle operation and charging. To maximize the battery's useful life, use the following driving and charging habits where possible: Avoid exposing a vehicle to extreme am-

bient temperatures for extended periods. Avoid storing a vehicle in temperatures

below 13F (25C) for more than seven days.

Avoid leaving your vehicle for more than 14 days where the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches a zero or near zero (state of charge).

Allow the vehicle and Li-ion battery to cool down after use before charging.

Park/store your vehicle in cool locations out of direct sunlight and away from heat sources.

Avoid sustained high battery tempera- tures (caused, for example, by exposure to very high ambient temperatures or ex- tending highway driving with multiple quick charges [if so equipped]) .

Use the normal charging or trickle charg- ing methods to charge the Li-ion battery and minimize the use of public Fast Charge or Quick Charger.

Moderate driving. Use of ECO mode. Do not operate the charging timer re-

peatedly while the charge connector is connected to the vehicle after the Li-ion battery charging is completed. Doing so may discharge the 12-volt battery.

The power of the Li-ion battery can be checked on the Li-ion battery available charge gauge. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery available charge gauge in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

EV Overview EV-23

LI-ION BATTERY MAINTENANCE In addition to the regular maintenance rec- ommended by NISSAN, the LEAF requires some special Li-ion battery inspections. For additional information, refer to the

NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet for significant limitations, exclusions and possible voiding of your warranty result- ing from failure to have these necessary inspections, repairs and/or adjustments performed.

For additional information, refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide for a detailed explanation of the Li-ion battery inspection and intervals.

METERS AND INDICATORS Various meters and gauges related to the EV functions are displayed in the vehicle information display.

Meter Master warning light The master warning light (red or yellow) O1

illuminates when messages are displayed on the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Master warning light (red/yellow) in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

LEV2084

EV UNIQUE INFORMATION

EV-24 EV Overview

Li-ion battery temperature gauge This gauge O2 displays the temperature of the Li-ion battery. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

Power meter This meter displays the actual traction mo- tor power consumption and the regenera- tive brake power provided to the Li-ion bat- tery. For additional information, refer to Power meter in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Driving range This indicator displays the estimated driv- ing range (calculated based on a program that accounts for current driving style and operational conditions) that can be driven before recharging is necessary. For additional information, refer to Driving range in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

LEV2085 LEV2055 LIC3937

EV Overview EV-25

Li-ion battery available charge gauge This indicator displays the available Li-ion battery capacity remaining to drive the ve- hicle. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery available charge gauge in the In- struments and controls section of this manual. The EV unique information is displayed on the vehicle information display as well. For additional information, refer to Vehicle in- formation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Warning and indicator lights The EV system uses the following EV spe- cific warning and indicator lights: 1. Master warning light (red)

2. Master warning light (yellow)

3. 12-volt battery charge warning light

4. Plug-in indicator light

5. READY to drive indicator light

6. Power limitation indicator light

7. EV system warning light

8. Electric shift control system warning light

9. Brake system warning light (yellow)

10. Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes- trians (VSP) system OFF warning light

For additional information, refer to Warn- ing lights, indicator lights and audible re- minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

LIC3938

LEV2102

EV-26 EV Overview

APPROACHING VEHICLE SOUND FOR PEDESTRIANS (VSP) SYSTEM The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes- trians (VSP) system is a function that uses sound to alert pedestrians of the presence of the vehicle when it is being driven at a low speed. When the vehicle starts to move, it pro- duces a sound. The sound stops when the vehicle speed is more than 19 mph (30 km/h) while acceler- ating.

The sound starts when the vehicle speed is less than 16 mph (25 km/h) while deceler- ating. The sound stops when the vehicle stops. The sound does not stop with the vehicle in the R (Reverse) position even if the vehicle stops.

WARNING

If the sound cannot be heard, pedes- trians may not notice the oncoming vehicle, which may cause an accident resulting in serious injury or death. It is recommended that you immedi- ately visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for VSP system inspection.

If the VSP system OFF warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not functioning properly. Have the VSP system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warning light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

If you wish to make the sound of the VSP system louder, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. It is not possible to make the sound lower.

LEV2060

EV Overview EV-27

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is equipped with an electric shift control system. This control system has three features: Smooth and easy shift lever operation. To place the vehicle in the P (Park) posi-

tion, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is placed in the OFF position.

For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual.

LED HEADLIGHT (low beam) (if so equipped) This vehicle uses an LED headlight for the headlight low beam. The LED headlight has the following features: Low power consumption The shape is very compact. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to replace the head- light.

DRIVING RANGE On the vehicle information display or navi- gation system screen (if so equipped), you can check the estimated distance the ve- hicle may be driven with the available Li-ion battery charge. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

LEV2051

EV-28 EV Overview

Charging

Precautions on charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-2 Types of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-5

How to normal charge (AC 220240 volt) by charging device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-9 How to trickle charge (AC 110120 volt) by L1 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-11 How to trickle charge (AC 110120 volt) by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-18 How to normal charge (AC 220240 volt) by L1 & L2 EVSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-26 How to quick charge (if so equipped) . . . . . . CH-35 How to charge/discharge using quick charge port (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-38

Charge connector lock system . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-41 Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43

Charging timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-43 Timer Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-46 Immediate charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-48 Charging related remote function (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . CH-49

Charging related indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-50 Charging status indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . CH-50 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) control box indicator light . . . . . CH-53

Charging troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . CH-56

WARNING

If you use any medical electric de- vices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardio- vascular defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufac- turer concerning the effects that charging may have on implanted de- vices before starting the charge op- eration. Charging may affect the operation.

Make sure there is no water or for- eign materials in the charge port, charge connector, or electrical plug, and that they are not damaged or affected by rust or corrosion. If any of these conditions are noticeable, do not charge the Li-ion battery. This may result in a short circuit or electric shock and could cause a fire which may result in serious personal injury or death.

To avoid serious personal injury or death when the Li-ion battery is charging, be aware of the following precautions.

Do not touch the metal contacts of the charge port, charge connec- tor, electrical plug or Genuine NISSAN Adapter.

Do not touch the vehicle and EVSE when there is lightning.

Do not pull, twist, bend, step on, or drag the cable.

Make sure the charge connector is removed from the charge port before starting your vehicle. If the charge connector is only partially engaged and the connector latch is unlocked, it is possible to place the EV in the READY to drive position.

Do not touch the plug or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter if they are wet or with wet hands. Do not put the plug or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter in water, liquid or snow. This may cause an electric shock which may result in serious personal injury or death.

Do not disassemble or modify the charge port, the EVSE or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter. This may cause a fire or an electric shock which may result in serious personal injury or death.

If you notice an unusual odor, smoke or abnormal noises coming from the vehicle, stop charging immediately.

Be careful not to allow your hands, hair, jewelry or clothing to come into contact with, or get caught in, the traction motor cooling fan. The cool- ing fan can start at any time during charging.

Do not use extension cords or adapt- ers unless they are Genuine NISSAN parts.

Do not use the Genuine NISSAN Adapter with any devices except the Genuine NISSAN EVSE.

Do not allow an unattended child to handle or use this product.

Use the EVSE with outlet and wiring installed according to the regulations/standards.

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

PRECAUTIONS ON CHARGING

CH-2 Charging

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the charging equipment: Do not close the charge port lid

without closing the charge port cap.

Do not subject the charging equipment to impact.

Do not store and use charging equipment in locations where the temperature is over 185F (85C)

Make sure the charge port cap is closed on the charge port when charging is finished. If the charge port lid is closed when the charge port cap is open, water or foreign materials may enter the charge port.

Do not charge when a vehicle body cover is in use. This may cause dam- age to the charge connector.

Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may dam- age the vehicle or charging equip- ment and could cause an injury. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

In normal charging (AC 220 - 240 volt) and trickle charging (AC 110 - 120 volt) using the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Sup- ply Equipment) provided with the ve- hicle, NISSAN recommends using an AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A and an AC 110- 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical cir- cuit and outlet. The dedicated circuit is used to help prevent circuit dam- age or the circuit breaker from trip- ping due to the high draw of charging the Li-ion battery. If the dedicated circuit is not used, the circuit may cause adverse interference on MCB (Moulded Circuit Board) and house- hold electrical appliances such as televisions and audio systems. If the circuit is shared, and another electri- cal device is being used at the same time the vehicle is charging, the breaker may trip. A qualified electri- cian should install a dedicated circuit if one is not already available.

LCH2136

Charging CH-3

NOTE: When charging the Li-ion battery, place

the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

For your safety, if the charge connector is connected to the vehicle while the power switch is in the READY to drive, the vehicle will automatically switch to the ON position. Because charging will not be started while the power switch is in this position, be sure to place the power switch in the OFF position.

When the ambient temperature is 32F (0C) or less, charging time may be lon- ger than normal and the level to which the Li-ion battery can be charged may be less than at higher temperatures.

Do not operate the charging timer re- peatedly while the charge connector is connected to the vehicle after the Li- ion battery charging is completed. Do- ing so may discharge the 12-volt bat- tery. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this section. If the Li-ion battery becomes dis- charged, charge it immediately.

The power switch can be set to the ON position and the climate control and navigation system (if so equipped) can be used while the Li-ion battery is charging. However, because these op- erations consume Li-ion battery power, it will take longer for the Li-ion battery to become fully charged. Place the power switch in the OFF position to help reduce Li-ion battery charge time.

If electrical power is interrupted while charging, charging restarts automati- cally when the electrical power is re- stored.

It is recommended to keep the charge cable connected to save Li-ion battery power, when the heater and air condi- tioner are operating with remote op- eration (models with Navigation Sys- tem).

If the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer. After the ice has melted, charge the Li-ion battery. Forc- ing the charge connector to connect may cause a malfunction.

If foreign materials have entered the charge connector and charge port and it is not possible to connect it, do not attempt to force the connection. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Forcing the charge connector to connect may cause damage to the charging equip- ment and vehicle.

There is a hole on the charge port for water drainage. If the water drainage hole becomes blocked, or if water gets trapped inside the charge port, do not charge. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CH-4 Charging

LTI2429

TYPES OF CHARGE AND HOW TO CHARGE THE LI-ION BATTERY

Charging CH-5

*1: V2X (Vehicle to everything); The EV sup- plies electric power to a home or a building etc. (e.g. Vehicle to home (V2H), Vehicle to building (V2B), Vehicle to grid (V2G), Vehicle to load (V2L), and Vehicle to vehicle (V2V)).

This vehicle is an electric vehicle and it re- quires electricity to operate. The Li-ion bat- tery is the only source of power to operate the vehicle. It is important to conserve power and plan your charging needs when you drive to avoid completely discharging the Li-ion battery and being unable to drive.

There are three methods available to charge the Li-ion battery: Normal charge Trickle charge Quick charge (if so equipped) V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped)

LTI2438

CH-6 Charging

The time to completely charge the vehicle Li-ion battery varies based on the state of charge of the Li-ion battery, condition and age of the Li-ion battery, temperature of the Li-ion battery, ambient temperature and condition of the power source con- nected to the vehicle, and whether the electric equipment (such as the air condi- tioner, which consumes electric power) is used. Normal charge NISSAN recommends using normal charg- ing for usual charging of the vehicle. Use of quick charge should be minimized in order to help prolong Li-ion battery life. Normal charging uses L1 & L2 EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment), or an SAE J1772 compliant charging device connected to a dedicated AC 220 - 240 volt circuit. L1 & L2 EVSE is provided with the vehicle (if so equipped). The charging device is a home charging dock installed in your home by a qualified electrician. Contact your NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For additional infor- mation, refer to How to normal charge in this section. Trickle charge Trickle charging is not recommended for regular use because it takes more time

than normal charging. Trickle charge can be used when it is necessary to perform an emergency charge at a destination such as a friends house. Trickle charge uses the EVSE (Electric Ve- hicle Supply Equipment) provided with the vehicle or an SAE J1772 compliant cord set to connect the vehicle to an AC 110120 volt, 15A dedicated outlet. The outlet should be protected by a circuit breaker to avoid overloading the circuit or other electrical hazard. For additional information, refer to How to trickle charge in this section. Quick charge (if so equipped) Quick charge capability is only available on vehicles manufactured with the quick charge option, which includes the quick charge port. If your vehicle does not have such a port, quick charging cannot be used. A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO (Japanese industry standard) connectors on charging stations. Charging stations using this standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US. While supported by NISSAN, this connector may not become the US SAE standard.

Quick charging is possible (even several times a day). If the battery temperature is near the red zone, in order to protect the battery, power of the quick charging will be limited. Public charging: This vehicle is compatible with any public charging station that is SAE J1772 compli- ant. If you attempt to charge from a non- compliant charging station, you may not receive a complete charge, or you may not be able to charge at all due to hardware and software differences. NISSAN is work- ing with states, municipalities, utility com- panies and others to assist in the prepara- tion of markets and infrastructure. However, NISSAN makes no representa- tions that public charging stations will be available in locations where you wish to operate the vehicle, nor can NISSAN predict the period of time it may take for public charging infrastructure to be developed in your area. Depending on where you live or drive, there may not be sufficient public charging stations available to meet your particular needs for driving range and charging away from your home. Trip plan- ning is therefore important, and you should plan trips with these facts in mind.

Charging CH-7

Quick charge uses public charging sta- tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62 kWh battery models]). The time needed to charge the Li-ion bat- tery from discharged (low battery charge indicator light illuminated) to 80% charged using the quick charger depends on many factors including the Li-ion battery tem- perature and the type of quick charger used. It may take more time to charge the Li-ion battery using the quick charger if the ve- hicle is parked in a cold location for a long time. It may take more time to charge the Li-ion battery using the quick charger if the tem- perature of the Li-ion battery is high or low. The Li-ion battery temperature gauge can be used to estimate the approximate time needed to charge the Li-ion battery to 80%. If charging stops mid-charge, you can re- start charging by pressing the start button on the quick charger station again. Quick charging is possible (even several times a day). If the battery temperature is near the red zone, in order to protect the battery, power of the quick charging will be limited.

V2X charge/discharge (if so equipped) V2X charge/discharge capability is only available on vehicles manufactured with the V2X charge/discharge option, which in- cludes the quick charge port. A vehicle equipped with a quick charge port is compatible with most CHAdeMO (Japanese industry standard) connectors on charging stations. Charging stations or V2X charging/ discharging devices using this standard are UL certified and safe to use in the US. While supported by NISSAN, this connector

may not become the US SAE standard. V2X charging/discharging is possible (even several times a day). If the battery tempera- ture is near the red zone, in order to protect the battery, power of the V2X charging/ discharging will be limited. For additional information, consult a V2X device manufacturer or a V2X charging/ discharging service provider.

LHA5087 For 40 kWh battery models

LHA5184 For 62 kWh battery models*

*Subject to charging equipment capability to output 100kW

CH-8 Charging

Power limitation mode This mode protects the health and opera- tion of the vehicle's Li-ion battery. This mode operates in certain extreme condi- tions (heat, cold, low state of charge). Power available to vehicle systems, including its traction motor, is limited resulting in limited performance, acceleration and top speed. Charging may be automatically termi- nated, especially with repeated quick charging in extreme hot weather. Checking Li-ion battery charge The three methods for checking the amount of charge are as follows: Check by using the Li-ion battery avail-

able charge gauge on the vehicle infor- mation display when the power switch is placed in the ON position. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery avail- able charge gauge and Low battery charge indicator in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

Check by using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

Check by using the charging status indi- cator light. For additional information, re- fer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

NOTE: During the charge operation, charge

continues when the power switch is placed in the ON position.

The Li-ion battery cannot be charged if the quick charge connector and the normal charge connector are con- nected at the same time. If another charge connector is connected mid- charge, charging will stop.

For safety reasons, it is not possible to switch to the READY to drive position while a charge connector is connected.

During charging, it is possible that the radio may be inaudible due to noise by the electromagnetic wave.

HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC 220240 volt) BY CHARGING DEVICE

WARNING

If you use any medical electric de- vices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an implantable cardio- vascular defibrillator, check with the electric medical device manufac- turer concerning the effects that charging may have on implanted de- vices before starting the charge op- eration. Charging may affect the operation.

Be sure to follow the precautions for using the charging device that can be installed in your home. Failing to do so could result in serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Do not use any charging equipment that is not compatible with the LEAF. Doing so could prevent the Li-ion bat- tery from charging properly or could result in damage to the vehicle or Li-ion battery.

Charging CH-9

Normal charge uses the charging device (AC 220 - 240 volt, 16A or 32A) that can be installed in your home to charge the Li- ion battery.

Immediate charge, charging timer and remote charge (models with Navigation System) can be performed in the normal charge mode. For additional information, refer to Charging methods in this sec- tion.

The charging equipment communicates with the vehicle before Li-ion battery charging starts. If this communication does not occur because other equip- ment is used, the Li-ion battery will not charge.

NISSAN recommends that you connect the charging device when getting out of the vehicle, even if it is not going to be used. By doing this, you can get the most out of the remote climate control (mod- els with Navigation System) and Climate Ctrl. Timer functions the next time you use the vehicle.

To start normal charge: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON po- sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, re- fer to Charge port lid and Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and ad- justments section of this manual.

4. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

5. If charging has started or if the battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charging status indicator light display will change. For additional information, refer to Charg- ing status indicator lights in this section.

LCH2104

CH-10 Charging

To stop normal charge: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is

not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock system in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connec- tor, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port and properly store it.

3. Close the charge port cap.

4. After closing the charge port cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

NOTE:

To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging auto- matically stops.

HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC 110120 volt) BY L1 EVSE

WARNING

If you wear a pacemaker or an im- plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) away from the EVSE.

If you wear a pacemaker or an im- plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- tor (ICD), check with the electric medical device manufacturer con- cerning the effects that charging may have on implanted devices be- fore starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.

In order to avoid an electric shock or fire due to a short circuit, connect to a GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker and use a waterproof electri- cal ground socket.

Discontinue EVSE use immediately if plug or outlet becomes hot to the touch or if you notice any unusual odors.

Never use extension cords or plug adapters with EVSE.

Always unplug the EVSE when not in use.

The NISSAN Genuine L1 EVSE charg- ing device draws 12 amps continu- ously while charging the Li-ion bat- tery with AC 110120 volt outlet. Do not plug in to any electrical circuit unless it is inspected by a qualified electrician to confirm that the elec- trical circuit can accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical circuit has a much higher likelihood of being compromised in the following condi- tions listed below. Improper use of the EVSE may re-

sult in a fire and serious injury or death.

Do not use the EVSE in structures more than 40 years old.

LCH2105

Charging CH-11

Do not use the EVSE in structures using fuse-based circuit protec- tion. Use only with electrical cir- cuits protected by circuit breakers.

Do not use the EVSE on electrical circuits with two-prong outlets.

Do not use the EVSE if other de- vices are plugged into the same circuit.

When unplugging, be sure to pull by the plug or the EVSE, not the cord.

Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or drag the cable.

Do not attach or detach the Genu- ine NISSAN Adapter while the Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in- serted into an outlet.

Do not use the Genuine NISSAN Adapter if the plug is not fully in- serted and not locked.

If you use the EVSE holder, handle it with care to avoid injuries due to contact with its edges or other parts.

Do not use the EVSE if the cable or cord is frayed, has broken insula- tion, or shows any other indica- tions of damage.

Stop using the EVSE immediately if charging stops before comple- tion when you move the plug or cord.

Do not use the EVSE if the control box, plug, the EVSE or charge con- nector is broken, cracked, open, corroded or shows any other indi- cations of damage.

Do not use the EVSE if the plug has a loose connection with the outlet or if the outlet is damaged or rusted.

Before you connect the EVSE, be sure to check the rated current shown on the EVSE to ensure that the outlet and circuit have enough current capacity to charge your vehicle safely. If the capacity of the outlet and circuit is not enough, wiring may cause over- heating or a fire.

If in any doubt about the outlet and circuit, consult a qualified electrician.

The EVSE has parts that may spark inside. Do not use it where gasoline, paint, or flammable liq- uids are used or stored.

Do not use if a malfunction occurs or if the EVSE has been damaged in any manner. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

The EVSE contains no user ser- viceable parts. Do not attempt to repair the EVSE, doing so will void your warranty.

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

CH-12 Charging

CAUTION

Only charge using a standard AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out- let (for example, do not use an elec- tric generator). Failure to do so may cause charging to fail and could cause damage to the vehicle or the EVSE equipment due to power surges.

NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN charging equipment to charge the vehicle. Using non- NISSAN equipment could cause the Li-ion battery to not charge correctly and may damage the vehicle.

Precautions on storage Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed

to direct sunlight. Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed

to wind or rain. Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-

tive cap on to keep the terminal of the charge connector away from dirt and dust.

Do not store the EVSE with the cable and/or cord wound around the control box.

Do not store the EVSE in a condition in which the cable and/or cord are twisted.

The control box will become hot while the EVSE is charging. This is not a malfunction.

LCH2136

Charging CH-13

To start trickle charging:

NOTE:

Charging timer, remote charge (models with navigation system) and immediate charge can be performed in the trickle charge mode. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging methods in this section. 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON po- sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.

5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet. If it is connected normally, the green light on the EVSE control box indicator light illuminates.

NOTE: You can pass a rope through the holes OA in the control box in order to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is charging. Use the EVSE with the plug in an up- right position (the cord should extend down from the outlet).

6. Open the charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

LCH2106

CH-14 Charging

7. Remove the safety cap from the charge connector.

8. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charg- ing status indicator light display will change. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

10. When recharging outside, such as in your driveway, use a commercially available padlock attached in position OA to prevent theft.

LCH2200 LCH2107 LCH2108

Charging CH-15

To stop trickle charge: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is

not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock system in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connec- tor, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port.

3. Close the charge port cap.

4. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.

5. Remove the electrical plug from the AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.

6. Store in its case. NOTE: Perform the following proce- dure to store the EVSE in the case: a. Wind the charge cable into a size that

will allow it to be stored in the case (approximately 14 in (36 cm) in diam- eter). Winding the charge cable in the direction shown below avoids short- ening of cable life.

b. Place the EVSE into the case. LCH2105 LCH2138

CH-16 Charging

c. Pass the lower side belt from the case through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board OC .

LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137

Charging CH-17

d. Hang the hook OD from the case to the ring from the trim.

e. Fix the belt OE with the hook-and-loop fastener on the side of the case by pulling the end of the belt.

WARNING

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

7. After closing the cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

NOTE:

To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging auto- matically stops.

HOW TO TRICKLE CHARGE (AC 110120 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE

WARNING

If you wear a pacemaker or an im- plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) away from the EVSE.

If you use any medical electric de- vices, such as an implantable cardiac pacemaker or an Implantable Car- diovascular Defibrillator (ICD), check with the electric medical device manufacturer concerning the effects that charging may have on im- planted devices before starting the charge operation. Charging may af- fect the operation.

In order to avoid an electric shock or fire due to a short circuit, connect to a GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker and use a waterproof electri- cal ground socket.

Discontinue EVSE use immediately if plug or outlet becomes hot to the touch or if you notice any unusual odors.

Never use extension cords. Never use plug adapters other than

the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for EVSE.

Always unplug the EVSE when not in use.

The NISSAN Genuine L1 & L2 EVSE draws 12 amps continuously while charging the Li-ion battery with AC 110120 volt outlet. Do not plug in to any electrical circuit unless it is in- spected by a qualified electrician to confirm that the electrical circuit can accept a 12 amp draw. Any electrical circuit has a much higher likelihood of being compromised in the follow- ing conditions listed below. Improper use of the EVSE may re-

sult in a fire and serious injury or death.

Do not use the EVSE in structures more than 40 years old.

LCH2206

CH-18 Charging

Do not use the EVSE in structures using fuse-based circuit protec- tion. Use only with electrical cir- cuits protected by circuit breakers.

Do not use the EVSE on electrical circuits with two-prong outlets.

Do not use the EVSE if other de- vices are plugged into the same circuit.

When unplugging, be sure to pull by the plug or the Genuine NISSAN Adapter, not the cord.

Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or drag the cable.

Do not attach or detach the Genu- ine NISSAN Adapter while the Genuine NISSAN Adapter is in- serted into an outlet.

Do not use the Genuine NISSAN Adapter if the plug is not fully in- serted and not locked.

If you use the EVSE holder, handle it with care to avoid injuries due to contact with its edges or other parts.

Do not use the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter if the cable or cord is frayed, has broken insula- tion, or shows any other indica- tions of damage.

Stop using the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter immediately if charging stops before completion when you move the Genuine NISSAN Adapter, the plug or the cord.

Do not use the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter if the control box, plug, Genuine NISSAN Adapter or charge connector is broken, cracked, open, corroded or shows any other indications of damage.

Do not use the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter if the plug or Genuine NISSAN Adapter has a loose connection with the outlet or if the outlet is damaged or rusted.

Before connecting the EVSE, be sure to check the rated current shown on the EVSE to ensure that the outlet and circuit have enough current capacity to charge your vehicle safely. If the capacity of the outlet and circuit is not enough, wiring may cause over- heating or a fire.

If in any doubt about the outlet and circuit, consult a qualified electrician.

The device has parts that may spark inside. Do not use it where gasoline, paint, or flammable liq- uids are used or stored.

Do not use if a malfunction occurs or if the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter has been damaged in any manner. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

The EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter contains no user service- able parts. Do not attempt to re- pair the EVSE or Genuine NISSAN Adapter, doing so will void your warranty.

Charging CH-19

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Only charge using a standard AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical out- let (for example, do not use an elec- tric generator). Failure to do so may- cause charging to fail and could cause damage to the vehicle or the EVSE due to power surges.

NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN charging equipment to charge the vehicle. Using non- NISSAN equipment could cause the Li-ion battery to not charge correctly and may damage the vehicle.

Precautions on storage Do not store the EVSE and Genuine

NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to direct sunlight.

Do not store the EVSE and Genuine NISSAN Adapter in a place exposed to wind or rain.

Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec- tive cap on to keep the terminal of the charge connector away from dirt and dust.

Do not store the EVSE with the cable and/or cord wound around the control box.

Do not store the EVSE in a condition in which the cable and/or cord are twisted.

The control box will become hot while the EVSE is charging. This is not a malfunction.

LCH2136

CH-20 Charging

To start trickle charging:

NOTE:

Charging timer, remote charge (models with navigation system) and immediate charge can be performed in the trickle charge mode. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging methods in this section. 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON po- sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.

5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet using a Genuine NISSAN Adapter. If it is connected normally, the green light on the EVSE control box indicator light illuminates.

LCH2201

Charging CH-21

NOTE:

You can pass a rope through the holes OA

on the control box to the holder in order to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is charging. Use the EVSE with the plug in the up- right position. (The cord should extend down from the outlet.)

6. Open the charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

7. Remove the safety cap from the charge connector.

LCH2202 LCH2200 LCH2107

CH-22 Charging

8. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charg- ing status indicator light display will change. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

10. When recharging outside, such as in your driveway, use a commercially available padlock attached in position OA to prevent theft.

LCH2114 LCH2104 LCH2108

Charging CH-23

To stop trickle charge: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is

not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock system in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connec- tor, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port.

3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.

4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC 110 - 120 volt, 15A dedicated electrical outlet.

5. Store in its case. LCH2105 LCH2138 LCH2110

CH-24 Charging

NOTE: Perform the following procedure to store the EVSE in the case.

1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will allow it to be stored in the case (approxi- mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding the charge cable in the direction shown above avoids shortening of cable life.

2. Place the EVSE into the case.

3. Pass the lower side belt from the case through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board OC .

4. Hang the hook OD from the case to the ring from the trim.

5. Fix the belt OE with the hook-and-loop fastener on the case, pulling the belt from the case.

WARNING

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

1. After closing the cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

LCH2139 LCH2137 LCH2206

Charging CH-25

NOTE: To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging auto- matically stops.

HOW TO NORMAL CHARGE (AC 220240 volt) BY L1 & L2 EVSE

WARNING

Please be sure to follow the warnings below. Failure to do so may result in serious injury or death. If you wear a pacemaker or an im-

plantable cardiovascular defibrilla- tor (ICD), stay at least 6 in (15 cm) away from the EVSE.

If you use a pacemaker or an Im- plantable Cardiovascular Defibrilla- tor (ICD), check with the electric medical device manufacturer con- cerning the effects that charging may have on implanted devices be- fore starting the charge operation. Charging may affect the operation.

In order to avoid an electric shock or fire due to a short circuit, connect to a GFI (Ground Fault Interrupter) circuit breaker and use a waterproof electri- cal ground socket.

Discontinue EVSE use immediately if plug or outlet becomes hot to the touch or if you notice any unusual odors.

Never use extension cords or plug adpaters with EVSE.

Never use plug adapters other than the Genuine NISSAN Adapter for EVSE.

Always unplug the EVSE when not in use.

The NISSAN Genuine L1 & L2 EVSE draws 30 amps continuously while charging the Li-ion battery with AC 220240 volt outlet. Do not plug in to any electrical circuit unless it is in- spected by a qualified electrician to confirm that the electrical circuit can accept a 30 amp draw. Any electrical circuit has a much higher likelihood of being compromised in the follow- ing conditions listed below. Improper use of the EVSE may re-

sult in a fire and serious injury or death.

Do not use the EVSE in structures more than 40 years old.

Do not use the EVSE in structures using fuse-based circuit protec- tion. Use only with electrical cir- cuits protected by circuit breakers.

Do not use the EVSE on electrical circuits with two-prong outlets.

Do not use the EVSE if other de- vices are plugged into the same circuit.

When unplugging, be sure to pull by the plug and not the cord.

Do not pull, twist, bend, step on or drag the cable.

If you use the EVSE holder, handle it with care to avoid injuries due to contact with its edges or other parts.

Do not use the EVSE if the cable or cord is frayed, has broken insula- tion, or shows any other indica- tions of damage.

Stop using the EVSE immediately if charging stops before comple- tion when you move the plug or the cord.

CH-26 Charging

Do not use the EVSE if the control box, plug, the EVSE or charge con- nector is broken, cracked, open, corroded or shows any other indi- cations of damage.

Do not use the EVSE if the plug has a loose connection with the outlet or if the outlet is damaged or rusted.

Before you connect the EVSE, be sure to check the rated current shown on the EVSE to ensure that the outlet and circuit have enough current capacity to charge your vehicle safely. If the capacity of the outlet and circuit is not enough, wiring may cause over- heating or a fire.

If in any doubt about the outlet and circuit, consult a qualified electrician.

The EVSE has parts that may spark inside. Do not use it where gasoline, paint, or flammable liq- uids are used or stored.

Do not use if a malfunction occurs or if the EVSE has been damaged in any manner. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

The EVSE contains no user ser- viceable parts. Do not attempt to repair the EVSE, doing so will void your warranty.

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

CAUTION

Only charge using a standard AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet (for example, do not use an electric generator). Failure to do so may cause charging to fail and could cause damage to the vehicle or the EVSE due to power surges.

NISSAN recommends using Genuine NISSAN charging equipment to charge the vehicle. Using non- NISSAN equipment could cause the Li-ion battery to not charge correctly and may damage the vehicle or the EVSE.

Precautions on storage Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed

to direct sunlight. Do not store the EVSE in a place exposed

to wind or rain. Be sure to store the EVSE with the protec-

tive cap on to keep the terminal of the charge connector away from dirt and dust.

Do not store the EVSE with the cable and/or cord wound around the control box.

LCH2136

Charging CH-27

Do not store the EVSE in a condition in which the cable and/or cord are twisted.

The control box will become hot while the EVSE is charging. This is not a malfunc- tion.

Normal charge (AC 220240 volt) by L1 & L2 EVSE is performed using an AC 220 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet using the L1 & L2 EVSE provided with the vehicle.

LHA5095 NEMA 1450 outlet and plug

120V/240V EVSE (L1/L2) plug must be connected to a NEMA 1450 outlet that is con- nected to a single phase power supply obtained from a delta connection.

If connected to another type of power supply, EVSE will not work normally.

CH-28 Charging

LHA5096 Correct electric outlet connection

If connected to three phase power supply, EVSE does not work normally.

Charging CH-29

To start normal charging

NOTE:

Charging timer, remote charge (models with navigation system) and immediate charge can be performed in the normal charge mode. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging methods in this section. 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON po- sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid. For additional information, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

LHA5094 Incorrect electric outlet connection

If EVSE is connected to this miswired outlet, EVSE does not work and the POWER indicator light (orange) on the EVSE control box will blink.

CH-30 Charging

4. Take out the EVSE from the rear hatch.

5. Connect the electrical plug to the AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet. If it is connected normally, the green light on the EVSE control box indicator light illuminates.

NOTE: You can pass a rope through the holes OA on the control box or place the con- trol box to the holder in order to hang it up while the Li-ion battery is charging.Use the EVSE with the plug in an upright position. (The cord should extend down from the outlet.)

6. Open the charge port cap. For additional information, refer to Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and adjust- ments section of this manual.

LCH2201 LCH2202

Charging CH-31

7. Remove the safety cap from the charge connector.

8. Connect the charge connector to the charge port. If it is connected normally, a beep will sound once.

9. If charging has started, or if the Li-ion battery is waiting for the charging timer, a beep will sound twice and the charg- ing status indicator light display will change. For additional information, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

LCH2114 LCH2107 LCH2104

CH-32 Charging

10. When recharging outside, such as in your driveway, use a commercially available padlock attached in position OA to prevent theft.

To stop normal charging: 1. Ensure that the charge connector lock is

not engaged. For additional information, refer to Charge connector lock system in this section.

2. Press the button on the charge connec- tor, release the lock and remove the charge connector from the charge port.

3. Attach the safety cap to the EVSE.

4. Remove the electrical plug from the AC 220 - 240 volt, 50A dedicated electrical outlet.

LCH2108 LCH2138 LCH2105

Charging CH-33

5. Store in its case.

NOTE:

Perform the following procedure to store the EVSE in the case:

1. Wind the charge cable into a size that will allow it to be stored in the case (approxi- mately 14 in (36 cm) in diameter). Winding the charge cable in the direction shown above avoids shortening the cable life.

2. Place the EVSE into the case.

3. Pass the ring of the lower side belt from the case through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board OC .

LCH2110 LCH2139 LCH2137

CH-34 Charging

4. Hang the hook OD from the case to the ring from the trim.

5. Fix the belt OE with the hook-and-loop fastener on the case, pulling the belt from the case.

WARNING

Pass the lower side belt of the EVSE case securely through the fastener on the bottom of the luggage board. If the case suddenly becomes loose, it may cause serious injury or death.

6. After closing the cap on the charge port, close the charge port lid.

NOTE:

To stop charging mid-charge, remove the charge connector. Charging auto- matically stops.

HOW TO QUICK CHARGE (if so equipped) Quick charge uses public charging sta- tions (up to 50 kW of power [for 40 kWh battery models] / 100 kW of power [for 62 kWh battery models]) to charge the battery in a short period of time.

WARNING

Always use a quick charger that is compatible with the LEAF. Using an incompatible quick charger may cause a fire or malfunction resulting in serious personal injury or death.

Before starting the quick charge, carefully read the instructions pro- vided on the quick charger and make sure the quick charge connector is properly connected and locked. Fail- ure to connect or operate the quick charger correctly could cause dam- age to the vehicle or the charging equipment.

NOTE: Quick charging is possible (even sev-

eral times a day) if the battery tem- perature is not near the red zone. If the battery temperature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, quick charging is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be trig- gered. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the EV Overview and Instruments and controls section of this manual.

When the Li-ion battery available charge and the Li-ion battery capacity are shown on the quick charger unit, the readings may differ from the Li-ion battery available charge/capacity reading shown on the vehicles display.

LCH2206

Charging CH-35

To start charging: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON po- sition, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, re- fer to Charge port lid and Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and ad- justments section of this manual.

4. Align O1 with the groove of the charge port and insert the charge connector. CAUTION

Be sure to insert the charge connector straight into the quick charge port right up to the base. Failure to do so may result in the Li-ion battery not charging or could cause damage to the charging equipment.

LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117

CH-36 Charging

5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge connector.

6. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment. When the equip- ment is properly installed and ready to charge a beep sounds twice and the charging status indicator light will change. For additional information, refer to Charge status indicator lights in this section.

Charging ends in the following situations: When charging is complete When the possible charge time set for the

quick charger is exceeded

NOTE: Charging may automatically stop even

if it is not completed. If charging stops mid-charge, you can

restart charging by pressing the start button on the quick charger again.

The charge connector is locked to the charge port during charging and can- not be disconnected. Follow the in- structions on the quick charge equip- ment to stop charging. Confirm charging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the instrument panel. The charge connector can be discon- nected from the vehicle when charging is stopped.

When quick charging, the Li-ion bat- tery charging rate is slower as the per- centage of available battery charge in- creases.

To finish charging: 1. Confirm charging is stopped by looking

at the indicators on the instrument panel. The charge connector can be dis- connected from the vehicle when charg- ing is stopped.

2. Unlock the charge connector, remove from the vehicle and properly store it.

3. Close the quick charge port cap.

4. Shut the charge port lid.

LCH2118 LCH2119

Charging CH-37

CAUTION

As the quick charge connector is heavier in comparison to the other charge connectors, allowing it to drop could cause damage to the vehicle or charge connector or personal injury. When removing the connector, be sure to pull it out straight and as carefully as possible.

HOW TO CHARGE/DISCHARGE USING QUICK CHARGE PORT (if so equipped) V2X (vehicle to everything) enables the EV to supply electric power to a home or a building, etc. V2X includes all of the following: Vehicle to home (V2H) Vehicle to building (V2B) Vehicle to grid (V2G) Vehicle to load (V2L) Vehicle to vehicle (V2V) V2X charge/discharge uses a V2X device.

WARNING

Always use a quick charger/V2X de- vice that is compatible with the LEAF. Using an incompatible quick charger/V2X device may cause a fire or malfunction resulting in serious personal injury or death.

Before starting the quick charge/V2X charge, carefully read the instruc- tions provided on the quick charger/ V2X device and make sure the quick charge connector is properly con- nected and locked. Failure to connect or operate the quick charger cor- rectly could cause damage to the ve- hicle or the charging equipment.

NOTE: Charging/discharging using quick

charge port is possible (even several times a day) if the battery temperature is not near the red zone. If the battery temperature reaches the red zone, in order to protect the battery, charging/ discharging is not allowed and the power limitation mode will be trig- gered. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the EV Overview and Instruments and controls section of this manual.

When the Li-ion battery available charge/discharge and the Li-ion bat- tery capacity are shown on the quick charger unit or V2X device, the read- ings may differ from the Li-ion battery available charge/discharge/capacity reading shown on the vehicles display.

CH-38 Charging

To start charging/discharging: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch to place

the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

2. When charging/discharging the Li-ion battery, place the power switch in the OFF position. When the power switch is in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging/discharging.

3. Open the charge port lid and charge port cap. For additional information, re- fer to Charge port lid and Charge port cap in the Pre-driving checks and ad- justments section of this manual.

4. Align O1 with the groove of the charge port and insert the charge connector. CAUTION

Be sure to insert the charge connector straight into the quick charge port right up to the base. Failure to do so may re- sult in the Li-ion battery not charging/ discharging or could cause damage to the charging equipment.

LCH2115 LCH2116 LCH2117

Charging CH-39

5. Grasp the lock lever and lock the charge connector.

6. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment, or the V2X device, to start charging. When the equipment or V2X is properly installed and ready to charge/discharge, a beep sounds twice and the charging status indicator light will change. For additional information, refer to Charge status indicator lights in this section.

Charging/discharging ends in the follow- ing situations: When charging is complete

When the possible charge time set for the quick charger is exceeded

NOTE: Charging/discharging may automati-

cally stop even if it is not completed. If charging stops mid-charge, you can

restart charging by pressing the start button on the quick charger again.

The charge connector is locked to the charge port during charging/ discharging and cannot be discon- nected. Follow the instructions on the quick charge equipment or the V2X de- vice to stop charging/discharging. Confirm charging/discharging is stopped by looking at the indicators on the instrument panel. The charge con- nector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging is stopped.

When V2X charging, the Li-ion battery charging rate is slower as the percent- age of available battery charge in- creases.

To finish charging/discharging: 1. Confirm charging/discharging is

stopped by looking at the indicators on the instrument panel. The charge con- nector can be disconnected from the vehicle when charging/discharging is stopped.

2. Unlock the charge connector, remove from the vehicle and properly store it.

3. Close the quick charge port cap.

4. Shut the charge port lid.

LCH2118 LCH2119

CH-40 Charging

CHARGE CONNECTOR LOCK SYSTEM The normal or trickle charge connector can be locked to the normal charge port. Perform the following steps and the charge connector lock mode can be se- lected: 1. Press the button to select EV

settings and then press the OK button.

2. Press the button until Chg. Connector Lock is selected and then press the OK button.

3. Press the button until the pre- ferred mode of AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK, is selected and then press the OK button.

NOTE:

The charge connector lock can be acti- vated when the shift lever is in the P (Park) position and the charge connector is connected. The charge connector lock will not be activated if the charge con- nector is not properly connected.

AUTO mode To select AUTO mode, push the up and down switch until "AUTO" is selected and then press the OK button. The indicator light for "AUTO" will illuminate. When AUTO mode is selected, the charge connector is locked while charging is in process. The charge connector will be un- locked automatically when charging is complete.

LOCK mode To select the LOCK mode, push the up and down switch until "LOCK" is selected and then press the OK button. The indicator light for "LOCK" will illuminate.

When LOCK mode is selected, the charge connector will remain locked. The charge connector will be unlocked when UNLOCK mode is selected or temporary unlock op- eration is performed.

UNLOCK mode To select UNLOCK mode, push the up and down switch until "UNLOCK" is selected and then press the OK button. The indica- tor light for "UNLOCK" will illuminate. When UNLOCK mode is selected, the charge connector will remain unlocked. Temporary unlock mode When the charge connector lock system is in the AUTO or LOCK mode, the charge connector lock can be unlocked temporar- ily by using the NISSAN Intelligent Key or the charge port lid switch.

LHA5081

Charging CH-41

Unlock operation using Intelligent Key 1. Press the charge port lid opener button

on the Intelligent Key for more than 1 second.

2. The charging status indicator light flashes three times and a beep sounds three times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds.

3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked.

The charge connector lock can also be un- locked for 30 seconds when unlocking a door or the rear hatch (in this case, the charging status indicator light does not operate). If the lock is operated again within 30 seconds after unlocking the door/rear hatch, the charge connector lock is locked again.

Unlock operation using charge port lid switch 1. Push the charge port lid switch.

2. The charging status indicator light flashes three times and a beep sounds three times. The charge connector lock is unlocked for 30 seconds.

3. After 30 seconds, the charge connector lock is locked.

LCH2009 LIC3808

CH-42 Charging

NOTE: Depending on the charging station, the

lock mechanism established by local standards may not be compatible with your vehicle. It may not be possible for the charge connector to lock to your vehicle.

When the power source is cut off while charging in AUTO mode, the connector will be continuously locked for 5 min- utes, then it will be released.

When timer charging is set with AUTO mode, the connector will not lock until charging is started.

When the following system(s) are oper- ated individually or the 12-volt battery is being charged, the charging connec- tor lock will not lock: Climate Ctrl. Timer Remote climate control (if so

equipped) Li-ion battery warmer (if so

equipped)

If the charge connector cannot be unlocked 1. Place power switch in the OFF position.

2. Open the hood.

3. Insert a flat head screwdriver or suitable tool into the screw that is located on the front of the hood lock.

4. Turn it clockwise to release the charge connector lock.

5. Remove the charge connector.

CHARGING TIMER Use charging timer to schedule when the Li-ion battery charges. The vehicle auto- matically begins charging at the scheduled times when the charge connector is con- nected to the vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset each time the Li-ion bat- tery needs charging. The charging timer can save two timer set- tings that include the charging start time and end time. The charging timer can be applied to the timer settings for each day of the week (models with Navigation Sys- tem). The vehicle automatically begins charging at the scheduled times when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. The timers do not need to be reset each time the Li-ion battery needs to be charged.

LCH2143

CHARGING METHODS

Charging CH-43

1. Press the button to select EV settings and then press the OK button.

2. Press the button to select Charge Timer1 or Charge Timer2 and then press the OK button.

3. Press the button to select Timer and then press the OK button. The indicator light will turn on when the timer setting is turned on.

4. Press the button until to select Start time and then press the OK button.

5. Press the button to set Hour and then press the OK button.

6. Press the button to set Min- ute and then press the OK button.

7. Press the button to select End time and then press the OK button.

8. Press the button to set Hour and then press the OK button.

9. Press the button to set Min- ute and then press the OK button.

10. Models with Navigation System: Press the button to select the days of the week you wish to activate the charging timer and then press the OK button. Press the Back button to return to the previous display.

11. After the setting is complete, place the power switch in the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle.

NOTE: Always place the power switch in the

OFF position after setting the charging timers. When the power switch in the ON position, the Li-ion battery will not start charging.

Charging stations that are used to per- form normal charging may be equipped with timer functions. If the charging timer function and the ve- hicle timer are both set, and the two timers are not set to operate at the same time, it is possible that the char- ger will not start or the battery will not be charged to the level expected.

The Li-ion battery may not charge to the expected level using the charging timer while the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.

Charging timer is performed according to the current time setting of the clock on the vehicle information display. When setting the charging timer func- tion, be sure to check that the current time displayed is correct.

To turn off the charging timer function, select "Timer" on the charge timer dis- play (vehicle information display) us- ing the button and press the OK button to turn off the indicator light. The start and end time settings are not deleted, even if the charging timer function is turned off.

LCH2144

CH-44 Charging

If the day of the week is not selected on the timer charge setting screen, the charging timer will not operate on that day. The system will wait until the next set charging time to perform charging (models with Navigation System).

Timer Charge setting screen Chg. Timer Only at HOME (models with Navigation System) If you register your home in the navigation system and turn on Chg. Timer Only at HOME, the timer charging is applied only when the normal or trickle charge is per- formed at home. For additional informa- tion, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf) for the registration. When the charging is performed at a place other than home, the charging automatically starts when a normal or trickle charge con- nector is connected to the vehicle.

LCH2144 LHA5085

Charging CH-45

Full charge has priority If Full charge has priority is turned on, the charge start timer will be advanced if the fully charged condition of the Li-ion battery cannot be achieved during the start time to end time interval. If the fully charged battery condition cannot be achieved, the charge continues until the battery is fully charged.

NOTE:

If Full charge has priority is turned on, it is possible that the battery is not charged fully by the charge end time due to the operating condition of Climate Ctrl. Timer and the tolerance of charging time, etc. In that case, the charging con- tinues until the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

TIMER DISPLAY The timer display appears for approxi- mately 30 seconds when the power switch is placed in the OFF position.

O1 Charging time The estimated time of charging the Li-ion battery (start time and end time) is dis- played. When the charging timer is set, the charg-

ing system calculates the estimated time to charge the Li-ion battery based on the electrical power supplied in the last charging using the timer, and the start time and end time are displayed.

LHA5086 LCH2145

CH-46 Charging

The estimated time may be recalculated depending on the actual electrical power after the charge cable is connected. Al- though the estimated time may be differ- ent from the time that was displayed when the power switch was placed in the OFF position, this is not a malfunction.

When the charging timer is set to OFF, the estimated end time to charge the Li-ion battery to a full level in the case of per- forming the immediate charge. The end time is calculated based on the electrical power selected in the Charge Time Screen.

When the Li-ion battery was fully charged, the charging time will be displayed as -- :--.

O2 Charging timer setting status When the charging timer is set, the start time and end time of the charging using the timer are displayed

O3 Climate Ctrl. timer setting status When the Climate Ctrl. timer is set, the de- parture time (end time) set for the Climate Ctrl. Timer is displayed.

O4 Charge connector lock setting status

The current mode of the charge connector lock (AUTO, LOCK or UNLOCK) is displayed. For the charge connector lock operation, see Charge connector lock system in the Charging section of this manual. When the OK button on the steering wheel is pressed, the display will be switched to the EV Settings menu. In the EV Settings, the setting of the charging timer, Climate Ctrl. timer and charge connector lock mode can be changed. Refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual for the settings menu of the vehicle information display. When the button on the steering wheel is pressed while the timer display is shown, the display is switched to the ECO Drive Report (if the vehicle was driven). Either display will continue to be displayed for another 30 seconds when the button is operated. If the doors are locked after the power switch was placed in the OFF posi- tion, the display will turn off before the pre- set time. For models with Navigation System, the day of the week is displayed with the time (hour and minute) in each information O1 O3 .

In addition to the above, note the following conditions for the charging time O1 infor- mation: The charging time is displayed by the 10

minutes. If the estimated charging time is longer than 24 hours, Over 24h is dis- played.

When the charging is set to start imme- diately after connecting the charge con- nector to the vehicle, the start time is displayed as Charge Now.

While being charged, the time when the charging has actually started is displayed as the start time. The end time is dis- played according to the estimated charging time that was calculated based on the electrical power being supplied.

For models with Li-ion battery warmer, the charging system calculates the elec- trical power used by the battery warmer when the Li-ion battery temperature is low, and longer charging time will be dis- played.

Charging CH-47

When Chg. Timer Only at HOME is set to ON (models with Navigation System) in the EV Settings, the start time is displayed only when the power switch is placed in the OFF position at home. If the power switch is placed in the OFF position other than at home, the immediate charge mode is selected and Charge Now will appear as the start time.

When Full charge has priority is set to ON in the EV Settings and the Li-ion battery cannot be charged to a full level within the hours between the scheduled start time and end time of the charging timer, the charging time shows the time that exceeds the scheduled hours in the charging timer.

If you need to confirm the estimated charging time depending on the avail- able electrical power (supplied to the charger), see the Estimated Charge Time display. Refer to Meters and gauges in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

NOTE: The displayed end time of charging is

an estimation. The Li-ion battery may not be charged to a full level by the estimated end time.

If the charging timer and the Climate Ctrl. timer are set to operate at the same time, longer charging time will be displayed or the Li-ion battery may not be charged to a full level at the sched- uled end time.

IMMEDIATE CHARGE When a charging timer is not turned on, charging automatically starts when a nor- mal or trickle charge connector is con- nected to the vehicle. Use the immediate charge mode anytime you want to start charging when a charg- ing timer is turned on by performing the following: 1. Place the power switch in the OFF

position.

2. Push the immediate charge switch.

3. Connect the normal or trickle charge cable when the charging status indica- tor light changes to display immediate charge mode. For additional informa- tion, refer to Charging status indicator lights in this section.

LCH2125

CH-48 Charging

NOTE: You have 15 minutes to connect a nor-

mal or trickle charge connector to the vehicle after the immediate charge switch is pushed. If a charge connector is not connected to the vehicle within 15 minutes, the vehicle automatically returns to the previous setting.

To cancel immediate charge mode push the immediate charge switch again.

If the charge cable is disconnected, the Li-ion battery automatically switches to charging timer. To perform an im- mediate charge again, push the imme- diate charge switch and connect the charge cable.

If the charge cable is already con- nected, push the immediate charge switch to start performing an immedi- ate charge.

CHARGING RELATED REMOTE FUNCTION (models with Navigation System) This vehicle incorporates a communica- tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics Communication Unit). The communication connection between this unit and NISSAN Data Center allows for various remote function services. Remote battery status check:

The charging status of the Li-ion battery can be checked using the NissanConnect EV & Services, or NissanConnect Services, app or Own- ers Portal even if you are not in the ve- hicle.

Remote start charge: The function of starting the Li-ion battery charge or starting the heater and air con- ditioner is available using your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone.

Plug-in reminder: A notification e-mail will be sent to your personal computer or internet enabled smart phone if the plug is not connected at the specific time you selected, after turning off the power switch.

NOTE: Establishing the NissanConnect EV &

Services, or NissanConnect Services, is necessary before using this service. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

To check the Li-ion battery charging status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer, the fol- lowing conditions must be met: The vehicle must be located in a cel-

lular phone coverage area. The cellular phone must be located

in an area with cellular phone cover- age.

If using a computer, the computer must be connected to the internet.

Some cellular phones are not com- patible and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charging status. Please confirm beforehand.

Certain remote functions require a compatible smart phone, which is not included with the vehicle.

Charging CH-49

NissanConnect EV & Services, or NissanConnect Services, information system features are included through a subscription service which requires owner consent to activate. The sub- scription must be active to use these features.

NissanConnect EV & Services, or NissanConnect Services, communica- tions may be received at a verified e-mail address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone.

Standard text rates and/or data usage may apply depending on your carrier.

CHARGING STATUS INDICATOR LIGHTS The charging status indicator lights (1) to (3) display the charging status, and are visible from both inside and outside the vehicle.

When the normal charge connector lock is unlocked All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash and a beep will sound three times when the normal charge connector lock switch on the Intelligent Key or the charge port lid switch is pushed. When the normal charge connector is connected incorrectly All of the indicator lights, (1) to (3), will flash and a beep will sound three times within 30 seconds when the charge connector is connected incorrectly to the normal charge port.

LCH2146 LCH2147

CHARGING RELATED INDICATOR LIGHTS

CH-50 Charging

Ready for charging timer If the charging timer is set, the indicator lights illuminate in order from (1) to (3). The indicator lights turn off after approximately 5 minutes.

Ready for immediate charge When the power switch is off and if the immediate charge switch is pushed while the charge cable is not connected, the in- dicator light (2) illuminates. This indicator light (2) illuminates when the vehicle is ready for immediate charge. You have 15 minutes to connect the charge connector to the vehicle. If the charge con- nector is not connected within 15 minutes, the indicator light (2) turns off and you must start the immediate charge mode again to charge the Li-ion battery.

When charging When the Li-ion battery is being charged, the charging status indicator lights will change depending on the amount the Li- ion battery is charged. * : This value is also displayed by the battery available charge gauge on the vehicle in- formation display.

LCH2148 LCH2149 LCH2150

Charging CH-51

When fully charged All of the indicator lights (1) to (3) illuminate when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to the selected charging mode level. The indicator lights turn off after approxi- mately 5 minutes or when the charge con- nector is removed.

When the indicator light (3) flashes The indicator light (3) flashes when the 12- volt battery is being charged. For additional information, refer to Charging the 12-volt battery in the EV overview section of this manual. The indicator light will also flash for up to 5 minutes if the electrical power from the EVSE or charging device is interrupted dur- ing charging. Charging will restart auto- matically when the electrical power from the EVSE or charging device is restored if the normal charge connector is con- nected. The charge start beep will not sound when charging restarts.

The indicator will also flash when the fol- lowing systems are operating: Climate Ctrl. Timer Remote climate control (if so equipped) Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped)

LCH2151 LCH2152

CH-52 Charging

When not charging None of the lights are illuminated when the Li-ion battery and 12-volt battery are not charging.

EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) CONTROL BOX INDICATOR LIGHT When a charge is being performed, the charging status is shown by the indicator light that is on the EVSE control box. An indicator light also indicates if there is an EVSE malfunction.

Meaning Light ON Blinking Light OFF Symbol

LCH2153 LCH2203 LCH2204

Charging CH-53

READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken

All LED lamps will light for a 1/2 second check when EVSE is first connected to an outlet.

After initial processing is completed, when the EVSE is not connected to the ve- hicle, or the EVSE is connected to the vehicle but charging is not being performed. For additional information, refer to Charging troubleshooting guide in this sec- tion.

While the Li-ion battery is being charged

If the EVSE control box indicator light does not illuminate after connecting the plug to the outlet, check the GFCI and circuit breaker for the outlet. If either the GFCI or breaker has tripped, the circuit may not be suitable for use with EVSE. You should have a qualified electrician inspect and repair the electrical circuit. If the GFCI breaker is not tripped, stop using the EVSE. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The EVSE could not detect sufficient grounding at outlet for reliable EV charging. Consult a qualified electrician to have the outlet checked.

When the temperature of the electrical plug is too hot or the EVSE is unable to de- tect the temperature of the electrical plug. The EVSE is restricting the charging current for safety according to the tempera- ture of the electrical plug. POWER Lamp status: = No charging current restricted. = Charge current restricted = Charge stopped This problem may be caused by a failure in the outlet. Stop using the outlet and consult a qualified electrician. If the same indication continues after checking an outlet, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CH-54 Charging

READY POWER FAULT Status and action to be taken

The temperature detection circuit in the plug of the EVSE is malfunctioning. Power Lamp status: = Charge current reduced = Charge stopped Since the EVSE is restricting the charging current, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

This trouble is caused by a malfunction of the EVSE internal circuits. Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

For L1 & L2 EVSE: This trouble may be caused by a miswired outlet. Check if the outlet, which the EVSE is connected to, is correctly wired and installed according to the regulations/ standards. If the same indication continues after checking the outlet wiring, the EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For L1 EVSE: The EVSE may have a malfunction. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer.

The EVSE detected leakage current or PWM signal error Stop using the EVSE immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

Charging CH-55

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

All types of charging can- not be performed.

The vehicle power switch is in the ON posi- tion. Before charging, place the vehicle power switch in the OFF position.

Both the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector (if so equipped) are connected at the same time.

The normal charge connector and the quick charge connector cannot be connected at the same time.

The Li-ion battery is already fully charged.

Confirm the available Li-ion battery capacity remaining by checking the Li-ion battery available charge gauge. If the Li-ion battery charge gauge reaches 100%, the Li-ion bat- tery is already fully charged and cannot be charged. Charging automatically turns off if the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg- ing. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

The 12-volt battery is discharged. If the vehicle electrical systems cannot be turned on even when the power switch is turned on, the 12V battery may be discharged. Charge or replace the 12V battery.

The vehicle has a malfunction. The vehicle may have a malfunction. Confirm if the warning light on the meter is illumi- nated. If a warning is displayed, stop charging. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CHARGING TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE

CH-56 Charging

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Normal charge or trickle charge cannot be per-

formed.

There is no electrical power coming from the outlet.

Confirm that there has not been a power failure. Make sure the breaker is on. If an outlet with a timer device installed is used, power will only be available at the time set by the timer.

The EVSE or charging device may have a malfunction.

If Genuine NISSAN EVSE is used, refer to the Charging Troubleshooting section in the manual for the device.

The charge connector is not connected correctly. Confirm the charge connector is connected correctly.

Plug might not be connected correctly. Confirm if the plug is connected correctly. There is no electric power coming from the normal charging station. Confirm operation procedure of charging station.

The outlet (that the EVSE is connected to) is not connected to the power source cor- rectly.

Confirm the condition according to the illumination pattern of the indicator light on the EVSE. For additional information, refer to "EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) con- trol box indicator light" earlier in this section.

Immediate charge can- not be performed. Charging timer has been set. Turn off the charging timer. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this

section.

Charging timer cannot be performed.

The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable.

The time on the clock is wrong.

The charging timer function does not start charging based on the clock located on the vehicle information display. Adjust the clock. For additional information, refer to Clock in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. If the 12-volt battery is discharged or if the Li-ion battery is disconnected, the time setting must be updated.

The immediate charge switch has been pushed. Charging timer does not operate when immediate charge is selected.

Charging timer has not been set. Set the charging timer schedule. For additional information, refer to Charging timer in this section.

Charging does not start because the charging timer start time and end time are set and the current time is before the set start time.

Confirm when the charging timer time is set to start charging. Change the charging timer setting to the desired charge time or push the immediate charge switch. For addi- tional information, refer to Charging timer in this section.

The charge cable is not connected. Connect the charge cable beforehand.

Charging CH-57

Symptom Possible cause Possible solution

Normal charge stops in the middle of charging.

There is no power coming from the outlet. There may have been an electrical power failure, or the breaker may have failed. Charg- ing will resume when the power source is reset.

The charge cable has been disconnected. Check that the charge cable has not been disconnected. Both the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector were connected at the same time.

If the normal charge connector and the quick charge connector are connected at the same time, charging will be stopped.

Charging timer end time has been reached.

When the charging timer is set and the charge end time is reached, charging will be stopped, even if the Li-ion battery is not fully charged.

The temperature of the Li-ion battery is too hot or too cold to charge.

Confirm the Li-ion battery temperature by checking the Li-ion battery temperature gauge. If the gauge indicates the Li-ion battery is too hot (red zone) or too cold (blue zone), charging is not possible. Allow the Li-ion battery to cool or warm up before charg- ing. For additional information, refer to Li-ion battery temperature gauge in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

The electric power supply from the normal charging station was stopped. Confirm operation procedure of charging station.

Quick charge cannot be performed.

Incorrect charge connector connection, not fully inserted or may not be locked. Check that the charge connector is connected correctly and that it is locked.

The self-diagnostic function of the quick charge device returns a negative result.

There is a possibility that the vehicle has a malfunction. Stop charging. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

The power switch of the quick charger is off. Check the power switch of the quick charger.

Quick charge stops in the middle of charging.

Charging is stopped by the quick charge timer.

Charging will stop depending on the timer function setting of the quick charge device. If you need to charge the Li-ion battery more, start the charging procedure again.

The power supply for the quick charger is off. Check whether the power supply for the quick charger is off.

CH-58 Charging

1 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2 Front manual seat adjustment (for passengers seat and if so equipped for drivers seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3 Front power seat adjustment (if so equipped for drivers seat) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6

Head restraints/headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7 Adjustable head restraint/headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Non-adjustable head restraint/ headrest components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Remove . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-8 Install . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9 Adjust . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9

Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Precautions on seat belt usage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Injured persons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Three-point type seat belt with retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Seat belt extenders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17

Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-17 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18

Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 Precautions on child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-23 Rear-facing child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26 Rear-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-28 Forward-facing child restraint installation using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30 Forward-facing child restraint installation using the seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 Precautions on SRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-43 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . 1-62 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . 1-62

WARNING

Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and re- ceive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat properly. For additional infor- mation, refer to Precautions on seat belt usage in this section.

After adjustment, gently rock in the seat to make sure it is securely locked.

Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls or make the vehicle move. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

Do not adjust the drivers seat while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle operation. The seat may move suddenly and could cause loss of control of the vehicle.

The seatback should not be reclined any more than needed for comfort. Seat belts are most effective when the passenger sits well back and straight up in the seat. If the seatback is reclined, the risk of sliding under the lap belt and being injured is increased.

SSS0133

SEATS

1-2 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

CAUTION

When adjusting the seat positions, be sure not to contact any moving parts to avoid possible injuries and/or damage.

FRONT MANUAL SEAT ADJUSTMENT (for passengers seat and if so equipped for drivers seat) Your vehicle seats can be adjusted manu- ally. For additional information about ad- justing the seats, refer to the steps outlined in this section.

Forward and backward Pull the bar up and hold it while sliding the seat forward or backward to the preferred position. Release the bar to lock the seat in position.

Reclining To recline the seatback, pull the lever up and lean back. To bring the seatback for- ward, pull the lever up and lean your body forward. Release the lever to lock the seat- back in position. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional informa- tion, refer to Precautions on seat belt us- age in this section. Also, the seatback can be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the ve- hicle is in the P (Park) position.

LRS2229 LRS2231

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-3

Seat lifter (drivers seat) Pull up or push down the adjusting lever to adjust the seat height to the preferred position.

FRONT POWER SEAT ADJUSTMENT (if so equipped for drivers seat)

Operating tips The power seat motor has an auto-reset

overload protection circuit. If the motor stops during operation, wait 30 seconds then reactivate the switch.

Do not operate the power seat switch for a long period of time when the system is not in the READY mode. This will dis- charge the battery.

Forward and backward Moving the switch as shown will slide the seat forward or backward to the desired position.

Reclining Move the recline switch as shown until the desired angle is obtained. The reclining feature allows adjustment of the seatback for occupants of different sizes for added comfort and to help obtain proper seat belt fit. For additional informa- tion, refer to Precautions on seat belt us- age in this section. Also, the seatback can

LRS2965 LRS2966

1-4 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

be reclined to allow occupants to rest when the vehicle is stopped and the shift lever is in P (Park).

Seat lifter Move the switch as shown to adjust the angle and height of the seat cushion.

Lumbar support The lumbar support feature provides ad- justable lower back support to the driver. Move the switch as shown to adjust the seat lumbar area.

LRS2967 LRS2968

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-5

REAR SEATS Folding Before folding the rear seats Secure the seat belts on the seat belt

hooks located on the side wall. For addi- tional information, refer to Seat belt hook in this section.

To fold down the seatback, pull the release knob. To return the seatback to the seating posi- tion, lift up each seatback and push it to the upright position until it is latched.

WARNING

Do not fold down the rear seats when occupants are in the rear seat area or any objects are on the rear seats.

Never allow anyone to ride in the cargo area or on the rear seats when they are in the folded-down position. Use of these areas by passengers without proper restraints could re- sult in serious injury or death in an accident or sudden stop.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from slid- ing or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud- den stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

When returning the seatbacks to the upright position, be certain they are completely secured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sudden stop.

LRS3233

1-6 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

Head restraints/headrests supplement the other vehicle safety systems. They may provide additional protection against injury in certain rear end colli- sions. Adjustable head restraints/ headrests must be adjusted properly, as specified in this section. Check the adjustment after someone else uses the seat. Do not attach anything to the head restraint/headrest stalks or re- move the head restraints/headrests. Do not use the seat if the head restraint/headrest has been removed. If the head restraint/headrest was re- moved, reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position. Failure to follow these instructions can reduce the effectiveness of the head restraint/headrest. This may increase the risk of serious injury or death in a collision.

The illustration shows the seating posi- tions equipped with head restraints/ headrests. Indicates the seating position is equipped with a head restraint. Indicates the seating position is equipped with a headrest. + Indicates the seating position is not equipped with a head restraint or headrest (if applicable). Your vehicle is equipped with a head

restraint/headrest that may be inte- grated, adjustable or non-adjustable.

Adjustable head restraints/headrests have multiple notches along the stalks to lock them in a desired adjustment posi- tion.

The non-adjustable head restraints/ headrests have a single locking notch to secure them to the seat frame.

Proper Adjustment: For the adjustable type, align the head

restraint/headrest so the center of your ear is approximately level with the center of the head restraint/headrest.

If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position.

If the head restraint/headrest has been removed, ensure that it is reinstalled and locked in place before riding in that des- ignated seating position.

LRS2695

HEAD RESTRAINTS/HEADRESTS

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-7

ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/ HEADREST COMPONENTS 1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Multiple notches

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

NON-ADJUSTABLE HEAD RESTRAINT/HEADREST COMPONENTS 1. Removable head restraint/headrest

2. Single notch

3. Lock knob

4. Stalks

REMOVE Use the following procedure to remove the head restraint/headrest. 1. Pull the head restraint/headrest up to

the highest position. 2. Push and hold the lock knob. 3. Remove the head restraint/headrest

from the seat. 4. Store the head restraint/headrest prop-

erly in a secure place so it is not loose in the vehicle.

5. Reinstall and properly adjust the head restraint/headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

LRS2300 LRS2299 LRS2302

1-8 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

INSTALL 1. Align the head restraint/headrest stalks

with the holes in the seat. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is facing the correct direction. The stalk with the notch (notches) O1 must be installed in the hole with the lock knob O2 .

2. Push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down.

3. Properly adjust the head restraint/ headrest before an occupant uses the seating position.

ADJUST For adjustable head restraint/headrest Adjust the head restraint/headrest so the center is level with the center of your ears. If your ear position is still higher than the recommended alignment, place the head restraint/headrest at the highest position. For non-adjustable head restraint/ headrest

Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

LRS2303 SSS0997 LRS2304

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-9

Raise To raise the head restraint/headrest, pull it up. Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

Lower To lower, push and hold the lock knob and push the head restraint/headrest down Make sure the head restraint/headrest is positioned so the lock knob is engaged in the notch before riding in that designated seating position.

PRECAUTIONS ON SEAT BELT USAGE If you are wearing your seat belt properly adjusted, and you are sitting upright and well back in your seat with both feet on the floor, your chances of being injured or killed in an accident and/or the severity of injury may be greatly reduced. NISSAN strongly encourages you and all of your passengers to buckle up every time you drive, even if your seating position includes a supple- mental air bag. Most U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories specify that seat belts be worn at all times when a vehicle is being driven.

LRS2305 LRS2306

SEAT BELTS

1-10 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0136

SSS0134

SSS0016

SSS0014

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-11

WARNING

Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times. Children should be in the rear seats and in an appropriate restraint.

The seat belt should be properly ad- justed to a snug fit. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an acci- dent. Serious injury or death can occur if the seat belt is not worn properly.

Always route the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the belt behind your back, un- der your arm or across your neck. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off your shoulder.

Position the lap belt as low and snug as possible AROUND THE HIPS, NOT THE WAIST. A lap belt worn too high could increase the risk of internal in- juries in an accident.

Be sure the seat belt tongue is se- curely fastened to the proper buckle.

Do not wear the seat belt inside out or twisted. Doing so may reduce its effectiveness.

Do not allow more than one person to use the same seat belt.

Never carry more people in the ve- hicle than there are seat belts.

If the seat belt warning light glows continuously while the power switch is turned ON with all doors closed and all seat belts fastened, it may indi- cate a malfunction in the system. Have the system checked. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

No changes should be made to the seat belt system. For example, do not modify the seat belt, add material, or install devices that may change the seat belt routing or tension. Doing so may affect the operation of the seat belt system. Modifying or tampering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

Once seat belt pretensioner(s) have activated, they cannot be reused and must be replaced together with the retractor. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

All seat belt assemblies, including re- tractors and attaching hardware, should be inspected after any colli- sion. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to op- erate properly. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be inspected and replaced if ei- ther damage or improper operation is noted.

All child restraints and attaching hardware should be inspected after any collision. Always follow the re- straint manufacturers inspection in- structions and replacement recom- mendations. The child restraints should be replaced if they are damaged.

1-12 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SEAT BELT WARNING LIGHT Both the drivers and passengers front seats are equipped with a seat belt warn- ing light. The warning light, located on the instrument panel, will show the status of the driver and passenger seat belt.

NOTE:

The front passenger seat belt warning light will not light up if the seat is not occupied.

For additional information, refer to Warn- ing lights, indicator lights and audible re- minders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

PREGNANT WOMEN NISSAN recommends that pregnant women use seat belts. The seat belt should be worn snug, and always position the lap belt as low as possible around the hips, not the waist. Place the shoulder belt over your shoulder and across your chest. Never put the lap/shoulder belt over your abdominal area. Contact your doctor for specific rec- ommendations.

INJURED PERSONS NISSAN recommends that injured persons use seat belts, depending on the injury. Check with your doctor for specific recom- mendations.

THREE-POINT TYPE SEAT BELT WITH RETRACTOR

WARNING

Every person who drives or rides in this vehicle should use a seat belt at all times.

Do not ride in a moving vehicle when the seatback is reclined. This can be dangerous. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. In an accident, you could be thrown into it and re- ceive neck or other serious injuries. You could also slide under the lap belt and receive serious internal injuries.

For the most effective protection when the vehicle is in motion, the seat should be upright. Always sit well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor and adjust the seat belt properly.

LRS0786

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-13

Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a childs neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be se- riously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to release the child. If the seat belt cannot be un- buckled or is already unbuckled, re- lease the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Fastening the seat belts 1. Adjust the seat. For additional informa-

tion, refer to Seats in this section.

2. Slowly pull the seat belt out of the retrac- tor and insert the tongue into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. The retractor is designed to lock

during a sudden stop or on impact. A slow pulling motion permits the belt to move and allows you some free- dom of movement in the seat.

If the seat belt cannot be pulled from its fully retracted position, firmly pull the belt and release it. Then smoothly pull the belt out of the retractor.

3. Position the lap belt portion low and snug on the hips as shown.

4. Pull the shoulder belt portion toward the retractor to take up extra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is routed over your shoulder and across your chest.

The front passenger seat and the rear seating positions three-point seat belts have two modes of operation: Emergency Locking Retractor (ELR) Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR)

SSS0292 SSS0290

1-14 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

The ELR mode allows the seat belt to ex- tend and retract to allow the driver and passengers some freedom of movement in the seat. The ELR locks the seat belt when the vehicle slows down rapidly or during certain impacts. The ALR mode (child restraint mode) locks the seat belt for child restraint installation. When ALR mode is activated the seat belt cannot be extended again until the seat belt tongue is detached from the buckle and fully retracted. The seat belt returns to the ELR mode after the seat belt fully re- tracts. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section. The ALR mode should be used only for child restraint installation. During nor- mal seat belt use by an occupant, the ALR mode should not be activated. If it is ac- tivated, it may cause uncomfortable seat belt tension. It can also change the op- eration of the front passenger air bag. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

WARNING

When fastening the seat belts, be cer- tain that seatbacks are completely se- cured in the latched position. If they are not completely secured, passengers may be injured in an accident or sud- den stop.

Unfastening the seat belts To unfasten the seat belt, push the button on the buckle. The seat belt automatically retracts.

Checking seat belt operation Seat belt retractors are designed to lock seat belt movement by two separate methods: When the belt is pulled quickly from the

retractor When the vehicle slows down rapidly

SSS0326

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-15

To increase your confidence in the seat belts, check the operation as follows: Grasp the shoulder belt and pull forward

quickly. The retractor should lock and re- strict further belt movement.

If the retractor does not lock during this check, get the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service, or to learn more about seat belt operation.

Center of rear seat Selecting correct set of seat belts: The rear center seat belt buckle is identified by the CENTER mark OA . The rear center seat belt tongue can be fastened only into the rear center seat belt buckle.

Shoulder belt height adjustment (front seats) The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position that is best for you. For additional information, refer to Precau- tions on seat belt usage in this section. To adjust, pull the adjustment button O1 , and then move the shoulder belt anchor to the preferred position O2 so that the belt passes over the center of the shoulder. The belt should be away from your face and neck, but not falling off of your shoulder. Release the adjustment button to lock the shoulder belt anchor into position.

LRS3224 JVC0036X

1-16 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

After adjustment, release the adjust- ment button and then try to move the shoulder belt anchor up and down to make sure that it is securely fixed in position.

The shoulder belt anchor height should be adjusted to the position that is best for you. Failure to do so may reduce the effectiveness of the entire restraint system and increase the chance or severity of injury in an accident.

SEAT BELT EXTENDERS If, because of body size or driving position, it is not possible to properly fit the lap/ shoulder belt and fasten it, an extender that is compatible with the installed seat belts is available for purchase. The ex- tender adds approximately 8 in (200 mm) of length and may be used for either the driver or front passenger seating position. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for assistance with purchasing an extender if an extender is required.

WARNING

Only NISSAN seat belt extenders, made by the same company which made the original equipment seat belts, should be used with NISSAN seat belts.

Adults and children who can use the standard seat belt should not use an extender. Such unnecessary use could result in serious personal injury in the event of an accident.

Never use seat belt extenders to in- stall child restraints. If the child re- straint is not secured properly, the child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision or a sudden stop.

SEAT BELT MAINTENANCE To clean the seat belt webbing, apply a

mild soap solution or any solution rec- ommended for cleaning upholstery or carpets. Then wipe with a cloth and allow the seat belts to dry in the shade. Do not allow the seat belts to retract until they are completely dry.

If dirt builds up in the shoulder belt guide of the seat belt anchors, the seat belts may retract slowly. Wipe the shoul- der belt guide with a clean, dry cloth.

Periodically check to see that the seat belt and the metal components, such as buckles, tongues, retractors, flexible wires and anchors, work properly. If loose parts, deterioration, cuts or other dam- age on the webbing is found, the entire seat belt assembly should be replaced.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-17

WARNING

Do not allow children to play with the seat belts. Most seating positions are equipped with Automatic Locking Re- tractor (ALR) mode seat belts. If the seat belt becomes wrapped around a childs neck with the ALR mode activated, the child can be seriously injured or killed if the seat belt retracts and becomes tight. This can occur even if the vehicle is parked. Unbuckle the seat belt to re- lease the child. If the seat belt cannot be unbuckled or is already unbuckled, release the child by cutting the seat belt with a suitable tool (such as a knife or scissors) to release the seat belt.

Children need adults to help protect them. They need to be properly re- strained. In addition to the general information in this manual, child safety information is available from many other sources, includ- ing doctors, teachers, government traffic safety offices, and community organiza- tions. Every child is different, so be sure to learn the best way to transport your child.

There are three basic types of child re- straint systems: Rear-facing child restraint Forward-facing child restraint Booster seat The proper restraint depends on the childs size. Generally, infants up to about 1 year and less than 20 lbs. (9 kg) should be placed in rear-facing child restraints. Forward- facing child restraints are available for chil- dren who outgrow rear-facing child re- straints and are at least 1 year old. Booster seats are used to help position a vehicle lap/shoulder belt on a child who can no longer use a forward-facing child restraint.

WARNING

Infants and children need special pro- tection. The vehicles seat belts may not fit them properly. The shoulder belt may come too close to the face or neck. The lap belt may not fit over their small hip bones. In an accident, an improp- erly fitting seat belt could cause serious or fatal injury. Always use appropriate child restraints.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require the use of approved child restraints for infants and small children. For additional information, refer to Child re- straints in this section. A child restraint may be secured in the ve- hicle by using either the LATCH (Lower An- chor and Tethers for CHildren) system or with the vehicle seat belt. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section. NISSAN recommends that all pre-teens and children be restrained in the rear seat. According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly re- strained in the rear seat than in the front seat. This is especially important because your vehicle has a supplemental re- straint system (air bag system) for the front passenger. For additional informa- tion, refer to Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) in this section.

CHILD SAFETY

1-18 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

INFANTS Infants up to at least 1 year old should be placed in a rear-facing child restraint. NISSAN recommends that infants be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and always follow the manufacturers instruc- tions for installation and use.

SMALL CHILDREN Children that are over 1 year old and weigh at least 20 lbs. (9 kg) should remain in a rear-facing child restraint as long as pos- sible up to the height or weight limit of the child restraint. Children who outgrow the height or weight limit of the rear-facing child restraint and are at least 1 year old should be secured in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness. Refer to the manu- facturers instructions for minimum and maximum weight and height recommen- dations. NISSAN recommends that small children be placed in child restraints that comply with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. You should choose a child restraint that fits your vehicle and al- ways follow the manufacturers instruc- tions for installation and use.

LARGER CHILDREN Children should remain in a forward-facing child restraint with a harness until they reach the maximum height or weight limit allowed by the child restraint manufac- turer.

Once a child outgrows the height or weight limit of the harness-equipped forward- facing child restraint, NISSAN recommends that the child be placed in a commercially available booster seat to obtain proper seat belt fit. For a seat belt to fit properly, the booster seat should raise the child so that the shoulder belt is properly positioned across the chest and the top, middle por- tion of the shoulder. The shoulder belt should not cross the neck or face and should not fall off the shoulder. The lap belt should lie snugly across the lower hips or upper thighs, not the abdomen. A booster seat can only be used in seating positions that have a three-point type seat belt. The booster seat should fit the vehicle seat and have a label certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-19

A booster seat should be used until the child can pass the seat belt fit test below: Are the childs back and hips against the

vehicle seatback? Is the child able to sit without slouching? Do the childs knees bend easily over the

front edge of the seat with feet flat on the floor?

Can the child safely wear the seat belt (lap belt low and snug across the hips and shoulder belt across mid-chest and shoulder)?

Is the child able to use the properly ad- justed head restraint/headrest?

Will the child be able to stay in position for the entire ride?

If you answered no to any of these ques- tions, the child should remain in a booster seat using a three-point type seat belt.

NOTE:

Laws in some communities may follow different guidelines. Check local and state regulations to confirm your child is using the correct restraint system before traveling.

WARNING

Never let a child stand or kneel on any seat and do not allow a child in the cargo areas. The child could be seri- ously injured or killed in an accident or sudden stop.

LRS2690

1-20 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON CHILD RESTRAINTS

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use and installa- tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: The child restraint must be used and

installed properly. Always follow all of the child restraint manufacturers instructions for installation and use.

Infants and children should never be held on anyones lap. Even the stron- gest adult cannot resist the forces of a collision.

Do not put a seat belt around both a child and another passenger.

NISSAN recommends that all child re- straints be installed in the rear seat. Studies show that children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seat than in the front seat. If you must install a forward-facing child restraint in the front seat, refer to Forward-facing child restraint in- stallation using the seat belts in this section.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear- facing child restraint in the front seat. An inflating air bag could seriously injure or kill a child. A rear-facing child restraint must only be used in the rear seat.

Be sure to purchase a child restraint that will fit the child and vehicle. Some child restraints may not fit properly in your vehicle.

SSS0099 SSS0100

CHILD RESTRAINTS

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-21

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchor- age, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

Never use the anchor points for adult seat belts or other items.

A child restraint with a top tether strap should not be used in the front passenger seat.

Keep seatbacks as upright as pos- sible after fitting the child restraint.

Infants and children should always be placed in an appropriate child re- straint while in the vehicle.

When the child restraint is not in use, keep it secured with the LATCH sys- tem or a seat belt. In a sudden stop or collision, loose objects can injure oc- cupants or damage the vehicle.

CAUTION

A child restraint in a closed vehicle can become very hot. Check the seating surface and buckles before placing a child in the child restraint.

This vehicle is equipped with a universal child restraint anchor system, referred to as the LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system. Some child restraints include rigid or webbing-mounted attach- ments that can be connected to these an- chors. For additional information, refer to LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) system in this section. If you do not have a LATCH compatible child restraint, the vehicle seat belts can be used. Several manufacturers offer child re- straints for infants and small children of various sizes. When selecting any child re- straint, keep the following points in mind: Choose only a restraint with a label certi-

fying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the child restraint in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicles seat and seat belt system.

If the child restraint is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the child restraint and check the various adjust- ments to be sure the child restraint is compatible with your child. Choose a child restraint that is designed for your childs height and weight. Always follow all recommended procedures.

If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is less than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), you may use either the LATCH anchors or the seat belt to install the child restraint (not both at the same time).

If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint.

Be sure to follow the child restraint manu- facturer's instructions for installation.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the ve- hicle is being operated. Canadian law re- quires the top tether strap on forward- facing child restraints be secured to the designated anchor point on the vehicle.

1-22 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) SYSTEM Your vehicle is equipped with special an- chor points that are used with LATCH sys- tem compatible child restraints. This sys- tem may also be referred to as the ISOFIX or ISOFIX compatible system. With this sys- tem, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint unless the combined weight of the child and child re- straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- bined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the ve- hicle's seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow

the child restraint manufacturer's instruc- tions for installation. The LATCH lower anchor points are pro- vided to install child restraints in the rear outboard seating positions only. Do not at- tempt to install a child restraint in the cen- ter position using the LATCH lower an- chors.

LATCH lower anchor WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use and installa- tion of child restraints could result in serious injury or death of a child or other passengers in a sudden stop or collision: Attach LATCH system compatible

child restraints only at the locations shown in the illustration.

Do not secure a child restraint in the center rear seating position using the LATCH lower anchors. The child restraint will not be secured properly.

Inspect the lower anchors by insert- ing your fingers into the lower an- chor area. Feel to make sure there are no obstructions over the anchors such as seat belt webbing or seat cushion material. The child restraint will not be secured properly if the lower anchors are obstructed.

LRS3227

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-23

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchor- age, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

LATCH lower anchor location The LATCH lower anchors are located at the rear of the seat cushion near the seat- back. A label is attached to the seatback to help you locate the LATCH lower anchors.

Installing child restraint LATCH lower anchor attachments LATCH compatible child restraints include two rigid or webbing-mounted attach- ments that can be connected to two an- chors located at certain seating positions in your vehicle. With this system, you do not have to use a vehicle seat belt to secure the child restraint. Check your child restraint for a label stating that it is compatible with the LATCH system. This information may also be in the instructions provided by the child restraint manufacturer.

LRS3036 LATCH lower anchor location

SSS0643 LATCH webbing-mounted attachment

1-24 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

When installing a child restraint, carefully read and follow the instructions in this manual and those supplied with the child restraint.

Top tether anchor WARNING

If the tonneau cover (if so equipped) contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the tonneau cover (if so equipped) from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attach- ment location. If the tonneau cover (if so equipped) is not removed, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seri- ously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

Do not allow cargo to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Properly se- cure the cargo so it does not contact the top tether strap. Cargo that is not properly secured or that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child re- straint top tether strap is damaged.

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly in- stalled using the damaged anchor- age, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

SSS0644 LATCH rigid-mounted attachment

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-25

Top tether anchor point locations: Anchor points are located on the back side of the seatbacks. The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing child restraints with the LATCH lower anchor attachments or seat belts. For additional information, refer to Installing top tether strap in this sec- tion. If you have any questions when install- ing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information, refer to all Warn- ings and Cautions in Child safety and Child restraints in this section before in- stalling a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the com- bined weight of the child and the child re- straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- bined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an- chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the LATCH system: 1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu- facturers instructions.

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- tachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH at- tachment is properly attached to the lower anchors.

LRS3225 LRS2996 Rear-facing webbing-mounted step 2

1-26 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

3. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to com- press the vehicle seat cushion and seat- back while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

4. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the seat near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint or try installing by using the vehicle seat belt (if applicable). Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

LRS2997 Rear-facing rigid-mounted step 2

SSS0639 Rear-facing step 3

SSS0650 Rear-facing step 4

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-27

5. Check to make sure that the child re- straint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 2 through 4.

REAR-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front pas- senger air bag. For additional informa- tion, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

For additional information, refer to all Warn- ings and Cautions in the Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the combined weight of the child and child restraint ex- ceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the combined weight of the child and child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehi- cles seat belt (not the lower anchors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturers instruc- tions for installation. Follow these steps to install a rear-facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seats:

1. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manufacturers instructions.

SSS0100 Rear-facing step 1

1-28 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child re- straint manufacturers instructions for belt routing.

3. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt re- tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

4. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0654 Rear-facing step 2

SSS0655 Rear-facing step 3

SSS0656 Rear-facing step 4

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-29

5. Remove any additional slack from the child restraint. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your hand to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

7. Check to make sure that the child re- straint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 1 through 6.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING LATCH For additional information, refer to all Warn- ings and Cautions in Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the com- bined weight of the child and the child re- straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- bined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an- chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation. Follow these steps to install a forward-facing child restraint using the LATCH system: 1. Position the child restraint on the seat.

Always follow the child restraint manu- facturers instructions.

SSS0657 Rear-facing step 5

SSS0658 Rear-facing step 6

1-30 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

2. Secure the child restraint anchor at- tachments to the LATCH lower anchors. Check to make sure that the LATCH at- tachment is properly attached to the lower anchors. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point. For additional infor- mation, refer to Installing top tether strap in this section.

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

3. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the vehicle seatback. If necessary, remove the head restraint/ headrest to obtain the correct child re- straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/ headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, re- fer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

LRS2995 Forward-facing webbing-mounted

step 2

LRS2994 Forward-facing rigid-mounted step 2

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-31

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child re- straint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

4. For child restraints that are equipped with webbing-mounted attachments, remove any additional slack from the anchor attachments. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to com- press the vehicle seat cushion and seat- back while tightening the webbing of the anchor attachments.

5. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to re- move any slack.

6. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the LATCH attachment path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the LATCH attachment holds the restraint in place. If the re- straint is not secure, tighten the LATCH attachment as necessary, or put the re- straint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

SSS0647 Forward-facing step 4

SSS0638 Forward-facing step 6

1-32 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

7. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the child restraint is loose, repeat steps 1 through 6.

Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchor attachments. First, secure the child restraint with the LATCH lower anchors (rear bench out- board seating positions only).

Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest

and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, refer to Head restraints/headrests" in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap O1 over the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an- chor point O2 on the bottom of the seat- back behind the child restraint.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to re- move any slack.

If you have any questions when install- ing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details.

LRS2638

1 Top tether strap

2 Tether anchor point

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-33

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

FORWARD-FACING CHILD RESTRAINT INSTALLATION USING THE SEAT BELTS

WARNING

The three-point seat belt with Auto- matic Locking Retractor (ALR) must be used when installing a child restraint. Failure to use the ALR mode will result in the child restraint not being properly secured. The restraint could tip over or be loose and cause injury to a child in a sudden stop or collision. Also, it can change the operation of the front pas- senger air bag. For additional informa- tion, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section. For additional information, refer to all Warn-

ings and Cautions in Child safety and Child restraints sections of this manual before installing a child restraint. Do not use the lower anchors if the com- bined weight of the child and the child re- straint exceeds 65 lbs. (29.5 kg). If the com- bined weight of the child and the child restraint is greater than 65 lbs. (29.5 kg), use the vehicle's seat belt (not the lower an- chors) to install the child restraint. Be sure to follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions for installation.

SSS0640 Forward-facing (front passenger seat)

step 1

1-34 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Follow these steps to install a forward- facing child restraint using the vehicle seat belt in the rear seat or in the front passen- ger seat: 1. If you must install a child restraint in

the front seat, it should be placed in the forward-facing direction only. Move the seat to the rearmost posi- tion. Child restraints for infants must be used in the rear-facing direction and therefore must not be used in the front seat.

2. Position the child restraint on the seat. Always follow the child restraint manu- facturers instructions. The back of the child restraint should be secured against the seatback. If necessary, adjust the head restraint/ headrest to obtain the correct child re- straint fit. If the head restraint/headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/ headrest when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, re- fer to Head restraints/headrests in this section.

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper child re- straint fit, try another seating position or a different child restraint.

3. Route the seat belt tongue through the child restraint and insert it into the buckle until you hear and feel the latch engage. Be sure to follow the child re- straint manufacturers instructions for belt routing. If the child restraint is equipped with a top tether strap, route the top tether strap and secure the tether strap to the tether anchor point (rear seat installa- tion only). For additional information, re- fer to Installing top tether strap in this section.

SSS0360B Forward-facing step 3

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-35

Do not install child restraints that require the use of a top tether strap in seating positions that do not have a top tether anchor.

4. Pull the shoulder belt until the belt is fully extended. At this time, the seat belt re- tractor is in the ALR mode (child restraint mode). It reverts to the ELR mode when the seat belt is fully retracted.

5. Allow the seat belt to retract. Pull up on the shoulder belt to remove any slack in the belt.

SSS0651 Forward-facing step 4

SSS0652 Forward-facing step 5

1-36 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

6. Remove any additional slack from the seat belt. Press downward and rearward firmly in the center of the child restraint with your knee to compress the vehicle seat cushion and seatback while pulling up on the seat belt.

7. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to remove any slack.

8. After attaching the child restraint, test it before you place the child in it. Push it from side to side while holding the child restraint near the seat belt path. The child restraint should not move more than 1 inch (25 mm), from side to side. Try to tug it forward and check to see if the belt holds the restraint in place. If the restraint is not secure, tighten the seat belt as necessary, or put the restraint in another seat and test it again. You may need to try a different child restraint. Not all child restraints fit in all types of vehicles.

9. Check to make sure the child restraint is properly secured prior to each use. If the seat belt is not locked, repeat steps 2 through 8.

SSS0653 Forward-facing step 6

SSS0641 Forward-facing step 8

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-37

10. If the child restraint is installed on the front passenger seat, push the power switch to the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light should illuminate. If this light does not illuminate, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section. Move the child restraint to another seating position. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

After the child restraint is removed and the seat belt is fully retracted, the ALR mode (child restraint mode) is canceled.

Installing top tether strap The child restraint top tether strap must be used when installing the child restraint with the seat belts. First, secure the child restraint with the seat belt. Rear bench seat OUTBOARD SEATING POSITIONS 1. Remove the head restraint/headrest

and store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest

when the child restraint is removed. For additional information, refer to Head restraints/headrests" in this section.

2. Position the top tether strap O1 over the seatback.

3. Secure the tether strap to the tether an- chor point O2 on the bottom of the seat- back behind the child restraint.

4. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to re- move any slack.

CENTER SEATING POSITION 1. Position the top tether strap O1 over the

seatback.

2. Secure the tether strap to the tether an- chor point O2 on the bottom of the seat- back behind the child restraint.

3. Tighten the tether strap according to the manufacturers instructions to re- move any slack.

If you have any questions when install- ing a top tether strap, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LRS2980 LRS2638

1 Top tether strap

2 Tether anchor point

1-38 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

WARNING

Child restraint anchorages are de- signed to withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child re- straints. Under no circumstances are they to be used to attach adult seat belts, or other items or equipment to the vehicle. Doing so could damage the child restraint anchorages. The child restraint will not be properly installed using the damaged anchorage, and a child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision.

BOOSTER SEATS For additional information on installing a booster seat in your vehicle, follow the in- structions outlined in this section.

Precautions on booster seats WARNING

If a booster seat and seat belt are not used properly, the risk of a child being injured or killed in a sudden stop or col- lision greatly increases: Make sure the shoulder portion of

the belt is away from the childs face and neck and the lap portion of the belt does not cross the stomach.

Make sure the shoulder belt is not behind the child or under the childs arm.

A booster seat must only be installed in a seating position that has a lap/ shoulder belt.

Booster seats of various sizes are offered by several manufacturers. When selecting any booster seat, keep the following points in mind: Choose only a booster seat with a label

certifying that it complies with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or Ca- nadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.

Check the booster seat in your vehicle to be sure it is compatible with the vehicles seat and seat belt system.

LRS0455

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-39

Make sure the childs head will be properly supported by the booster seat or vehicle seat. The seatback must be at or above the center of the childs ears. For example, if a low back booster seat O1 is chosen, the vehicle seatback must be at or above the center of the childs ears. If the seat- back is lower than the center of the childs ears, a high back booster seat O2 should be used.

If the booster seat is compatible with your vehicle, place your child in the booster seat and check the various ad- justments to be sure the booster seat is compatible with your child. Always follow all recommended procedures.

All U.S. states and Canadian provinces or territories require that infants and small children be restrained in an approved child restraint at all times while the ve- hicle is being operated. The instructions in this section apply to booster seat installation in the rear seats or the front passenger seat.

Booster seat installation WARNING

To avoid injury to child, do not use the lap/shoulder belt in the Automatic Locking Retractor (ALR) mode when us- ing a booster seat with the seat belts.

For additional information, refer to all Warn- ings and Cautions in the Child safety, Child restraints and Booster seats sec- tions of this manual before installing a child restraint. Follow these steps to install a booster seat in the 2nd or 3rd rows or in the front pas- senger seat:

LRS0453 LRS0464

1-40 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

1. If you must install a booster seat in the front seat, move the seat to the rear- most position.

2. Position the booster seat on the seat. Only place it in a front-facing direction. Always follow the booster seat manu- facturers instructions.

WRS0699 LRS0454 Front passenger position

LRS0451 2nd row center position

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-41

3. The booster seat should be positioned on the vehicle seat so that it is stable. If necessary, adjust or remove the head restraint/headrest to obtain the correct booster seat fit. If the head restraint/ headrest is removed, store it in a secure place. Be sure to reinstall the head restraint/headrest when the booster seat is removed. For additional infor- mation, refer to Head restraints/ headrests in this section.

If the seating position does not have an adjustable head restraint/headrest and it is interfering with the proper booster seat fit, try another seating position or a different booster seat.

4. Position the lap portion of the seat belt low and snug on the childs hips. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufactur- ers instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

5. Pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt toward the retractor to take up ex- tra slack. Be sure the shoulder belt is positioned across the top, middle por- tion of the childs shoulder. Be sure to follow the booster seat manufacturers instructions for adjusting the seat belt routing.

6. Follow the warnings, cautions and in- structions for properly fastening a seat belt shown in Three-point type seat belt with retractor in this section.

7. If the booster seat is installed in the front passenger seat, place the power switch in the ON position. The front passenger air bag status light may or may not illuminate, depending on the size of the child and the type of booster seat being used. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

LRS0452 2nd row outboard position

LRS0865

1-42 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

PRECAUTIONS ON SRS This SRS section contains important infor- mation concerning the following systems. Driver and front passenger supplemental

front-impact air bag (NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System)

Front seat-mounted side-impact supple- mental air bag

Rear outboard seat-mounted side- impact supplemental air bag

Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag

Driver and passenger supplemental knee air bag

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seat and rear outboard seats)

Supplemental front-impact air bag system The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System can help cushion the impact force to the head and chest of the driver and front passenger in certain frontal collisions. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest and pelvic area of the driver and front passenger in certain side impact collisions. The side air bags are de-

signed to inflate on the side where the ve- hicle is impacted. Rear outboard seat-mounted side- impact supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the chest area of the rear outboard seat passengers in certain side impact col- lisions. The side air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is im- pacted. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag system This system can help cushion the impact force to the head of occupants in front and rear outboard seating positions in certain side impact collisions. In a side impact, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. In a rollover, the curtain air bags are designed to inflate and remain inflated for a short time. Driver and passenger supplemental knee air bags This system can help cushion the impact force to the drivers and front passengers knee in certain collisions.

The SRS is designed to supplement the crash protection provided by the driver, passenger and rear outboard seat belts and is not a substitute for them. Seat belts should always be correctly worn, and the occupant should be seated a suitable dis- tance away from the steering wheel, instru- ment panel and door finishers. For addi- tional information, refer to Seat belts in this section. The supplemental air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON posi- tion. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supple- mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS)

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-43

WARNING

The front air bags ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a side impact, rear impact, rollover or lower severity frontal collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

The front passenger air bag and pas- senger knee air bag will not inflate if the passenger air bag status light is lit. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and sta- tus light in this section.SSS0131

SSS0132

1-44 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

The seat belts and the front air bags are most effective when you are sit- ting well back and upright in the seat with both feet on the floor. The front air bags inflate with great force. Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, if you are unrestrained, lean- ing forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal inju- ries from the front air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Always sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel or instrument panel. Always properly use the seat belts.

The driver and front passenger seat belt buckles are equipped with sen- sors that detect if the seat belts are fastened. The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors the severity of a collision and seat belt usage then inflates the air bags as needed. Fail- ure to properly wear seat belts can increase the risk or severity of injury in an accident.

The front passenger seat is equipped with occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag OFF under some condi- tions. This sensor is only used in this seat. Failure to be properly seated and wearing the seat belt can in- crease the risk or severity of injury in an accident. For additional informa- tion, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section.

Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel. Placing them inside the steering wheel rim could increase the risk that they are injured if the front air bag inflates.

SSS0007

SSS0006

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-45

WARNING

Never let children ride unrestrained or extend their hands or face out of the window. Do not attempt to hold them in your lap or arms. Some ex- amples of dangerous riding posi- tions are shown in the illustrations.

Children may be severely injured or killed when the front air bags, side air bags or curtain air bags inflate if they are not properly restrained. Pre- teens and children should be prop- erly restrained in the rear seat, if possible.

Even with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, never install a rear- facing child restraint on the front seat. An inflating front air bag could seriously injure or kill your child. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section.

SSS0008

SSS0009

SSS0099

SSS0100

1-46 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

SSS0059A Do not lean against doors or windows.

SSS0188A

SSS0140

SSS0162

SSS0159

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-47

WARNING

Front and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bags and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bags: The side air bags and curtain air bags

ordinarily will not inflate in the event of a frontal impact, rear impact, or lower severity side collision. Always wear your seat belts to help reduce the risk or severity of injury in various kinds of accidents.

The seat belts, the side air bags and curtain air bags are most effective when you are sitting well back and upright in the seat. The side air bag and curtain air bag inflate with great force. Do not allow anyone to place their hand, leg or face near the side air bag on the side of the seatback of the front and rear seat or near the side roof rails. Do not allow anyone sitting in the front seats or rear out- board seats to extend their hand out of the window or lean against the door. Some examples of dangerous riding positions are shown in the pre- vious illustrations.

When sitting in the rear seat, do not hold onto the seatback of the front seat. If the side air bag inflates, you may be seriously injured. Be espe- cially careful with children, who should always be properly re- strained. Some examples of danger- ous riding positions are shown in the illustrations.

Do not use seat covers on the front and rear seatbacks. They may inter- fere with side air bag inflation.

1-48 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) 1. Crash zone sensor

2. Supplemental front-impact air bag modules

3. Front seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag modules

4. Occupant classification sensor (weight sensor)

5. Occupant classification system control unit

6. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag inflators

7. Roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag modules

8. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (rear out- board seats)

9. Rear outboard seat-mounted side- impact supplemental air bag modules.

10. Satellite sensors (drivers side shown; passengers side similar)

11. Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front seats)

12. Air bag Control Unit (ACU) LRS3228

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-49

13. Driver and passenger supplement knee air bags

14. Door sensors

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the front passengers NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System, please observe the following items. Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket (if so equipped).

Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint/headrest or in the seatback pocket (if so equipped).

Make sure that there is nothing pressing against the rear of the seat- back, such as a child restraint in- stalled in the rear seat or an object stored on the floor.

Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

Make sure that there is no object placed between the seat cushion and center console or between the seat cushion and the door.

If a forward-facing child restraint is installed in the front passenger seat, do not position the front passenger seat so the child restraint contacts the instrument panel. If the child re- straint does contact the instrument panel, the system may determine the seat is occupied and the passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag may deploy in a collision. Also the front passenger air bag status light may not illuminate. For additional in- formation, refer to Child restraints in this section.

Confirm the operating condition with the front passenger air bag status light.

If you notice that the front passenger air bag status light is not operating as described in this section, get the occupant classification system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Until you have confirmed with a dealer that your passenger seat oc- cupant classification system is work- ing properly, position the occupants in the rear seating positions.

Do not position the front passenger seat so it contacts the rear seat. If the front seat does contact the rear seat, the air bag system may determine a sensor malfunction has occurred and the front passenger air bag sta- tus light may illuminate and the supplemental air bag warning light may flash.

This vehicle is equipped with the NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System for the driver and front passenger seats. This system is de- signed to meet certification requirements under U.S. regulations. It is also permitted in Canada. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The driver supplemental front-impact air bag is located in the center of the steering wheel. The front passenger supplemental front-impact air bag is mounted in the in- strument panel above the glove box. The front air bags are designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. They may not inflate in certain frontal collisions. Ve- hicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper front air bag operation.

1-50 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System monitors information from the crash zone sensor and the Air bag Control Unit (ACU). Inflator operation is based on the severity of a collision and seat belt usage for the driver. For the front passenger, the occu- pant classification sensor is also moni- tored. Based on information from the sen- sor, only one front air bag may inflate in a crash, depending on the crash severity. Ad- ditionally, the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag may be automati- cally turned OFF under some conditions, depending on the weight detected on the passenger seat and how the seat belt is used. If the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are OFF, the pas- senger air bag status light will be illumi- nated. For additional information, refer to Front passenger air bag and status light in this section. One front air bag inflating does not indicate improper performance of the system. If you have any questions about your air bag system, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to ob- tain information about the system. If you are considering modification of your ve- hicle due to a disability, you may also con- tact NISSAN. Contact information is con- tained in the front of this Owners Manual.

When a front air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita- tion and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. Front air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the head and chest of the front occupants. They can help save lives and reduce seri- ous injuries. However, an inflating front air bag may cause facial abrasions or other injuries. Front air bags, other than the driv- ers knee air bag, do not provide restraint to the lower body. Even with NISSAN Advanced Air Bags, seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver and front passenger seated upright as far as practical away from the steering wheel or instrument panel. The front air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the front occupants. Because of this, the force of the front air bag inflating can in- crease the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, the air bag mod- ule during inflation. The front air bags deflate quickly after a collision.

The front air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates. The supple- mental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is operational.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-51

Front passenger air bag and status light

WARNING

The front passenger air bag and pas- senger knee air bag are designed to au- tomatically turn OFF under some con- ditions. Read this section carefully to learn how it operates. Proper use of the seat, seat belt and child restraints is necessary for most effective protec- tion. Failure to follow all instructions in this manual concerning the use of seats, seat belts and child restraints can increase the risk or severity of in- jury in an accident.

Status light The front passenger seat is equipped with an occupant classification sensor (weight sensor) that turns the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag on or off depending on the weight applied to the front passenger seat. The status of the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag (ON or OFF) is indicated by the front passenger air bag status light which is located on the instrument panel. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, the front passenger air bag status light on the instrument panel illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off or remains illuminated depending on the front passenger seat occupied status. The light operates as follows:

CONDITION DESCRIPTION PASSENGER AIR BAG STATUS LIGHT ( ) RESULT

FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG AND PASSENGER KNEE AIR BAG STATUS

Empty Empty front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Nobody/Somebody Bag or Child or Child Restraint or Small Adult in front passenger seat ON (illuminated) INHIBITED

Adult Adult in the front passenger seat OFF (dark) ACTIVATED

In addition to the above, certain objects placed on the front passenger seat may also cause the light to operate as de- scribed above depending on their weight.

For additional information, refer to Normal operation and Troubleshooting in this section.

LRS2980

1-52 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Front passenger air bag The front passenger air bag and passen- ger knee air bag are designed to automati- cally turn OFF when the vehicle is operated under some conditions as described be- low in accordance with U.S. regulations. If the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are OFF, it will not inflate in a crash. The driver air bag and other air bags in your vehicle are not part of this system. The purpose of the regulation is to help reduce the risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger seat occupants, such as children, by requir- ing the front passenger air bag and pas- senger knee air bag to be automatically turned OFF. Certain sensors are used to meet the requirements. The occupant classification sensor in this vehicle is a weight sensor. It is designed to detect an occupant and objects on the seat by weight. For example, if a child is in the front passenger seat, the NISSAN Ad- vanced Air Bag System is designed to turn the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag OFF in accordance with the regulations. Also, if a child restraint of the type specified in the regulations is on the seat, its weight and the childs weight can

be detected and cause the front passen- ger air bag and passenger knee air bag to turn OFF. Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and using the seat belt as outlined in this manual should not cause the front passenger air bag and pas- senger knee air bag to be automatically turned OFF. For small adults it may be turned OFF, however if the occupant takes his/her weight off the seat cushion (for ex- ample, by not sitting upright, by sitting on an edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could cause the sen- sors to turn the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag OFF. Always be sure to be seated and wearing the seat belt properly for the most effective protection by the seat belt and supplemental air bag. NISSAN recommends that pre-teens and children be properly restrained in a rear seat. NISSAN also recommends that ap- propriate child restraints and booster seats be properly installed in a rear seat. If this is not possible, the occupant classifica- tion sensor is designed to operate as de- scribed above to turn the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag OFF for specified child restraints as required by regulations. Failing to properly secure child

restraints and to use the ALR mode may allow the restraint to tip or move in a colli- sion or sudden stop. This can also result in the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag inflating in a crash instead of being OFF. For additional information, refer to Child restraints in this section. If the front passenger seat is not occupied, the front passenger air bag and passenger knee air bag are designed not to inflate in a crash. However, heavy objects placed on the seat could result in air bag inflation, because of the objects weight being de- tected by the occupant classification sen- sor. Other conditions could also result in air bag inflation, such as if a child is standing on the seat, or if two children are on the seat, contrary to the instructions in this manual. Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated and re- strained properly. Using the front passenger air bag status light, you can monitor when the front pas- senger air bag and passenger knee air bag are automatically turned OFF. If an adult occupant is in the seat but the front passenger air bag status light is illu- minated (indicating that the front passen- ger air bag and passenger knee air bag are OFF), it could be that the person is a small

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-53

adult, or is not sitting on the seat properly or not using the seat belt properly. If a child restraint must be used in the front seat, the front passenger air bag status light may or may not be illuminated, de- pending on the size of the child and the type of child restraint being used. If the front passenger air bag status light is not illuminated (indicating that the front pas- senger air bag and passenger knee air bag might inflate in a crash), it could be that the child restraint or seat belt is not being used properly. Make sure that the child restraint is installed properly, the seat belt is used properly and the occupant is positioned properly. If the front passenger air bag sta- tus light is still not illuminated, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. If the front passenger air bag status light will not illuminate even though you believe that the child restraint, the seat belts and the occupant are properly positioned, it is recommended that you take your vehicle to a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can check system status by using a special tool. However, un- til you have confirmed with a dealer that

your air bag is working properly, reposition the occupant or child restraint in a rear seat. The NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System and front passenger air bag status light will take a few seconds to register a change in the front passenger seat status. This is nor- mal system operation and does not indi- cate a malfunction. If a malfunction occurs in the front passen- ger air bag system, the supplemental air bag warning light , located in the me- ter and gauges area of the instrument panel, will be illuminated (blinking or steadily lit). Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service. Normal operation In order for the occupant classification sensor system to classify the front passen- ger based on weight, please follow the pre- cautions and steps outlined below: Precautions Make sure that there are no objects

weighing over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket (if so equipped).

Make sure that a child restraint or other object is not pressing against the rear of the seatback.

Make sure that the rear passenger is not pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

Make sure that the front passenger seat or seatback is not forced back against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

Make sure that there is no object placed under the front passenger seat.

Steps 1. Adjust the seat as outlined in the Seats

section of this manual. Sit upright, lean- ing against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with your feet com- fortably extended to the floor.

2. Make sure there are no objects on your lap.

3. Fasten the seat belt as outlined in the Seat belts section of this manual. Front passenger seat belt buckle status is monitored by the occupant classifica- tion system, and is used as an input to determine occupancy status. So, it is highly recommended that the front pas- senger fasten their seat belt.

1-54 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

4. Remain in this position for 30 seconds allowing the system to classify the front passenger before the vehicle is put into motion.

5. Ensure proper classification by checking the front passenger air bag status light.

NOTE:

This vehicles occupant classification sensor system generally keeps the clas- sification locked during driving, so it is important that you confirm that the front passenger is properly classified prior to driving. However, the occupant classification sensor may recalculate the weight of the occupant under some con- ditions (both while driving and when stopped), so front passenger seat occu- pants should continue to remain seated as outlined above. Troubleshooting If you think the front passenger air bag status light is incorrect: 1. If the light is ON with an adult occupying

the front passenger seat: Occupant is a small adult the air bag

light is functioning as intended. The front passenger air bag and passen- ger knee air bag are suppressed.

However, if the occupant is not a small adult, then this may be due to the following conditions that may be interfering with the weight sensors:

Occupant is not sitting upright, lean- ing against the seatback, and cen- tered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

A child restraint or other object press- ing against the rear of the seatback.

A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat.

Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

An object placed under the front pas- senger seat.

An object placed between the seat cushion and center console or be- tween the seat cushion and the door.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Re- start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. If the light is still ON after this, the person should be advised not to ride in the front passenger seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. 2. If the light is OFF with a small adult, child

or child restraint occupying the front passenger seat. This may be due to the following condi- tions that may be interfering with the weight sensors: Small adult or child is not sitting up-

right, leaning against the seatback, and centered on the seat cushion with his/her feet comfortably extended to the floor.

The child restraint is not properly in- stalled, as outlined in the Child re- straints section of this manual.

An object weighting over 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) hanging on the seat or placed in the seatback pocket (if so equipped).

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-55

A child restraint or other object press- ing against the rear or the seatback.

A rear passenger pushing or pulling on the back of the front passenger seat. pushing or pulling on the seatback of the front passenger seat.

Forcing the front seat or seatback against an object on the seat or floor behind it.

An object placed under the front pas- senger seat.

An object placed between the seat cushion and center console.

If the vehicle is moving, please come to a stop when it is safe to do so. Check and correct any of the above conditions. Re- start the vehicle and wait 1 minute.

NOTE:

A system check will be performed during which the front passenger air bag status light will remain lit for about 7 seconds initially. If the light is still OFF after this, the small adult, child or child restraint should be re- positioned in the rear seat and the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

3. If the light is OFF with no front passenger and no objects on the front passenger seat the vehicle should be checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Other supplemental front-impact air bag precautions

WARNING

Do not place any objects on the steering wheel pad or on the instru- ment panel. Also, do not place any objects between any occupant and the steering wheel or instrument panel. Such objects may become dangerous projectiles and cause in- jury if the front air bags inflate.

Do not place objects with sharp edges on the seat. Also, do not place heavy objects on the seat that will leave permanent impressions in the seat. Such objects can damage the seat or occupant classification sen- sor (weight sensor). This can affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classification sensor. This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Immediately after inflation, several front air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the supplemental air bag system. This is to prevent accidental inflation of the supplemental air bag or dam- age to the supplemental air bag system.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicles electrical system, suspension system or front end structure. This could affect proper operation of the front air bag system.

1-56 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

Tampering with the front air bag sys- tem may result in serious personal injury. Tampering includes changes to the steering wheel and the instru- ment panel assembly by placing ma- terial over the steering wheel pad and above the instrument panel or by installing additional trim material around the air bag system.

Removing or modifying the front passenger seat may affect the func- tion of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

Modifying or tampering with the front passenger seat may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front seats by placing material on the seat cushion or by installing additional trim mate- rial, such as seat covers, on the seat that is not specifically designed to assure proper air bag operation. Ad- ditionally, do not stow any objects under the front passenger seat or the seat cushion and seatback. Such ob- jects may interfere with the proper operation of the occupant classifica- tion sensor (weight sensor).

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the seat belt system. This may af- fect the front air bag system. Tam- pering with the seat belt system may result in serious personal injury.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work on and around the front air bag sys- tem. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equip- ment. The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or discon- nected. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the air bag system.

A cracked windshield should be re- placed immediately by a qualified re- pair facility. A cracked windshield could affect the function of the supplemental air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica- tion.

When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the front air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-57

Front and rear outboard seat-mounted side-impact supplemental air bag and roof-mounted curtain side-impact and rollover supplemental air bag systems The side air bags are located in the outside of the seatback of the front seats and rear outboard seats. The curtain air bags are located in the side roof rails. All of the in- formation, cautions, and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The side air bags and curtain air bags are de- signed to inflate in higher severity side col-

lisions, although they may inflate if the forces in another type of collision are simi- lar to those of a higher severity side impact. They are designed to inflate on the side where the vehicle is impacted. They may not inflate in certain side collisions on the side where the vehicle is impacted. If so equipped, the curtain air bags are also designed to inflate in certain types of roll- over collisions or near rollovers. As a result, certain vehicle movements (for example, during severe off-roading) may cause the curtain air bags to inflate. Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper side air bag and curtain air bag operation. When the side air bags and curtain air bags inflate, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly. Side air bags, along with the use of seat belts, help to cushion the impact force on the chest and pelvic area of the front and rear outboard occupants. Curtain air bags help to cushion the impact force to the

head of occupants in the front and rear outboard seating positions. They can help save lives and reduce serious injuries. How- ever, side air bags and curtain air bags may cause abrasions or other injuries. Side air bags and curtain air bags do not provide restraint to the lower body. The seat belts should be correctly worn and the driver, front passenger and rear outboard occupants seated upright as far as practical away from the side air bags. Rear seat passengers should be seated as far away as practical from the door finish- ers and side roof rails. The side air bags and curtain air bags inflate quickly in order to help protect the occupants in the outboard seating positions. Because of this, the force of the side air bags and curtain air bags inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occupant is too close to, or is against, these air bag modules during inflation. The side air bags and curtain air bags will deflate quickly after the collision is over. The side air bags and curtain air bags operate only when the power switch is in the ON position. After turning the power switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warn- ing light illuminates. The supplemental

LRS3142

1-58 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the systems are op- erational.

WARNING

Do not place any objects near the seatback of the front and rear seats. Also, do not place any objects (an umbrella, bag, etc.) between the front and rear door finishers and the front and rear seats. Such objects may be- come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a side air bag inflates.

Right after inflation, several side air bag and curtain air bag system com- ponents will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. This is to prevent damage to or accidental inflation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicles electrical system, suspension system or side panel. This could affect proper operation of the side air bag and curtain air bag systems.

Tampering with the side air bag sys- tem may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the front and rear seats by placing material near the seatbacks or by in- stalling additional trim material, such as seat covers, around the side air bag.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work around and on the side air bag and curtain air bag systems. It is also rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equipment. The Supple- mental Restraint System (SRS) wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Unauthorized electri- cal test equipment and probing de- vices should not be used on the side air bag and curtain supplemental air bag systems.

*The SRS wiring harness connectors are yellow and orange for easy identifica- tion. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the side air bag and curtain air bag systems and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

Driver and passenger supplemental knee air bag The knee air bag is located in the knee bolster, on the drivers and passengers side. All of the information, cautions and warnings in this manual apply and must be followed. The knee air bag is designed to inflate in higher severity frontal collisions, although it may inflate if the forces in an- other type of collision are similar to those of a higher severity frontal impact. It may not inflate in certain collisions.

LRS2599 Drivers side

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-59

Vehicle damage (or lack of it) is not always an indication of proper knee air bag opera- tion. When the knee air bag inflates, a fairly loud noise may be heard, followed by release of smoke. This smoke is not harmful and does not indicate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irrita- tion and choking. Those with a history of a breathing condition should get fresh air promptly.

The knee air bag helps to cushion the im- pact force on the knees of the driver and passenger. It can help reduce serious inju- ries. However, an inflating knee air bag may cause abrasions or other injuries. The knee air bag provides restraint to the lower body. The knee air bag inflates quickly in order to help protect the occupants. Because of this, the force of the knee air bag inflating can increase the risk of injury if the occu- pant is too close to, or is against, this air bag module during inflation. The knee air bag will deflate quickly after the collision is over OR the knee air bag will remain inflated for a short time. The knee air bag operates only when the power switch is placed in the ON posi- tion. After placing the power switch in the ON position, the supplemental air bag warn- ing light illuminates. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the system is opera- tional.

WARNING

Do not place any objects between the knee bolster and the drivers or pas- sengers seat. Such objects may be- come dangerous projectiles and cause injury if a knee air bag inflates.

Right after inflation, the knee air bag system components will be hot. Do not touch them; you may severely burn yourself.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the knee air bag system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental in- flation of the knee air bag system.

Do not make unauthorized changes to your vehicle's electrical system or suspension system. This could affect proper operation of the knee air bag system.

Tampering with the knee air bag sys- tem may result in serious personal injury. For example, do not change the driver or passenger knee bolster or install additional trim material around the knee air bag.

LRS3250 Passengers side

1-60 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work on and around the knee air bag. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for in- stallation of electrical equipment. The SRS wiring harnesses* should not be modified or disconnected. Un- authorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the knee air bag system.

*The SRS wiring harness or connectors are yellow or orange for easy identifica- tion. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the knee air bag system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this manual.

Seat belt with pretensioner(s) (front and rear outboard seats)

WARNING

The pretensioner(s) cannot be re- used after activation. They must be replaced together with the retractor and buckle as a unit.

If the vehicle becomes involved in a collision but pretensioner(s) are not activated, be sure to have the preten- sioner system checked and, if neces- sary, replaced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

No unauthorized changes should be made to any components or wiring of the pretensioner system. This is to prevent damage to or accidental ac- tivation of the pretensioner(s). Tam- pering with the pretensioner system may result in serious personal injury.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for work around and on the pretensioner sys- tem. It is also recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for installation of electrical equip- ment. Unauthorized electrical test equipment and probing devices should not be used on the preten- sioner system.

If you need to dispose of the preten- sioner(s) or scrap the vehicle, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

The pretensioner system may activate with the supplemental air bag system in certain types of collisions. Working with the seat belt retractor, the pretensioner(s) help tighten the seat belt when the vehicle be- comes involved in certain types of colli- sions, helping to restrain front and rear out- board seat occupants. The pretensioner(s) are encased with the seat belt retractor and to the seat belt an- chor affixed to the floor of the vehicle. These seat belts are used the same way as conventional seat belts. When pretensioner(s) activate, smoke is re- leased and a loud noise may be heard. This smoke is not harmful and does not indi- cate a fire. Care should be taken not to inhale it, as it may cause irritation and choking. Those with a history of a breath- ing condition should get fresh air promptly. After the pretensioner(s) activation, load limiters allow the seat belt to release web- bing (if necessary) to reduce forces against the chest. The supplemental air bag warning light

is used to indicate malfunctions in the pretensioner system. For additional infor- mation, refer to Supplemental air bag

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-61

warning light in this section. If the opera- tion of the supplemental air bag warning light indicates there is a malfunction, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. When selling your vehicle, we request that you inform the buyer about the preten- sioner system and guide the buyer to the appropriate sections in this Owners Manual.

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LABELS

SUPPLEMENTAL AIR BAG WARNING LIGHT The supplemental air bag warning light, displaying in the instrument panel, monitors the circuits of the Air bag Control Unit (ACU), satellite sensors, crash zone sensor, occupant classification sensor, the supplemental front-impact air bag, front and rear outboard seat-mounted side- impact supplemental air bag, roof- mounted curtain side-impact supplemen- tal air bag, knee air bag and seat belt pretensioner systems. The monitored cir- cuits include air bag systems, pretension- er(s) and all related wiring.

LRS2620

A. Supplemental front-impact air bag sys- tem warning labels

SPA1097

1-62 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

When the power switch is in the ON posi- tion, the supplemental air bag warning light illuminates for about 7 seconds and then turns off. This means the system is operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing: The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7 sec- onds.

The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does not come on at all.

Under these conditions, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and pretensioner systems may not oper- ate properly. They must be checked and repaired. It is recommended that you visit the nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag, knee air bag and/or pretensioner sys- tems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Repair and replacement procedure The front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, knee air bags and pretensioner(s) are designed to activate on a one-time-only basis. As a reminder, unless it is damaged, the supplemental air bag warning light will remain illuminated after inflation has oc- curred. These systems should be repaired and/or replaced as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

When maintenance work is required on the vehicle, the front air bags, side air bags, curtain air bags, knee air bags and preten- sioner(s) and related parts should be pointed out to the person performing the maintenance. The power switch should al- ways be in the LOCK position when work- ing under the hood or inside the vehicle.

WARNING

Once a front air bag, side air bag, cur- tain air bag or knee air bag has in- flated, the air bag module will not function again and must be replaced. Additionally, the activated preten- sioner(s) must also be replaced. The air bag module and pretensioner(s) should be replaced. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service. The air bag modules and pretensioner system cannot be repaired.

The front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and knee air bag systems, and pretensioner system should be inspected if there is any damage to the front end or side portion of the vehicle. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-63

If you need to dispose of a supple- mental air bag or pretensioner sys- tem or scrap the vehicle, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Correct supplemental air bag and pretensioner system disposal proce- dures are set forth in the appropriate NISSAN Service Manual. Incorrect disposal procedures could cause personal injury.

If there is an impact to your vehicle from any direction, your Occupant Classification Sensor (OCS) should be checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to verify it is still functioning correctly. The OCS should be checked even if no air bags deploy as a result of the im- pact. Failure to verify proper OCS function may result in an improper air bag deployment resulting in in- jury or death.

1-64 SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system

MEMO

SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system 1-65

2 Instruments and controls

Cockpit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2 Instrument Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4 Meters and Gauges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5

Speedometer and odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-6 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-7 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-8 Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-9 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . . . . . . . 2-9 Li-ion battery capacity level gauge . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 ECO mode indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13 e-Pedal system indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-13

Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-14

Checking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-15 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-24

Vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-25 How to use the vehicle information display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Startup display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-26 Vehicle information display warnings and indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33

Warning information displays (MODELS WITH A NAVIGATION SYSTEM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42

Security systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 Vehicle security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-43 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 2-44

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-46 Washer operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47 Rear wiper operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-47

Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-48 Headlight and turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49

Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-49 LED Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-53 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-54

Fog light switch (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-55 Heated seat switches (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . 2-56 Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) . . 2-57 E-call (SOS) button (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58 Immediate Charge switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-58

Dynamic driver assistance switch (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 Steering Assist switch (for models with ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-59 Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-60 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61

Seatback Pocket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-61 Storage tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-62 Console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63 Overhead sunglasses storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-63 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-64 Tonneau cover (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-65 Stowing golf bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-66

Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 Console light (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-69 Room light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70 Cargo light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-70

HomeLink Universal Transceiver (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71

Programming HomeLink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-71 Programming HomeLink for Canadian customers and gate openers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-73 Operating the HomeLink Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74 Programming trouble-diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-74 Clearing the programmed information . . . . . . 2-74 Reprogramming a single HomeLink button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75 If your vehicle is stolen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-75

1. TRIP RESET switch for twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Instrument brightness control switch (P. 2-54)

2. Headlight, fog light (if so equipped) and turn signal switch (P. 2-49)

3. Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side) Audio control* Vehicle information display controls (P. 2-25)

4. Steering wheel (P. 5-156) Power steering system (P. 5-156) Horn (P. 2-55) Driver's supplemental air bag (P. 1-43)

5. Wiper and washer switch (P. 2-46) 6. Steering-wheel-mounted controls

(right side) Cruise control switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-66) Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) switches (if so equipped) (P. 5-69) ProPILOT Assist switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92) Bluetooth Hands-Free Phone System control*

7. Shift lever (P. 5-15) ECO switch (P. 2-55) e-Pedal switch (P. 5-22)

8. Console box (P. 2-61) LII2624

COCKPIT

2-2 Instruments and controls

9. Parking brake (switch type) (if so equipped) (P. 5-19)

10. Tilt and telescopic steering wheel lever(P. 3-23)

11. Lower instrument panel switches (P. 3-21) Charge port lid switch (P. 3-21) Immediate charge switch (P. 2-58) Heated steering wheel switch (if so equipped) (P. 2-57) Steering Assist switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92) Dynamic driver assistance switch (if so equipped) (P. 5-92, 5-31, 5-47)

12. Fuse box cover (P. 8-18) *For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect manual (for Leaf)

Instruments and controls 2-3

1. Vents (P. 4-27) 2. Meters and gauges (P. 2-5) 3. Center multi-function control panel* 4. Hazard warning flasher switch (P. 6-2) 5. Rear window and outside mirror (if so

equipped) defroster switch (P. 2-48) 6. Front passenger supplemental air bag

(P. 1-43) 7. Glove box (P. 2-61) 8. Passenger supplemental knee airbag

(P. 1-43) 9. Heater and air conditioner control

(P. 4-28) 10. Power outlet (P. 2-61) 11. Front heated seat switches

(if so equipped) (P. 2-56) 12. USB connection port* 13. Push-button power switch (P. 5-10) 14. Front passenger air bag status light

(P. 1-43) 15. Driver supplemental knee air bag

(P. 1-43) 16. Hood release handle (P. 3-18)

LII2625

INSTRUMENT PANEL

2-4 Instruments and controls

1. Vehicle information display (P. 2-25) Clock (P. 2-13) Outside air temperature (P. 2-12) Li-ion battery available charge gauge (P. 2-9) Driving range (P. 2-9) Odometer/twin trip odometer (P. 2-6) Indicator for timer (P. CH-43) Power meter (P. 2-8)

2. Warning and indicator lights (P. 2-14) Turn signal/Hazard indicator light (P. 2-49) READY to drive indicator light (P. 2-23) ECO mode indicator (P. 2-13)

3. Speedometer (P. 2-6)

LIC3861

METERS AND GAUGES

Instruments and controls 2-5

SPEEDOMETER AND ODOMETER The vehicle is equipped with a speedom- eter and odometer. The speedometer is located on the right side of the vehicle in- formation display. The odometer is located within the vehicle information display.

Speedometer The speedometer indicates the vehicle speed.

Odometer/twin trip odometer The odometer and twin trip odometer O2

are displayed on the vehicle information display when the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position. The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven. The twin trip odometer records the dis- tance of individual trips.

LIC3862 LIC3863

2-6 Instruments and controls

Changing the display: Pushing the TRIP RESET switch O1 located on the left side of the instrument panel changes the display as follows: Odometer TRIP A TRIP B Odometer For additional information about the ve- hicle information display, refer to Vehicle information display in this section. Resetting the trip odometer: Pushing the TRIP RESET switch O1 for ap- proximately 1 second resets the currently displayed trip odometer to zero.

LI-ION BATTERY TEMPERATURE GAUGE The gauge indicates the temperature of the Li-ion battery. The temperature of the Li-ion battery is within the normal range when the display is within the zone O1 shown in the illustra- tion. The temperature of the Li-ion battery var- ies according to the outside air tempera- ture and driving conditions.

NOTE: If the display indicates that the tem-

perature of the Li-ion battery is near the red zone end of the normal range, reduce vehicle speed to decrease the temperature. If the indicator is over the normal range, the power provided to the traction motor is reduced when the power limitation indicator light is illu- minated. Therefore, the vehicle is not as responsive when the accelerator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated. For additional in- formation, refer to Power limitation indicator light in this section.

If the outside temperature is extremely low, the Li-ion temperature gauge may not display a temperature reading. The vehicle may not be able to be put in the READY to drive mode. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LIC3875

Instruments and controls 2-7

POWER METER This meter displays the actual traction mo- tor power consumption OA and the regen- erative brake power provided to the Li-ion battery OB . The power meter is in a neutral state O3 . The white illuminated portion O1 in the dis- play moves right or left depending on de- mand. The white illuminated portion O1 moves to the right when power is provided to the traction motor (Li-ion battery discharges).

The white illuminated portion O1 moves to the left when power is generated and pro- vided to the Li-ion battery by the regenera- tive brake system (Li-ion battery charging). The power meter also indicates if the power provided to the motor is limited or if regenerative braking is limited. When power or regenerative braking is limited, the illuminated segments on the display are narrowed O2 . Regenerative braking is automatically re- duced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Regenerative braking is also automatically reduced

when the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) to prevent Li-ion battery damage. The more regenerative braking is reduced, the more illuminated segments on the dis- play are narrowed O2 . If the Li-ion battery charge is low, power provided to the traction motor is reduced. Motor output is also limited if the Li-ion battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the Li-ion battery temperature gauge) or the Li-ion battery charge level is low. The more power provided to the traction motor is reduced, the more illuminated segments on the display are narrowed O2 .

NOTE:

If the power meter is selected on the trip computer, the meter is not displayed.

LIC3864 LIC3865

2-8 Instruments and controls

DRIVING RANGE The driving range O1 provides an esti- mated distance that the vehicle can be driven before recharging is necessary. The driving range is constantly being calcu- lated, based on the amount of available Li-ion battery charge and the actual power consumption average.

NOTE: The driving range display will flash

when the low battery charge indicator illuminates. Additionally, if you con- tinue to drive the vehicle in this state and the Li-ion battery is close to being completely discharged, --- will be displayed. Charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. When the Li-ion bat- tery is charged, the original display will be restored.

After the vehicle is charged, the dis- played driving range is calculated based on the actual average energy consumption of the previous driving. The displayed driving range will vary every time the vehicle is fully charged.

The driving range increases or de- creases when the air conditioner, heater or Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) is turned on or off, or when the ECO mode is selected, or when any other accessory is turned on or off based on driving (for models with 40kWh battery).

LI-ION BATTERY AVAILABLE CHARGE GAUGE 1 This gauge indicates the approximate

available Li-ion battery charge to run the vehicle.

2 This figure shows the current state of charge (%) of the vehicle.

3 Low battery charge indicator : This indicator illuminates yellow when the available Li-ion battery charge is getting low.

LIC3866 LIC3867

Instruments and controls 2-9

Charge the Li-ion battery before the blue bar of the gauge O1 disappears. The low battery charge indicator O3

illuminates yellow when the available Li-ion battery charge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is convenient, preferably before the blue bar of the gauge O1 disappears. When the blue bar of the gauge O1 disap- pears and the charge indicator O3

illuminates, there is a very small reserve of Li-ion battery charge remaining.

NOTE: The length of the blue bar of the gauge

O1 is determined by the available charge and the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing at the current temperature.

Temperature affects the amount of charge the Li-ion battery is capable of storing. The Li-ion battery is capable of storing less power when the Li-ion bat- tery temperature is cold. The Li-ion battery is capable of storing more power when the Li-ion battery tem- perature is warm. The length of the blue bar of the gauge O1 can change based on the amount of power the Li- ion battery is capable of storing. For example, when the Li-ion battery be- comes colder, a longer blue bar of the gauge O1 illuminates because the available charge is a greater percent- age of the Li-ion battery's capability of storing power. When the Li-ion battery becomes warmer, a shorter blue bar of the gauge O1 illuminates because the remaining energy is a lower percent- age of the Li-ion battery's capability of storing power.

Estimated charge time The Estimated Charge Time mode shows the estimated time charge the Li-ion bat- tery to a full level. Immediately after the power switch is placed in the ON position, longer charging time may be displayed than the actual time required.

2-10 Instruments and controls

How to read the display: The displayed charging time is calculated based on the electrical (supplied to the charger), which is selected in the [Charge Time Screen] setting under the EV Settings menu. The display shows:

O1 The currently remaining Li-ion battery charge level.

O2 The estimated charging time to reach each percentage (25%, 50%, 75%, 100%) of the Li-ion battery level. If the estimated charging time is longer

than 24 hours, [Over 24hr] is displayed.

When the currently remaining Li-ion bat- tery level exceeds each percentage level, the charging time will be displayed as [---].

When the Li-ion battery was fully charge, all the charging time information will be displayed as [---].

O3 The currently selected electrical power (supplied to the charger).

O4 The estimated charge level of the Li-ion battery to be reached when the remaining charging time has passed.

O5 The electrical power that is actually sup- plied while quick charging.

O6 The remaining charging time before the quick charger is shut off. When charging is not performed, pushing the button on the steering wheel will switch the display to the [Charge Time Screen]. Select the electrical power that you wish to show in the Estimated Charge Time display.

NOTE: While charging, the estimated charg-

ing time is calculated based on the electrical power that is currently being supplied to the charger.

The electrical power for the normal charging is displayed at a fixed value. Therefore, the displayed electrical power may differ from the one that is actually supplied.

For the quick charging, the electrical power display will change to the actual electrical power while charging. If the charging is stopped or the power sup- ply is stopped (unplugged, etc.), the displayed electrical power returns to the selected electrical power.

LIC4288 Not charging

LIC4177 While charging (quick charge

[if so equipped])

Instruments and controls 2-11

The displayed charging time on each percentage level is the current estima- tion, and the actual charging time will vary depending on the conditions of the vehicle or the state of charge.

Right after starting of stopping charge, the estimated charging time may differ from the actual charging time. The actual charging time will be displayed after a period of time.

LI-ION BATTERY CAPACITY LEVEL GAUGE This gauge displays the available capacity of the Li-ion battery remaining to store power. To check this gauge, select it in the trip computer menu.

OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C. The display may differ from the actual out- side temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.

LIC4348 LIC3868

2-12 Instruments and controls

CLOCK Adjust the clock on the setting screen of the vehicle information display. For addi- tional information, refer to Settings in this section. If the power supply (12-volt battery) is disconnected, the clock will not indicate the correct time. Readjust the time.

ECO MODE INDICATOR The ECO mode indicator illuminates in the vehicle information display when the ECO mode has been activated. The ECO mode is used to help extend the range that the vehicle can be driven by consuming less power. For additional information, refer to "ECO mode" in the "Starting and driving" section of this manual.

E-PEDAL SYSTEM INDICATOR This indicator "e-Pedal" illuminates within the vehicle information display when the e-Pedal system has been activated. The "e-Pedal OFF" illuminates when the system has been deactivated. For additional infor- mation, refer to e-Pedal system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

LIC3869 LIC3870 LIC3871

Instruments and controls 2-13

12-volt battery charge warning light Master warning light (red/yellow) High beam indicator light (blue)

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

Power steering warning light Plug-in indicator light

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestri- ans (VSP) OFF system warning light

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light Power limitation indicator light

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system warning light

Seat belt warning light READY to drive indicator light

or Brake system warning light (yellow)

Supplemental air bag warning light Security indicator light

or Brake warning light (red) or Electronic parking brake indica- tor light

Slip indicator light

or Electronic parking brake sys- tem warning light (yellow) (if so equipped)

Exterior light indicator light Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

Electric shift control system warning light Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped)

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indica- tor light

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light Front passenger air bag status light

Low tire pressure warning light High Beam Assist indicator light

WARNING LIGHTS, INDICATOR LIGHTS AND AUDIBLE REMINDERS

2-14 Instruments and controls

CHECKING LIGHTS With all doors closed, apply the parking brake, fasten the seat belts and place the power switch for LEAF to the ON position without starting the EV system. The follow- ing lights (if so equipped) will come on:

, , or , ; The following lights (if so equipped) come on briefly and then turn off:

or (yellow), , or (red), or , , , , , , ,

If any light does not come on or operate in a way other than described, it may indicate a burned-out bulb and/or a system mal- function. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service. Some indicators and warnings are also dis- played on the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

WARNING LIGHTS For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

12-volt battery charge warning light

The DC/DC converter converts 400 volt Li- ion battery voltage to charge the 12-volt battery. This light illuminates continuously after the bulb is checked when the power switch is in the ON position, and turns off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position. When this warning light illuminates, a chime sounds and the following warnings are also displayed. Master warning (red) EV system warning light The following messages also flash on and off on the vehicle information display. If the vehicle is being driven; Stop the ve- hicle and if the vehicle is stopped; When parked apply parking brake. When these messages flash, immediately stop the ve- hicle in a safe location, pull the parking brake switch and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. The warning on the meter and the chime stops when the park- ing brake is operated or the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. Have the system checked.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

CAUTION

The DC/DC converter system may not be functioning properly if the 12- volt battery charge warning light illu- minates continuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. Immediately stop the ve- hicle in a safe location and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The DC/DC converter system may not be functioning properly if the 12- volt warning light illuminates con- tinuously when the power switch is in the READY to drive position. Do not charge the 12-volt battery while this warning light is illuminated. It may lead to a malfunction of the DC/DC converter system. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-15

NOTE: If the vehicle does not go into the

READY to drive position (when the power switch is pushed and the brake pedal is depressed), jump-start the ve- hicle to place the power switch in the READY to drive position. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

Do not jump-start the vehicle if the conditions below occur. Have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service: If the 12-volt charge warning light

turns off when the vehicle is in the READY to drive mode, the 12-volt bat- tery may be discharged or there may be a malfunction in the 12-volt bat- tery related system.

If the 12-volt charge warning light continues to illuminate when the ve- hicle is in the READY to drive mode, there may be a malfunction in the DC/DC converter. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

or Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light

When the power switch is in the ON or READY to drive position, the Anti-lock Brak- ing System (ABS) warning light illuminates and then turns off. This indicates the ABS is operational. If the ABS warning light illuminates while the power switch is in the READY to drive position, or while driving, it may indicate the ABS is not functioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. If an ABS malfunction occurs, the anti-lock function is turned off. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti- lock assistance. For additional information, refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system OFF warning light

The Approaching Vehicle Sound for Pedes- trians (VSP) system OFF warning light is located on the instrument panel. This light comes on if there is a malfunction in the VSP system. If the VSP system OFF warning light illumi- nates while the power switch is in the ON position, or in the READY to drive position, it may indicate the VSP system is not func- tioning properly. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Ap- proaching Vehicle Sound for Pedestrians (VSP) system in the EV overview section of this manual.

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection system warning light

This light comes on when the power switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the EV system is started.

2-16 Instruments and controls

This light illuminates when the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is set to OFF in the vehicle information display. If the light illuminates when the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, refer to Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection and Intelligent Forward Colli- sion Warning (I-FCW) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

or Brake system warning light (yellow)

This light functions for both the coopera- tive regenerative brake and the electroni- cally driven intelligent brake systems. When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illuminated for about 2 or 3 seconds. If the light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the coop- erative regenerative brake and/or the elec- tronically driven intelligent brake systems are not functioning properly. Have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

If the BRAKE warning light (red) also illumi- nates, stop the vehicle immediately and have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Brake system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING

Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The cooperative regenerative brake system may not be working properly if the brake system warning light illu- minates when the READY to drive in- dicator light is ON. If you judge it to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving could be dangerous.

or Brake warning light (red)

When the power switch is placed in the ON position or in the READY to drive position, the light remains illuminated for about a few seconds. If the light illuminates at any other time, it may indicate that the hydrau- lic brake system is not functioning properly. If the BRAKE warning light illuminates, stop the vehicle immediately and have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Parking brake indicator When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the light comes on when the park- ing brake is applied.

Instruments and controls 2-17

Low brake fluid warning light When the power switch is in the ON posi- tion, the light warns of a low brake fluid level. If this warning light illuminates, the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) warning light and the brake system warning light (yellow) also illuminate. If the light illuminates while the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake not applied, stop the ve- hicle and perform the following items. 1. Check the brake fluid level. If brake fluid is

necessary, add fluid and have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional informa- tion, refer to Brake fluid in the Mainte- nance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

2. If the brake fluid level is correct, have the warning system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Your brake system may not be work- ing properly if the warning light is on. Driving could be dangerous. If you judge the brake system to be safe, drive carefully to the nearest service station for repairs. Otherwise, have your vehicle towed because driving it could be dangerous.

Pressing the brake pedal when the power switch position is not in the ON or READY to drive position and/or low brake fluid level may increase the stopping distance and braking will require greater pedal effort as well as pedal travel.

If the brake fluid level is below the minimum or MIN mark on the brake fluid reservoir, do not drive until the brake system has been checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

or Electronic parking brake system warning light (yellow) (if so equipped)

The electronic parking brake system warn- ing light function for the electronic braking brake system. When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the light illumi- nates for a few seconds. If the warning light illuminates at any other time, it may indi- cate that the electronic parking brake sys- tem is not function properly. Have the sys- tem checked immediately. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

Electric shift control system warning light

This light illuminates to warn when a mal- function occurs in the electric shift control system. When the master warning light illu- minates, the chime sounds and the mes- sage, When parked apply parking brake, is displayed on the vehicle information dis- play. When the power switch is in the OFF posi- tion, the chime sounds continuously. Make sure the parking brake is applied.

2-18 Instruments and controls

Have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Electric Vehicle (EV) system warning light

This light illuminates if there is a malfunc- tion in the following systems. Have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Traction motor and inverter system Charge port or on board charger Li-ion battery system Cooling system Shift control system Emergency shut off system is activated.

For additional information, refer to Emer- gency shut-off system in the EV over- view section of this manual.

Low tire pressure warning light

Your vehicle is equipped with a Tire Pres- sure Monitoring System (TPMS) that moni- tors the tire pressure of all tires.

The low tire pressure warning light warns of low tire pressure or indicates that the TPMS is not functioning properly. After the power switch is placed in the ON position, this light illuminates for about 1 second and then turns off. Low tire pressure warning If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the warning light will illuminate. The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning also appears on the vehicle information display. When the low tire pressure warning light illuminates, you should stop and adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Load- ing Information label. The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is inflated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears each time the power switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illumi- nated. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section, Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section and In case of emergency section of this manual. TPMS malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly, the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute when the power switch is placed in the ON position. The light will remain on after the 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Instruments and controls 2-19

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ- ences before use.

If the light does not illuminate when the power switch is placed in the ON position, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for this service.

If the light illuminates while driving, avoid sudden steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe loca- tion and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an acci- dent and could result in serious per- sonal injury or death. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire

and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving after adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be malfunctioning. If you have a flat tire, replace it with a re- placement tire as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as a spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for tire re- placement and/or system resetting.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could af- fect the proper operation of the TPMS.

CAUTION

The TPMS is not a substitute for the regular tire pressure check. Be sure to check the tire pressure regularly.

If the vehicle is being driven at speeds of less than 16 mph (25 km/h), the TPMS may not operate correctly.

Be sure to install the specified size of tires to the four wheels correctly.

Master warning light (red/yellow)

There are two types of master warning lights: yellow and red. These lights illumi- nate if any warning lights or indicator lights are illuminated or if various vehicle infor- mation warnings appear in the vehicle in- formation display. Yellow master warning light This light illuminates when a yellow warn- ing light within the vehicle information dis- play is illuminated or when a message is displayed on the vehicle information dis- play.

2-20 Instruments and controls

Red master warning light This light illuminates when a red warning light within the vehicle information display is illuminated or when a warning is dis- played on the vehicle information display.

Power steering warning light

When the power switch is in the ON posi- tion, the electric power steering warning light illuminates and turns off when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position. This indicates the electric power steering system is operational. If the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indica- tor light is ON, it may indicate the electric power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the electric power steering system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. When the electric power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator is ON, the power assist to the steering will cease operation but you will still have control of the vehicle. At this time, greater steering efforts are required to op-

erate the steering wheel, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds. For additional information, refer to Power steering system in the Starting and driv- ing section of this manual.

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) warning light

This light comes on when the power switch is placed in the ON position. It turns off after the EV system is started. This light illuminates when the RAB system is turned off in the vehicle information dis- play. If the light illuminates when the RAB sys- tem is on, it may indicate that the system is unavailable. For additional information, re- fer to Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Seat belt warning light

The light and chime remind you to fasten your seat belts. The light illuminates when- ever the power switch is placed in the ON position, and will remain illuminated until the drivers seat belt is fastened. At the

same time, the chime will sound for ap- proximately 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fastened. The seat belt warning light for the front passenger will illuminate if the seat belt is not fastened when the front passengers seat is occupied. The front passenger seat belt warning light does not activate until 5 seconds after the power switch is in the ON position. For additional information, refer to Seat belts in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual for precautions on seat belt usage.

Supplemental air bag warning light

After turning the power switch to the ON position, the supplemental air bag warning light will illuminate. The supplemental air bag warning light will turn off after about 7 seconds if the supplemental front air bag and supplemental side air bag, curtain side-impact air bag systems and/or pre- tensioner seat belt are operational. If any of the following conditions occur, the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and pretensioner systems need servicing

Instruments and controls 2-21

and your vehicle must be taken to your nearest NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The supplemental air bag warning light

remains on after approximately 7 sec- onds.

The supplemental air bag warning light flashes intermittently.

The supplemental air bag warning light does not illuminate at all.

Unless checked and repaired, the Supple- mental Restraint Systems and/or the pre- tensioners may not function properly. For additional information, refer to Supple- mental restraint system (SRS) in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental re- straint system section of this manual.

WARNING

If the supplemental air bag warning light is on, it could mean that the front air bag, side air bag, curtain air bag and/or pretensioner systems will not operate in an accident. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have your vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for this ser- vice.

INDICATOR LIGHTS For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

or Electronic parking brake indicator light

When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the light comes on when the park- ing brake is applied.

Exterior light indicator light

This indicator illuminates when the head- light switch is turned to the AUTO, or

position and the front parking lights, side marker lights, tail and license plate lights are on. The indicator turns off when these lights are turned off.

Front fog light indicator light (if so equipped)

The front fog indicator light illuminates when the front fog lights are on. For addi- tional information, refer to Fog light switch in this section.

Front passenger air bag status light

The front passenger air bag status light (located on the center of the instrument panel) will be lit and the passenger front air bag and passenger knee airbag will be turned off depending on how the front pas- senger seat is being used. For front passenger air bag status light op- eration, refer to NISSAN Advanced Air Bag System (front seats) in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint sys- tem section of this manual.

High Beam Assist indicator light

The indicator light illuminates when the headlights come on while the headlight switch is in the AUTO position with the high beam selected. This indicates that the high beam assist system is operational. For ad- ditional information, refer to Headlight beam select in this section.

High beam indicator light (blue)

This light illuminates when the headlight high beam is on and goes out when the low beam is selected.

2-22 Instruments and controls

Plug-in indicator light

This light illuminates when the charge con- nector is connected to the vehicle and blinks during charging.

NOTE:

If the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, the power switch cannot be placed in the READY to drive position.

Power limitation indicator light

When the power limitation indicator light is illuminated, the power provided to the trac- tion motor is reduced. Therefore the ve- hicle is not as responsive when the accel- erator is depressed while the power limitation light is illuminated. When this light comes on, the warning dis- play appears within the vehicle information display. Follow the instructions provided on the vehicle information display. This light illuminates in the following condi- tions. Li-ion battery available charge is ex-

tremely low

Li-ion battery temperature is very low (approximately 4F (20C)

When the temperature of the EV system is high (motor, inverter, coolant system, Li-ion battery etc.)

When the EV system has a malfunction. If the low battery charge indicator is illumi- nated, charge the Li-ion battery as soon as possible. If this indicator illuminates because the Li- ion battery is cold due to low outside tem- peratures, move the vehicle to a warmer location. The Li-ion battery temperature may be increased by charging the Li-ion battery. If the light illuminates when the EV system becomes hot due to continuous hill climb- ing, either continue driving at a slower safe speed or stop the vehicle in a safe location. If this indicator does not turn off, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The indicator illuminates when a part in the EV system has malfunctioned. If the indica- tor illuminates in a situation other than those described above, or if it does not turn off, there may be a system malfunction. Have the system checked. It is recom-

mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Power limitation mode can result in re- duced power and vehicle speed. The re- duced speed may be lower than other traffic, which could increase the chance of a collision. Be especially careful when driving. If the vehicle cannot maintain a safe driving speed, pull to the side of the road in a safe area. Charge the Li-ion battery if the charge is low or allow the Li-ion battery to cool.

NOTE:

You can reduce charging time and keep the Li-ion battery temperature lower if you: Charge more frequently in smaller

amounts, and Keep the battery at a higher level of

charge.

READY to drive indicator light

The READY to drive indicator light illumi- nates when the EV system is powered and the vehicle may be driven.

Instruments and controls 2-23

The READY to drive indicator light will turn off in the following conditions. Certain EV system malfunctions. The READY to drive indicator light turns

off immediately before the Li-ion battery is completely discharged. If the Li-ion bat- tery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven. For additional information, re- fer to Low battery charge indicator in this section.

Security indicator light

This light blinks when the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. This func- tion indicates the security system equipped on the vehicle is operational. If the security system is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON position. For additional information, refer to Security systems in this section.

Slip indicator light This indicator light will blink when the VDC system or the traction control system is operating, thus alerting that the vehicle is

nearing its traction limits. The road surface may be slippery. You may feel or hear the system working; this is normal. The light will blink for a few seconds after the VDC system stops limit- ing wheel spin. The indicator light also comes on when you place the power switch in the ON posi- tion. The light will turn off after approximately 2 seconds if the system is operational. If the light does not come on, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

Turn signal/hazard indicator lights

This light flashes when the turn signal switch lever or hazard switch is turned on.

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light

This light illuminates when the Vehicle Dy- namic Control (VDC) is turned off in the vehicle information display. This indicates that the VDC system is not operating. For additional information, refer to Vehicle Dy-

namic Control (VDC) system in the Start- ing and driving section of this manual.

AUDIBLE REMINDERS

Brake pad wear warning The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires re- placement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo- tion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the warning sound is heard.

Electric shift control system reminder chime If an improper shift operation is performed, for safety reasons a chime will sound and at the same time, depending on the condi- tions, the operation will be canceled or the shift position will switch to the N (Neutral) position. For additional information, refer to Driving the vehicle in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual.

2-24 Instruments and controls

Key reminder chime A chime will sound if the driver's side door is opened while the power switch is pushed to the ON or ACC position. Make sure that the power switch is pushed to the OFF position, and take the Intelligent Key with you when leaving the vehicle.

Light reminder chime The light reminder chime will sound when the driver side door is opened with the light switch in the or position, and the power switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. Turn the light switch off when you leave the vehicle.

Parking brake reminder chime A chime sounds if the parking brake is set and the vehicle is driven. The chime will stop if the parking brake is released or the vehicle speed returns to zero.

Power switch reminder chime The power switch reminder chime will sound when the driver's door is opened while the power switch is in the ON or

READY to drive position. Push the power switch to the OFF position.

Seat belt warning chime The seat belt warning chime will sound for about 6 seconds unless the drivers seat belt is securely fastened.

12-volt battery charge warning chime If the 12-volt battery charge warning light illuminates, the chime will sound when a warning message is displayed in the ve- hicle information display. When the chime sounds, immediately stop the vehicle in a safe location and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever and apply the parking brake. The 12-volt battery charge warning light turns off and the chime will stop when the parking brake is applied or the vehicle is placed in the P (Park) position. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to 12-volt bat- tery charge warning light in this section.

The vehicle information display is located to the left of the speedometer. It displays items such as: Battery information Energy economy Average vehicle speed Driving distance Driving time Cruise control information Intelligent Key information Indicators and warnings

LIC3872

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY

Instruments and controls 2-25

HOW TO USE THE VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY The vehicle information display can be changed by using the

and OK buttons located on the steer- ing wheel.

O1 OK Use this button to change or select items.

O2 Use these buttons to navi- gate the vehicle informa- tion display.

O3 Use this button to return to the previous menu.

O4 Use these buttons to navi- gate the vehicle informa- tion display.

The OK, buttons also control audio and control panel func- tions in some conditions. Most screens and menus offer instruction prompts of the steering switches to indicate how to con- trol the vehicle information display. White dots appear on the left side of the vehicle information display when there is more than one page of menu items. The OK, and change the audio source and the buttons also control voice recognition manual mode. For additional information, refer to the separate NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

STARTUP DISPLAY With the vehicle in the ON position, the ve- hicle information display may display the following screens: Battery information Audio Navigation

Energy Economy Driving Aids Warnings Settings Warnings will only display if there are any present. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display warnings and indicators in this section. To control which items display in the ve- hicle information display, refer to Meter settings in this section.

SETTINGS The settings mode allows you to change the information displayed in the vehicle in- formation display as well as enable and disable various vehicle features and sys- tems. The settings include: VDC Setting Driver Assistance Customize Display Vehicle Settings EV Settings TPMS Settings Maintenance Clock Unit/Language Factory Reset

LHA4545

2-26 Instruments and controls

VDC Setting The VDC setting menu allows the user to the adjust the VDC settings.

Menu Item Result System Allows user to turn the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system on or off.

Driver Assistance The driver assistance menu allows the user to change the settings for driving, parking, and braking aids.

Menu Item Result Steering Assist (if so equipped) Allows user to turn the steering assist feature on or off. For additional information, refer to ProPI-

LOT Assist in the Starting and driving section of this manual. Lane Displays the available lane options.

Lane Departure Warning Allows user to turn the Lane Departure Warning on and off. For additional information, refer to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Lane Departure Prevention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) on and off. For additional information, refer to Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Blind Spot Displays the available blind spot options. Blind Spot Warning Allows user to turn the Blind Spot Warning on and off. For additional information, refer to Blind

Spot Warning in the Starting and driving section of this manual. Blind Spot Intervention Allows user to turn the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) on and off. For additional informa-

tion, refer to Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Side Indicator Brightness Allows user to set the brightness of the side indicator. Emergency Brake Displays the available emergency brake options.

Front Allows user to turn the emergency brake on and off. For additional information, refer to Auto- matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection and Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Rear Allows user to turn the rear emergency braking system on and off. For additional information, refer to "Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Instruments and controls 2-27

Menu Item Result Parking Aids Displays the available parking aids.

Sonar Allows user to select sonar system features. For additional information, refer to Rear Sonar Sys- tem (RSS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Parking sonar

Allows user to select parking sonar settings: OFF or ON.

Display Allows user to turn the parking sonar display on or off. Volume Allows user to change the volume of the parking aid chimes: High, Med. Low Range Allows user to select the range in which the parking sonar will activate: Far, Mid, Near.

Moving Object (if so equipped)

Allows user to turn the Moving Object Detection on and off. For additional information, refer to Moving Object Detection (MOD) in the Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition sys- tems section of this manual.

Cross Traffic Allows user to turn the cross traffic alert on and off. For additional information, refer to Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Driver Attention Alert (if so equipped)

Allows user to turn the driver attention alert on or off. For additional information, refer to Intelli- gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Timer Alert Allows user to set or reset an alert at a specific tune interval. Low Temperature Alert Allows user to turn the low temperature alert on or off. Chassis Control Displays the available chassis controls.

Active Trace Control (Intelligent Trace Control)

Allows user to turn the chassis control on or off. For additional information, refer to Chassis con- trol in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

e-Pedal Displays the available e-Pedal options. Retain Mode Allows user to turn the retain mode on or off. For additional information, refer to e-Pedal system

in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

2-28 Instruments and controls

Customize Display The customize display menu allows the user to change the settings for the vehicle information display.

Menu Item Result Main Menu Selection Displays the available main menu selection options.

Cruise Allows user to turn the Cruise screen on or off in the vehicle information display. Driving Aids Allows user to turn the safety shield screen on or off in the vehicle information display. Status Allows user to turn the status screen on or off in the vehicle information display. Tire Pressures Allows user to turn the tire pressures screen on or off in the vehicle information display. Drive Computer Allows user to turn the drive computer screen on or off in the vehicle information display. Chassis Control Allows user to turn the chassis control screen on or off in the vehicle information display.

ECO Info Settings Displays the available ECO Info Settings. ECO Drive Report Allows user to turn the ECO drive report on or off. View History Allows user to view and reset the ECO drive report history.

Navigation Settings Displays the available navigation settings. Alerts Allows user to turn the navigation alerts on or off.

Cruise Screen Transition Allows user to turn the Cruise screen transition on or off. Welcome Effect Displays the available welcome effects.

Gauges Allows user to turn the gauges effect on or off. Animation Allows user to turn the animation effect on or off.

Instruments and controls 2-29

Vehicle Settings The vehicle settings menu allows the user to change the settings for the lights, locks, wipers and other vehicle settings.

Menu Item Result Rear Door Alert Displays the available Rear Door Alert options. For additional information, refer to Rear Door Alert

in this section. Horn & Alert When selected, the alert is displayed and horn sounds. Alert Only When selected, only the alert is displayed. OFF When selected, no alert or horn will be active.

Lighting Displays the available lighting options. Auto Room Lamp Allows user to turn the auto room lamp on or off Light Sensitivity Allows user to change when the lights illuminate based on the brightness outside the vehicle. Light Off Delay Allows user to change the duration of time that the automatic headlights stay on after the vehicle

is shut off. Locking Displays the available locking options.

Ext. Door Switch Allows user to turn the exterior door switch on or off. When turned on, the request switch on the door is activated.

Selective Unlock Allows user to turn selective unlock on or off. When turned on, only the current door is unlocked after the door unlock operation. When the door handle request switch on the drivers or front pas- sengers side door is pushed to be unlocked, only the corresponding door is unlocked first. All the doors can be unlocked if the door unlock operation is performed again within 5 seconds. When this item is turned off, all the doors will be unlocked after the door unlock operation is performed once.

Wipers Displays the available wiper settings. For additional information, refer to Wiper and washer switch in this section.

Speed Dependent Allows user to turn the speed dependent feature on or off.

2-30 Instruments and controls

EV Settings The EV settings menu allows the user to change the settings for charging the vehicle.

Menu Item Result Chg. Connector Lock Allows user to lock or unlock the charging connection. Charge Timer1 Allows user to set charge timer 1. Charge Timer2 Allows user to set charge timer 2. Chg. Timer Only at HOME (if so equipped) Allows user to set charging timer only at home. Charge Time Screen Allows user to select the display time screen based on charge method. Climate Ctrl. Timer1 Allows user to set climate control timer 1. Climate Ctrl. Timer2 Allows user to set climate control timer 2.

TPMS Settings The TPMS settings menu allows the user to change the tire pressure units displayed in the vehicle information display.

Menu Item Result Tire Pressure Unit Allows user to select the tire pressure units that will display in the vehicle information display.

Maintenance The maintenance menu allows the user to set reminders for various vehicle maintenance items.

Menu Item Result Maintenance Displays available maintenance reminder options.

Tire Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one. Other Allows user to set a reminder at a specific interval or reset the current one.

Instruments and controls 2-31

Clock Menu Item Result

Clock Clock Mode Allows user to select the clock setting mode. Clock Format Allows user to select from 12 hour and 24 hour formats. Daylight Saving Time (if so equipped) Allows user to turn daylight saving time mode on or off. Time Zone Allows user to set a time zone. Set Clock Manually Allows user to set a clock manually.

Unit/Language The unit/language menu allows the user to change the units shown in the vehicle information display.

Menu Item Result Mileage/Energy Allows user to select the preferred mileage/energy unit of measure to display. Tire Pressures Allows user to select the preferred tire pressure unit of measure to display. Temperature Allows user to select the preferred temperature unit of measure to display. Language Allows user to select the preferred language to display.

Factory Reset The factory reset menu allows the user to restore the vehicle information display settings to factory status.

Menu Item Result Factory Reset Allows user to reset the vehicle information display settings to the original factory settings. Once

selected, the user can confirm or cancel the reset.

2-32 Instruments and controls

VEHICLE INFORMATION DISPLAY WARNINGS AND INDICATORS LIC4289

Instruments and controls 2-33

1. Push brake and power switch to drive

2. No Key Detected

3. Key Battery Low

4. EV system operation for discharged In- telligent Key system indicator

5. Door open

6. Low battery charge indicator

7. Driver alert

8. Low outside air temperature

9. Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped)

10. Reminder Turn OFF Headlights

11. Tire Pressure Low Add Air

12. Cruise control indicator (if so equipped)

13. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indica- tors (if so equipped)

14. Shift to Park

15. Key System Error: See Owners Manual

16. Release Parking Brake

17. ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)/ Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)/ Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator

18. Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (if so equipped)

19. Malfunction: See Owners Manual

20. Indicators for maintenance

21. Steering Assist indicator (if so equipped)

22. Steering Assist warning (if so equipped)

23. Not Available Front Radar Blocked

24. Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction

25. Not Available Visibility is Impaired (if so equipped)

26. Not Available Bad Weather (if so equipped)

27. Driver Attention Alert Take a Break? (if so equipped)

28. Driver Attention Alert System Fault (if so equipped)

29. Unavailable High Cabin Temperature

30. Not Available Parking Brake On (if so equipped)

31. Not Available Poor Road Conditions (if so equipped)

32. Currently not available (if so equipped)

33. Not Available System Malfunction

34. Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped)

35. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

36. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

37. Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse

38. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

39. Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning indicator

40. Headlight System Error: See Owners Manual (if so equipped)

41. When Parked Apply Parking Brake

42. T/M system malfunction Visit dealer

43. Check position of shift lever

44. Chassis Control System Error: See Owners Manual

45. Press brake pedal to operate e-Pedal switch

46. Rear Door Alert is activated

47. Check Rear Seat For All Articles

48. e-Pedal system failure! Press brake pedal to slow or stop (if so equipped)

49. Parking Sensor 2-34 Instruments and controls

50. Parking Sensor Error: See Owners Manual

Push brake and power switch to drive This indicator appears while the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. This indicator means that the EV system will start when the power switch is pressed with the brake pedal depressed.

No Key Detected This warning appears in either of the fol- lowing conditions:

No key inside the vehicle: This warning appears when the door is closed with the Intelligent Key left outside the vehicle and the power switch in the ACC or ON position. Make sure that the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle.

Unregistered Intelligent Key: This warning appears when the power switch is placed in the ON, ACC or READY to drive position and the Intelligent Key can- not be recognized by the system. You can- not place the power switch in the READY to drive position with an unregistered key. Use an Intelligent Key that has been registered.

For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in the Pre-driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

Key Battery Low This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power. If this indicator appears, replace the bat- tery with a new one. For additional infor- mation, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator This indicator appears when the Intelligent Key battery is running out of power and when the Intelligent Key system and ve- hicle are not communicating normally. If this indicator appears, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key while de- pressing the brake pedal. For additional in- formation, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driv- ing section of this manual.

Door open This warning appears if any of the doors and/or the rear hatch are open or not closed securely. The vehicle icon indicates which door or the rear hatch is open on the display. Make sure that all of the doors and the rear hatch are closed. This warning also appears alternating with the Shift to Park warning while the driver's door is opened with the shift position in any position other than the P (Park) posi- tion. For additional information, refer to Shift to Park in this section.

Low battery charge indicator This light illuminates when the available Li- ion battery charge is getting low. Charge as soon as it is possible, preferably before the Li-ion battery available charge gauge reaches 0%.

NOTE:

The low battery charge indicator turns off immediately before the Li-ion battery is completely discharged and the vehicle will stop. If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged, the vehicle must be charged in order to be driven.

Instruments and controls 2-35

Driver alert This warning appears when the previously set time for a break is reached. You can set the time for up to 6 hours in the setting menu. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

Low outside air temperature The outside air temperature is displayed in F or C in the range of 20F to 140F (30C to 60C). The outside air temperature mode in- cludes a low temperature warning feature. If the outside air temperature is below 37F (3C), the warning is displayed on the screen. The outside temperature sensor is located in front side of the vehicle. The sensor may be affected by road, wind directions and other driving conditions. The display may differ from the actual outside temperature or the temperature displayed on various signs or billboards.

Low Washer Fluid (if so equipped) This warning appears when the washer tank fluid is at a low level. Add washer fluid as necessary. For additional information, refer to Windshield washer fluid in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section.

Reminder Turn OFF Headlights This warning appears when the power switch is turned to the OFF position but the headlight switch is still on. Turn off the headlight switch.

Tire Pressure Low - Add Air This warning appears when the low tire pressure warning light in the meter illumi- nates and low tire pressure is detected. The warning appears each time the power switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light re- mains illuminated. If this warning appears, stop the vehicle and adjust the tire pressure to the recom- mended COLD tire pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label. For addi- tional information, refer to Low tire pressure warning light in this section and Tire Pres- sure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Start- ing and driving section of this manual.

Cruise control indicator (if so equipped) This indicator shows the cruise control sys- tem status. When cruise control is activated, a green circle will illuminate to indicate it is set. The vehicle information display will also display the speed the cruise control was set at. If you accelerate past the set speed, the speed will blink until you either cancel cruise control or go back to the set speed. If cruise control is on and canceled, the speed will be displayed to show the speed the vehicle will return to if the resume but- ton is activated. For additional information, refer to Cruise control in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) indicators (if so equipped) This indicator shows the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system status. The status is shown by the color. For additional informa- tion, refer to Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

2-36 Instruments and controls

Shift to Park This warning appears alternately with door/rear hatch open warning when the driver's door is opened with the shift posi- tion in any position other than the P (Park) position. If this warning appears, push the P (Park) position switch and place in the P (Park) position. For additional information, refer to Door open in this section.

Key System Error: See Owners Manual After the power switch is pushed to the ON position, this light comes on for about 2 seconds and then turns off. The Key System Error message warns of a malfunction with the Intelligent Key sys- tem. If the light comes on while the motor is stopped, it may be impossible to start the motor. If the light comes on while the motor is running, you can drive the vehicle. However, have it repaired as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

Release Parking Brake This warning appears when the vehicle speed is above 4 mph (7 km/h) (models not equipped with electronic parking brake) or 2 mph (4 km/h) (models equipped with electronic parking brake) and the parking brake is applied. Stop the vehicle and re- lease the parking brake.

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped)/Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI)/ Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator This indicator appears when the following systems (if so equipped) is engaged: ProPILOT Assist system (if so equipped) Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) For additional information, refer to ProPI- LOT Assist, Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- LI), or Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Not Available Seat Belt Not Fastened (if so equipped) This indicator appears when the ProPILOT Assist system will not engage because the drivers seat belt is not fastened. For addi- tional information, refer to ProPILOT Assist in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Malfunction: See Owners Manual This warning appears when one or more of the following systems (if so equipped) is not functioning properly: Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-

FCW) Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) If one or more of these warning appears, have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Instruments and controls 2-37

Indicators for maintenance These indicators appear when the cus- tomer set distance comes for replacing tires or other maintenance items. You can set or reset the distance for replacing tires and other maintenance items.

WARNING

The tire replacement indicator is not a substitute for regular tire checks, in- cluding tire pressure checks. For addi- tional information, refer to Changing wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual. Many factors including tire in- flation, alignment, driving habits and road conditions affect tire wear and when tires should be replaced. Setting the tire replacement indicator for a cer- tain driving distance does not mean your tires will last that long. Use the tire replacement indicator as a guide only and always perform regular tire checks. Failure to perform regular tire checks, including tire pressure checks could result in tire failure. Serious ve- hicle damage could occur and may lead to a collision, which could result in seri- ous personal injury or death.

For scheduled maintenance items and in- tervals, refer to the NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.

Steering Assist indicator (if so equipped) This indicator appears when the Steering Assist system is engaged. For additional information, refer to ProPilot Assist in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Steering Assist warning (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Steer- ing Assist system is engaged. It will be displayed under the following con- dition: When not holding the steering wheel or

when there is no steering wheel opera- tion.

Please hold the steering wheel immedi- ately. When the steering operation is de- tected, the warning turns off and the steer- ing assist function is automatically restored.

Not Available Front Radar Blocked This message appears when one or more of the following systems (if so equipped) become unavailable due to an obstruction of the front radar. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-

FCW) Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with

Pedestrian Detection For additional information, refer to Intelli- gent Cruise Control (ICC), Intelligent For- ward Collision Warning (I-FCW), or Auto- matic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Unavailable Side Radar Obstruction This warning appears when there is radar blockage detected. For additional informa- tion, refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

2-38 Instruments and controls

Not Available Visibility is Impaired (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Intel- ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist) system is engaged. Under the following conditions, the ICC (with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati- cally canceled: The camera area of the windshield is

fogged up or covered with dirt, water, ice, snow, etc.

Strong light, such as sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles, enters the front camera

The system will be available when the above conditions no longer exist. If the warning message continues to ap- pear, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV system off and clean the windshield.

Not Available Bad Weather (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Steer- ing Assist system is engaged. When the wiper (HI) operates, the Steering Assist system is automatically canceled.

The system will be available when the above conditions no longer exist.

Driver Attention Alert Take a Break? (if so equipped) This alert appears when the system has detected the driver may be displaying fa- tigue or a lack of attention.

Driver Attention Alert System Fault (if so equipped) This warning appears when the Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) system is not func- tioning properly. For additional information, refer to Intelli- gent Driver Alertness (I-DA) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Unavailable High Cabin Temperature This message appears when the camera detects an interior temperature of more than approximately 104F (40C). For additional information, refer to Lane Departure Warning (LDW) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Not Available Parking Brake On (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Intel- ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist) system is engaged. Under the following conditions, the ICC (with ProPILOT Assist) system is automati- cally canceled: The electronic parking brake is applied. The above system cannot be used when the electronic parking brake is activated.

Not Available Poor Road Conditions (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Intel- ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist) system, the ICC system, Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) or Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) is engaged. Under the following conditions, the ICC (with ProPILOT Assist) system, ICC system, Intelligent Blind Intervention (I-BSI) or Intel- ligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) is automati- cally canceled: When the VDC operates. When a wheel slips. The above system cannot be used in some situations (VDC operates and wheel slip.)

Instruments and controls 2-39

Currently not available (if so equipped) This message may appear when the Intel- ligent Cruise Control (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist) system or the ICC is engaged. Under the following condition, the ICC (with ProPILOT Assist) system or the ICC system is automatically canceled: When the VDC system is turned off. The above system cannot be used in some situations (VDC operates, wheel slip, and VDC system is off.)

Not Available System Malfunction This warning appears when one or more of the following systems (if so equipped) are not functioning properly: Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) Blind Spot Warning (BSW) ProPILOT Assist If one or more of these warning appears, have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Press Brake Pedal (if so equipped) This message may appear in the following situations: The driver tries to release the electronic

parking brake manually without depress- ing the brake pedal.

The vehicle is stopped on a steep hill; and there is a possibility of moving back- wards, even if the electronic parking brake is applied.

The vehicle moves while the automatic brake hold is activated.

For additional information, refer to Elec- tronic parking brake in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator This indicator shows when the LDW system is engaged. For additional information, refer to Warn- ing systems switch in this section and Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Vehicle ahead detection indicator This indicator shows when the Automatic Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detec- tion system is engaged and has detected a vehicle. For additional information, refer to Auto- matic Emergency Braking with Pedestrian Detection in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual.

Shipping Mode On Push Storage Fuse This warning may appear if the extended storage switch is not pushed in. When this warning appears, push in the extended storage switch to turn off the warning. For additional information, refer to Extended storage switch in the Maintenance and do- it-yourself section of this manual.

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator This indicator shows when the BSW/I-BSI systems are engaged. For additional information, refer to Blind Spot Warning (BSW) or Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

2-40 Instruments and controls

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system warning indicator This indicator illuminates to indicate the status of the Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) system. For additional information, refer to Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Headlight System Error: See Owners Manual (if so equipped) This warning appears when the LED head- lights are not functioning properly. If this warning appears, have your system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

When Parked Apply Parking Brake This warning appears if there is a malfunc- tion in the electric shift control system. This warning appears when the parking brake is not applied, even after the vehicle has been parked. The master warning light (red) also illuminates and the chime sounds. If the power switch cannot be placed in the OFF position, apply the parking brake and

then place the power switch in the OFF position. The warning turns off and the chime stops. If this warning appears, have your system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

T/M system malfunction Visit dealer This warning appears if there is a malfunc- tion in the electric shift control system but operation of the electric shift control is still possible. The master warning light (yellow) also illuminates and the chime sounds. When this occurs, check the shift position indicator by the shift lever or in the vehicle information display to make sure that shifting has been performed properly. It is recommended that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible.

Check position of shift lever This warning appears if the system cannot detect the shift position. Make sure the ve- hicle is placed in a position properly. The master warning light (yellow) also illu- minates and the chime sounds. Check the shift position of the vehicle.

Chassis Control System Error: See Owners Manual This warning appears if the chassis control is not functioning properly. Have the sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Chassis control in the Starting and driv- ing section of this manual.

Press brake pedal to operate e-Pedal switch This indicator appears when trying to turn the e-Pedal off without depressing the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped. Depress the brake pedal before pulling the e-Pedal switch.

Rear Door Alert is activated When the system is enabled, this message appears when the Rear Door Alert system is active and can remind the driver to check the back seat. Using the steering wheel switch, a driver

can select Dismiss Message to clear the display for a period of time. If no selection is made, this message automatically turns off after a period of time.

Instruments and controls 2-41

Using the steering wheel switch, a driver can select Disable Alert to disable the horn alert for the remainder of the cur- rent trip.

WARNING

Selecting Dismiss Message during a stop within a trip temporarily dis- misses the message for that stop with- out turning the system off. Alerts can be provided for other stops during the trip. Selecting Disable Alert turns off the Rear Door Alert system for the re- mainder of a trip and no audible alert will be provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en- ables it using the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to How to use the vehicle information display in this section. For additional information, refer to Rear Door Alert in this section.

Check Rear Seat For All Articles When the system is enabled, this message appears when the vehicle comes to a com- plete stop, the vehicle is transitioned from the D (Drive) position to P (Park) position, and the driver exits the vehicle. This mes- sage alerts the driver, after a period of time, to check for items in the rear seat after the audible alert has been provided.

NOTE:

This system is disabled until a driver en- ables it using the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to How to use the vehicle information display in this section. For additional information, refer to Rear Door Alert in this section.

ePedal system failure! Press brake pedal to slow or stop (if so equipped) This warning is display when the e-Pedal system is malfunctioning. Have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

Parking Sensor This indicator illuminates when the sensor is activated. Pressing the OK button while the sonar screen is displayed will dismiss this message until the next time the sen- sors are activated. The Parking Sensor sys- tem will remain on, unless it is disabled in the vehicle information display. For addi- tional information, refer to Rear Sonar Sys- tem (RSS) in the Starting and driving sec- tion of this manual.

Parking Sensor Error: See Owners Manual This warning illuminates when there is an error with the system. For additional infor- mation, refer to Rear Sonar System (RSS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING INFORMATION DISPLAYS (MODELS WITH A NAVIGATION SYSTEM)

Low battery warning When the low battery charge indicator

and the master warning light (yellow) illuminate, the system displays a

message on the navigation system screen

2-42 Instruments and controls

that warns the driver that the Li-ion battery power level is low. 1. The notification is displayed on the up-

per left side of the STATUS screen. Touch [Show] to display the screen showing detailed information.

2. The system displays a message screen and announces the contents of the message to warn that the Li-ion battery power level is low. Check the message displayed on the screen. Touch [YES] to search for charging sta- tions within the estimated driving range.

3. Touch or push the MAP button to return to the vehicle location screen.

NOTE: The low battery warning can be set to

off. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual for Leaf.

When the battery power level is low, the system automatically obtains charging station information.

Your vehicle has two types of security sys- tems, as follows: Vehicle security system NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System The security status is shown by the secu- rity indicator light.

VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM The vehicle security system provides visual and audio alarm signals if someone opens the doors or rear hatch when the system is armed. It is not, however, a motion detec- tion type system that activates when a ve- hicle is moved or when a vibration occurs.

The system helps deter vehicle theft but cannot prevent it, nor can it prevent the theft of interior or exterior vehicle compo- nents in all situations. Always secure your vehicle even if parking for a brief period. Never leave your keys in the vehicle, and always lock it when it is left unattended. Be aware of your surroundings, and park in secure, well-lit areas whenever possible. Many devices offering additional protec- tion, such as component locks, identifica- tion markers, and tracking systems, are available at auto supply stores and spe- cialty shops. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may also offer such equipment. Check with your insurance company to see if you may be eligible for discounts for various theft protection features.

How to arm the vehicle security system 1. Close all windows.

The system can be armed even if the windows are open.

2. Place the power switch in the LOCK or OFF position and remove the Intelligent Key from the vehicle.

JVC0067X

SECURITY SYSTEMS

Instruments and controls 2-43

3. Close all doors. Lock all doors. The doors can be locked with: the LOCK button on the Intelli-

gent Key any request switch the power door lock switch

4. Confirm that the security indicator light illuminates. The security indicator light stays on for about 30 seconds. The ve- hicle security system is now pre-armed. After about 30 seconds the vehicle se- curity system automatically shifts into the armed phase. The security light be- gins to flash once every approximately 3 seconds. If, during this 30-second pre- arm time period, the door is unlocked, or the power switch is placed in the ACC or ON position, the system will not arm.

Even when the driver and/or passengers are in the vehicle, the system will acti- vate with all doors locked and the power switch in the OFF position. When placing the power switch to the ACC or ON posi- tion, the system will be released.

Vehicle security system activation The vehicle security system will give the following alarm: The headlights blink and the horn sounds

intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off after

approximately 50 seconds. However, the alarm reactivates if the vehicle is tam- pered with again.

The alarm is activated by: Unlocking the door without using the In-

telligent Key, the request switch or the key. (Even if the door is opened by releas- ing the door inside lock knob, the alarm will activate.)

Opening the hood.

How to stop an activated alarm The alarm will stop when a door is un- locked by pushing the UNLOCK but- ton on the Intelligent Key, door handle re- quest switch, or when the power switch is pushed in the ACC or ON position. If the system does not operate as de- scribed above, have it checked. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer for this service.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive position without the use of the registered key. If the power switch fails to place the vehicle into the READY to drive position using the registered key, it may be due to interfer- ence caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring. Restart the EV system using the following procedure: 1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi-

tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi- tion and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat step 1 and 2 again.

4. Place the power switch in the READY to drive position while holding the device (which may have caused the interfer- ence) separate from the registered key. If this procedure allows the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive mode, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices.

2-44 Instruments and controls

FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device.

Security Indicator Light The security indicator light is located on the meter panel. It indicates the status of the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. The light blinks after the power switch was in the ACC or OFF position. This function indicates the security systems equipped on the vehicle are operational. If the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System is malfunctioning, this light will remain on while the power switch is in the ON posi- tion.

If the light still remains on and/or the power switch cannot be placed in the READY to drive position, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service as soon as possible. Please bring all registered keys that you have when visiting a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for service.

SIC2045

Instruments and controls 2-45

WARNING

In freezing temperatures the washer solution may freeze on the windshield and obscure your vision which may lead to an accident. Warm the wind- shield with the defroster before you wash the windshield.

CAUTION

Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshield- washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid con- centrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield- washer fluid concentrate and water.

NOTE:

If the windshield wiper operation is in- terrupted by snow or ice, the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow or ice that is on and around the wiper arms. In ap- proximately 1 minute, turn the switch on again to operate the wiper.

The windshield wiper and washer operates when the power switch is in the ON posi- tion. Push the lever down to operate the wiper at the following speed:

1 Intermittent intermittent operation can be adjusted by turning the knob toward OA (Slower) or OB (Faster). Also, the intermittent operation speed varies in accordance with the vehicle speed. (For example, when the vehicle speed is high, the intermittent operation speed will be faster.)

LIC2802

WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

2-46 Instruments and controls

2 Low continuous low speed operation.

3 High continuous high speed operation.

4 MIST one sweep operation of the wiper.

The Speed Dependent feature may be disabled. For additional information, re- fer to Vehicle information display in this section.

WASHER OPERATION To operate the washer, pull the lever to- ward the back of the vehicle O5 until the desired amount of windshield-washer fluid is spread on the windshield. The wiper will automatically operate several times. Drip Wipe A brief period of time after using the washer the wiper will perform a one sweep operation automatically to clear any re- maining windshield-washer fluid from the windshield.

REAR WIPER OPERATION WARNING

In freezing temperatures the windshield-washer fluid may freeze on the rear window glass and obscure your vision. Warm the rear window with the defroster before you wash the rear window.

CAUTION

Do not operate the washer continu- ously for more than 30 seconds.

Do not operate the washer if the windshield-washer fluid reservoir is empty.

Do not fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir with windshield- washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid con- centrates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer fluid reservoir.

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer fluid reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer fluid reservoir to mix the windshield- washer fluid concentrate and water.

LIC2813

Instruments and controls 2-47

NOTE:

If the rear window wiper operation is in- terrupted by snow etc., the wiper may stop moving to protect its motor. If this occurs, turn the wiper switch to the OFF position and remove the snow etc. on and around the wiper arms. After about 1 minute, turn the switch on again to oper- ate the wiper.

The rear window wiper and washer oper- ate when the power switch is in the ON position. Turn the switch clockwise from the OFF position to operate the wiper.

1 Intermittent (INT) intermittent opera- tion (not adjustable)

2 Low (ON) continuous low speed operation

Push the switch forward 3 to operate the washer. Then the wiper will also operate several times.

To defrost the rear window glass and out- side mirrors, place the power switch in the ON position and push the switch O1 on. The indicator light will illuminate. Push the switch again to turn the defroster off. It will automatically turn off in approxi- mately 15 minutes.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inner side of the rear window, be careful not to scratch or damage the rear window defroster.

LIC2693 Type A (if so equipped)

LIC3026 Type B (if so equipped)

REAR WINDOW AND OUTSIDE MIRROR (if so equipped) DEFROSTER SWITCH

2-48 Instruments and controls

HEADLIGHT SWITCH Lighting 1 Rotate the switch to the position,

the front parking, tail, license plate, and instrument panel lights come on.

2 Rotate the switch to the position, the headlights come on and all the other lights remain on.

Autolight system The autolight system allows the headlights and tail lights to be set so they turn on and off automatically. To set the autolight system: 1. Make sure the headlight switch is in the

AUTO position O1 .

2. Place the power switch in the ON position.

3. The autolight system automatically turns the headlights and tail lights on and off.

To turn the autolight system off, turn the switch to the OFF, or position. The autolight system can turn on the headlights and tail lights automatically when it is dark and turn off the headlights when it is light. For US models: The headlights and tail lights will also be turned on automatically at twilight or in rainy weather (when the windshield wiper is operated continuously). If the power switch is placed in the OFF position and one of the doors is opened and this condition continues, the head- lights remain on for 45 seconds. Automatic headlights off delay You can keep the headlights on for up to 180 seconds after you push the power switch to OFF and open any door then close all the doors. You can adjust the period of the automatic headlights off delay from 0 seconds (OFF) to 180 seconds. The factory default setting is 45 seconds.

SIC3668 SIC3669

HEADLIGHT AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-49

NOTE:

For additional information on adjusting the automatic headlights off delay, refer to Vehicle information display in this section.

Be sure not to put anything on top of the photo sensor O1 located on the top of the instrument panel. The photo sensor controls the autolight; if it is covered, the photo sensor reacts as if it is dark and the headlights will illuminate.

Headlight beam select 1 To select the low beam, have the lever

in the neutral position as shown and rotate the switch to the desired posi- tion. For additional information, refer to Headlight switch in this section.

2 To select the high beam, push the lever forward while the switch is in the position. The high beams will come on and the high beam indicator (blue) will illuminate. Pull it back to return to the low beam.

SAA1232 SIC3670

2-50 Instruments and controls

3 Pulling the lever toward you will flash the headlight high beam even when the headlight switch is in the OFF position.

High Beam Assist The High Beam Assist system will operate when the vehicle is driven at speeds of ap- proximately 19 mph (30 km/h) and above. If an oncoming vehicle or leading vehicle ap- pears in front of your vehicle when the headlight high beam is on, the headlight will be switched to the low beam automati- cally. Precautions on High Beam Assist

WARNING

The High Beam Assist system is a convenience but it is not a substitute for safe driving operation. The driver should remain alert at all times, en- sure safe driving practices and switch the high beams and low beam manually when necessary.

The high beam or low beam may not switch automatically under the fol- lowing conditions. Switch the high beam and low beam manually.

During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).

When a light source similar to a headlight or tail light is in the vi- cinity of the vehicle.

When the headlights of the on- coming vehicle or the leading ve- hicle are turned off, when the color of the light is affected due to for- eign materials on the lights, or when the light beam is out of position.

When there is a sudden, continu- ous change in brightness.

When driving on a road that passes over rolling hills, or a road that has level differences.

When driving on a road with many curves.

When a sign or mirror-like surface is reflecting intense light towards the front of the vehicle.

When the container, etc. being towed by a leading vehicle is re- flecting intense light.

When a headlight on your vehicle is damaged or dirty.

When the vehicle is leaning at an angle due to a punctured tire, be- ing towed, etc.

The timing of switching the low beam and high beam may change under the following situations. The brightness of the headlights

of the oncoming vehicle or lead- ing vehicle.

The movement and direction of the oncoming vehicle and the leading vehicle.

When only one light on the on coming vehicle or the leading ve- hicle is illuminated.

When the oncoming vehicle or the leading vehicle is a two-wheeled vehicle.

Road conditions (incline, curve, the road surface, etc.).

The number of passengers and the amount of luggage.

Instruments and controls 2-51

High Beam Assist operations To activate the High Beam Assist system, turn the headlight switch to the AUTO po- sition O1 and push the lever forward O2

(high beam position). The High Beam Assist indicator light in the meter will illuminate while the headlights are turned on. If the High Beam Assist indicator light does not illuminate in the above condition, it may indicate that the system is not functioning properly. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 12 mph (20 km/h), the head- light remains the low beam. To turn off the High Beam Assist system, turn the headlight switch to the posi- tion or select the low beam position by placing the lever in the neutral position.

Ambient image sensor maintenance The ambient image sensor for the High Beam Assist system is located above the inside mirror O1 . To keep the proper opera- tion of the High Beam Assist system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the ambient image sensor.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the ambient image sensor.

LIC3802 LSD2847

2-52 Instruments and controls

If the ambient image sensor is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Battery saver system When the headlight switch is in the

or position while the power switch is in the ON position, the lights will auto- matically turn off 45 seconds after the power switch has been placed in the OFF position.

When the headlight switch remains in the or position after the lights

automatically turn off, the lights will turn on when the power switch is placed in the ON position.

CAUTION

When you turn on the headlight switch again after the lights auto- matically turn off, the lights will not turn off automatically. Be sure to turn the light switch to the OFF position when you leave the vehicle for ex- tended periods of time, otherwise the battery will be discharged.

Never leave the light switch on when the power switch is in the OFF, ACC or ON position for extended periods of time even if the headlights turn off automatically.

LED DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS (DRL) SYSTEM (if so equipped) The LED portion of the headlights auto- matically illuminates at 100% intensity when the power switch is in the READY to drive position with the parking brake re- leased. The LED DRL system operates with the headlight switch in the OFF position. Turn headlight switch to the position for full illumination when driving at night. If the parking brake is applied before the power switch is in the READY to drive posi- tion, the LED DRL system does not operate. The LED DRL system illuminates once the parking brake is released. The LED DRL sys- tem will remain on until the power switch is pushed to the OFF position.

WARNING

When the LED DRL system is active, tail lights on your vehicle are not on. It is necessary at dusk to turn on your headlights. Failure to do so could cause an accident injuring yourself and oth- ers.

Instruments and controls 2-53

INSTRUMENT BRIGHTNESS CONTROL Press the + button to increase the bright- ness of the instrument panel lights. Press the - to decrease the brightness of the instrument panel lights.

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Turn signal O1 Move the lever up or down until it latches to signal the turning direction. When the turn is completed, the turn signal cancels automatically.

Lane change signal O2 Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, to signal a lane change. Hold the lever until the lane change is completed.

Move the lever up or down until the turn signal begins to flash, but the lever does not latch, and release the lever. The turn signal will automatically flash three times. Choose the appropriate method to signal a lane change based on road and traffic conditions.

LIC3801 SIC3671

2-54 Instruments and controls

To turn the fog lights on, rotate the head- light switch to the position, then ro- tate the switch to the position. To turn them off, rotate the switch to the OFF posi- tion. The headlights must be on for the fog lights to operate.

To sound the horn, push the center pad area of the steering wheel.

WARNING

Do not disassemble the horn. Doing so could affect proper operation of the supplemental front air bag system. Tampering with the supplemental front air bag system may result in seri- ous personal injury.

To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears on the vehicle information display. To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off. For additional information, refer to ECO mode in the Starting and driving section of this manual

SIC3672 LIC3805 LIC3806

FOG LIGHT SWITCH (if so equipped) HORN ECO SWITCH

Instruments and controls 2-55

The front seats and the rear outboard seats (if so equipped) can be warmed by built-in heaters. The switches, located on the center console and at the side of the front passenger seatback, can be operated independently of each other. 1. Place the power switch in the ON

position.

2. Push the LO or HI position of the switch, as desired, depending on the tempera- ture. The indicator light in the switch will illuminate.

3. To turn off the heater, return the switch to the level position. Make sure the indi- cator light goes off.

The heater is controlled by a thermostat, automatically turning the heater on and off. The indicator light will remain on as long as the switch is on. When the vehicles interior is warmed, or before you leave the vehicle, be sure to turn the switch off.

NOTE:

The heated seats consume less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reducing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplementing the heater.

WARNING

Do not use or allow occupants to use the seat heater if you or the occupants cannot monitor elevated seat tem- peratures or have an inability to feel pain in those body parts in contact with the seat. Use of the seat heater by such people could result in serious injury.

CAUTION

Do not use the seat heater for ex- tended periods or when no one is us- ing the seat.

Do not put anything on the seat which insulates heat, such as a blan- ket, cushion, seat cover, etc. Other- wise, the seat may become overheated.

LIC4145 Front

LIC2498 Rear

HEATED SEAT SWITCHES (if so equipped)

2-56 Instruments and controls

Do not place anything hard or heavy on the seat or pierce it with a pin or similar object. This may result in damage to the heater.

Any liquid spilled on the heated seat should be removed immediately with a dry cloth.

When cleaning the seat, never use gasoline, thinner, or any similar materials.

If any malfunctions are found or the heated seat does not operate, turn the switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. The heated steering wheel system is de-

signed to operate only when the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68F (20C). Push the heated steering wheel switch to warm the steering wheel when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position. If the surface temperature of the steering wheel is below approximately 68F (20C), the system will heat the steering wheel and cycle off and on to maintain a temperature above 68F (20C). The indicator light will remain on as long as the system is on.

Push the switch again to turn the heated steering wheel system off manually. The indicator light turns off.

NOTE: If the surface temperature of the steer-

ing wheel is above 68F (20C) when the switch is turned on, the system will not heat the steering wheel. This is not a malfunction.

If the outside temperature is low (ap- proximately 50F (10C) or less) and the Climate Control Timer or Remote Cli- mate Control are used, the steering wheel heater will automatically oper- ate in the following conditions. When using the Climate Control

Timer: Operates from approximately 15 minutes before the set departure time until the set departure time.

When using Remote Climate Control: Operates 15 minutes after Remote Climate Control starts.

The heated steering wheel consumes less power than the heater and can be used to either help extend vehicle range by reducing heater use or to maximize comfort by supplementing the heater.

LIC3804

HEATED STEERING WHEEL SWITCH (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-57

The E-call (SOS) system button is used in combination with a NissanConnect (for Leaf) Services subscription to call for assis- tance in case of an emergency. Pressing the button will (with a paid sub- scription) reach a Response Specialist that will provide assistance based on the situa- tion described by the vehicles occupant. For additional information, or to enroll your vehicle, refer to www.NissanUSA.com/ connect or call 8554266628.

To open the charge port lid, push the charge port lid switch. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charge port lid in the Pre- driving checks and adjustments section of this manual.

To turn off the charge timer, push the im- mediate charge switch. For additional in- formation, refer to Charging timer in the Charging section of this manual.

LIC3913 LIC3808 LCH2125

E-CALL (SOS) BUTTON (if so equipped)

CHARGE PORT LID SWITCH IMMEDIATE CHARGE SWITCH

2-58 Instruments and controls

The dynamic driver assistance switch is used to temporarily turn on and off the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and Intel- ligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) sys- tems that are activated using the settings menu of the vehicle information display. The I-LI and I-BSI systems must be turned on with the dynamic driver assistance switch every time the power switch is placed in the ON position. The I-LI system warns the driver with a warning and a chime, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a

short period of time). For additional infor- mation, refer to Intelligent Lane Interven- tion (I-LI) in the Starting and driving sec- tion and Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. For additional information, refer to Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

The Steering Assist switch is used to en- able and disable the Steering Assist sys- tem that is activated using the settings menu of the vehicle information display. The Steering Assist system controls the steering system, when ProPILOT Assist is engaged, to help keep your vehicle near the center of the lane when driving. For additional information, refer to ProPILOT Assist" and Intelligent Lane Intervention (I- LI) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

LIC4290 LIC3932

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

STEERING ASSIST SWITCH (for models with ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-59

The Rear Door Alert system functions un- der certain conditions to indicate there may be an object or passenger in the rear seat(s). Check the seat(s) before exiting the vehicle. The Rear Door Alert system is initially dis- abled. The driver can enable the system using the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Vehicle in- formation display warnings and indicators in this section. When the system is enabled: The system is activated when a rear door

is opened and closed within 10 minutes of the vehicle being driven. When the driver door is closed and the system is acti- vated, a visual message appears in the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Rear Door Alert is activated in this section.

If a rear door is opened and closed but the vehicle is not driven within approxi- mately 10 minutes, the system will not be activated. A rear door must be opened and closed and the car driven within 10 minutes for the system to activate.

When the Rear Door Alert system is activated: When the driver puts the vehicle in the P

(Park) position, a notification message appears in the vehicle information dis- play with the options to Dismiss Mes- sage or Disable Alert if desired. Select Disable Alert to temporarily

disable for that stop. No selection or Dismiss Message will

keep the alert enabled for that stop. If the alert is enabled when a driver exits

the vehicle, a message will appear in the vehicle information display that states Check Rear Seat for All Articles. If Horn & Alert setting is selected: An audible horn sound will occur after

a short time unless a rear door is opened and closed within a short time to deactivate the alert.

If the doors are locked before the alert is deactivated by opening a rear door, the horn will sound.

If the rear hatch is opened before a rear door is opened, the horn will be delayed until after the hatch is closed.

NOTE:

If Alert Only setting is selected, the message alert will still be shown in the vehicle information display but the horn will not sound.

WARNING

If the driver selects Disable Alert, no audible alert will be provided regard- less of rear door open/close status.

There may be times when there is an object or passenger in the rear seat(s) but the audible alert does not sound. For example, this may occur if rear seat passengers enter or exit the vehicle during a trip.

The system does not directly detect objects or passengers in the rear seat(s). Instead, it can detect when a rear door is opened and closed, indi- cating that there may be something in the rear seat(s).

NOTE:

There may be times when the horn sounds but there are no objects or pas- sengers in the rear seat(s). For additional information, refer to Rear Door Alert is activated in this section.

REAR DOOR ALERT

2-60 Instruments and controls

CAUTION

The outlet and plug may be hot dur- ing or immediately after use.

Do not use with accessories that ex- ceed a 12-volt, 120W (10A) power draw.

Do not use double adapters or more than one electrical accessory.

Use the power outlet with the power switch is in the ON or READY to Drive position to avoid discharging the 12- volt battery.

Avoid using the power outlet when the air conditioner, headlights or rear window defroster are on.

This power outlet is not designed for use with a cigarette lighter unit.

Push the plug in as far as it will go. If good contact is not made, the plug may overheat or the internal tem- perature fuse may open.

Before inserting or disconnecting a plug, make sure that the electrical accessory being used is turned OFF.

When not in use, be sure to close the cap. Do not allow water to contact the outlet. SEATBACK POCKET

The seatback pockets may be located on the drivers and/or passenger seat. The pocket can be used to store maps.

LIC4291 LIC0016

POWER OUTLET STORAGE

Instruments and controls 2-61

WARNING

To ensure proper operation of the driv- ers and/or passengers NISSAN Ad- vanced Air Bag System, please observe the following items: Do not allow a passenger in the rear

seat to push or pull on the seatback pocket or head restraint/headrest.

Do not place heavy loads heavier than 9.1 lbs. (4 kg) on the seatback, head restraint/headrest, or in the seatback pocket.

STORAGE TRAY WARNING

Do not place sharp objects in the tray(s) to help prevent injury in an accident or sudden stop.

GLOVE BOX To open the glove box, pull the handle. To close, push the lid in until it latches.

WARNING

Keep the glove box lid closed while driving to prevent injury in case of an accident or a sudden stop.

LIC4292 Instrument panel

LIC4349

2-62 Instruments and controls

CONSOLE BOX To open the console box, pull up the lever and pull up the lid. To close, push the lid down until it is latched.

OVERHEAD SUNGLASSES STORAGE To open the sunglasses holder, push and release. Only store one pair of sunglasses in the holder.

WARNING

Keep the sunglasses holder closed while driving to avoid obstructing the drivers view and to help prevent an ac- cident.

CAUTION

Do not use for anything other than sunglasses.

Do not leave sunglasses in the sun- glasses holder while parking in direct sunlight. The heat may damage the sunglasses.

LIC3813 LIC2312

Instruments and controls 2-63

CUP HOLDERS WARNING

Avoid abrupt starting and braking when the cup holder is being used to prevent spilling the drink. If the liquid is hot, it can scald you or your passenger.

CAUTION

Use only soft cups in the cup holder. Hard objects can injure you in an acci- dent.

CAUTION

Do not use the bottle holder for any other objects that could be thrown about in the vehicle and possibly in- jure people during sudden braking or an accident.

Do not use the bottle holder for open liquid containers.

LIC3810 Front

JVC0046X Soft bottle holder (front)

LIC3914 Soft bottle holder (rear)

2-64 Instruments and controls

TONNEAU COVER (if so equipped) WARNING

Never put anything on the tonneau cover, no matter how small. Any ob- ject on it could cause an injury in an accident or sudden stop.

Do not leave the tonneau cover in the vehicle with it disengaged from the holder.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from slid- ing or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud- den stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

Properly secure cargo and do not al- low it to contact the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor. Cargo that is not properly se- cured or cargo that contacts the top tether strap may damage the top tether strap during a collision. If the cargo cover contacts the top tether strap when it is attached to the top tether anchor, remove the cargo cover from the vehicle or secure it on the cargo floor below its attachment location. If the cargo cover is not re- moved, it may damage the top tether strap during a collision. Your child could be seriously injured or killed in a collision if the child restraint top tether strap is damaged.

The tonneau cover keeps the luggage compartment contents hidden from the outside.

To remove the tonneau cover:

1 Remove the straps from the rear hatch.

2 Pull up the tonneau cover.

3 Remove the tonneau cover holders from the rear pillar.

LIC4293

Instruments and controls 2-65

4 Slide down the tonneau cover along the rear seat back.

5 Remove the tonneau cover by pulling either the left or right side backward away from the pillar.

STOWING GOLF BAGS Normally, two standard golf bags can be stowed in the cargo area. Insert the top of the golf bag into the right side of the cargo area O1 then rotate the bag backward O2 . Insert the top of the second golf bag into right side of the cargo area O3 and stow the bottom of golf bag forward all the way O4 . In some cases, you may not be able to stow two golf bags in your vehicle, depending on their sizes or types.

POWER WINDOWS WARNING

Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc. inside the vehicle while it is in motion and before clos- ing the windows. Use the window lock switch to prevent unexpected use of the power windows.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle or its systems, including en- trapment in windows or inadvertent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the as- sistance of others, or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

The power windows operate when the power switch is in the ACC or ON position, or for about 45 seconds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position. If the drivers or front passengers door is opened during this period of about 45 seconds, power to the windows is canceled.

LIC2497

LIC4294

WINDOWS

2-66 Instruments and controls

Main power window switch (driver's side) 1. Driver side automatic switch

2. Front passenger side switch

3. Rear left passenger side switch

4. Rear right passenger side switch

5. Window lock button To open or close a window, push down OA

or pull up OB the corresponding switch and hold it. The main switches, on the driver's side, will open or close all the windows.

Locking passengers' windows When the lock button OC is pushed in, only the driver side window can be opened or closed. Push it in again to cancel.

Passenger side power window switch The passenger's side power window switch will open or close only the corre- sponding window. To open or close the window, push down or pull up the switch and hold it.

Rear power window switch The rear power window switches open or close only the corresponding windows. To open the window, push the switch and hold it down. To close the window, pull the switch up.

JVC0051X JVC0052X

Instruments and controls 2-67

Automatic operation The automatic operation is available for the switch that has an mark on its surface. To fully open or close the window, com- pletely push down or pull up the switch and release it; the switch need not be held. The window will automatically open or close all the way. To stop the window, just push or lift the switch in the opposite direction. A light push or pull on the switch will cause the window to open or close until the switch is released.

Auto-reverse function WARNING

There are some small distances imme- diately before the closed position which cannot be detected. Make sure that all passengers have their hands, etc., inside the vehicle before closing the window.

If the control unit detects something caught in the window as it is closing, the window will be immediately lowered. The auto reverse function can be activated when the window is closed by automatic operation when the power switch is in the ON position or for 45 seconds after the power switch is placed in the OFF position. Depending on the environment or driv- ing conditions, the auto reverse function may be activated if an impact or load similar to something being caught in the window occurs.

If the windows do not close automatically If the power window automatic function (closing only) does not operate properly, perform the following procedure to initial- ize the power window system. 1. Place the power switch in the ON

position.

2. Close the door.

3. Open the window completely by operat- ing the power window switch.

4. Pull the power window switch and hold it to close the window, and then hold the switch more than 3 seconds after the window is closed completely.

5. Release the power window switch. Op- erate the window by the automatic function to confirm the initialization is complete.

If the power window automatic function does not operate properly after perform- ing the procedure above, have your vehicle serviced. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

JVC0053X

2-68 Instruments and controls

The interior lights can be turned on O1 re- gardless of door position. The lights will go off after a period of time unless the power switch is placed in the ON position when any door is opened. The interior lights can be set to operate when the doors are opened O2 . To turn off the interior lights when a is door open, push the switch; the interior lights will not illuminate, regardless of door position. The lights will go off when the power switch is placed in the ON position, or the drivers door is closed and locked. The lights will also go off after a period of time when the doors are open.

CAUTION

Do not use for extended periods of time with the power switch in the OFF posi- tion. This could result in a discharged 12-volt battery.

CONSOLE LIGHT (if so equipped) The console light will turn on whenever the parking lights or headlights are illuminated. The console light brightness can be ad- justed with the illumination brightness control in the vehicle information display.

MAP LIGHTS Press the button to turn the map lights on. To turn them off, press the button again.

LIC3814 LIC2304

INTERIOR LIGHTS

Instruments and controls 2-69

ROOM LIGHT The room light switch has three positions: ON, DOOR and OFF.

ON position When the switch is in the ON position O1 , the ceiling light will illuminate.

DOOR position When the switch is in the DOOR position O2 , the ceiling light will illuminate under the following conditions: the power switch is placed in the LOCK

position remains on for about 15 seconds.

doors are unlocked by pushing the UNLOCK button or the request switch, with the power switch in the LOCK position remains on for about 15 seconds.

any door is opened and then closed with the power switch in the LOCK position remains on for about 15 seconds.

any door is opened while the power switch in the ACC or ON position remains on while the door is opened.

When the door is closed, the light turns off.

The light will automatically turn off after 10 minutes when the light remains illu- minated to prevent the battery from be- coming discharged.

OFF position When the switch is in the OFF position O3 , the ceiling light will not illuminate, regard- less of the condition.

CARGO LIGHT The light illuminates when the rear hatch is opened. When the rear hatch is closed, the light goes off. For additional information, refer to Exterior and interior lights in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

SIC3513

2-70 Instruments and controls

The HomeLink Universal Transceiver pro- vides a convenient way to consolidate the functions of up to three individual hand- held transmitters into one built-in device. HomeLink Universal Transceiver: Will operate most radio frequency de-

vices such as garage doors, gates, home and office lighting, entry door locks and security systems.

Is powered by your vehicle's 12volt bat- tery. No separate batteries are required. If the vehicle's 12volt battery is discharged or is disconnected, HomeLink will retain all programming.

When the HomeLink Universal Trans- ceiver is programmed, retain the original transmitter for future programming pro- cedures (Example: new vehicle pur- chases). Upon sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink Universal Transceiver buttons should be erased for security purposes. For additional infor- mation, refer to Programming HomeLink in this section.

WARNING

Your vehicle's EV system should be turned off while programming the HomeLink Universal Transceiver. For additional information, refer to Push-button power switch in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

Do not use the HomeLink Universal Transceiver with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and re- verse features as required by federal safety standards. (These standards became effective for opener models manufactured after April 1, 1982). A garage door opener which cannot detect an object in the path of a clos- ing garage door and then automati- cally stop and reverse, does not meet current federal safety standards. Us- ing a garage door opener without these features increases the risk of serious injury or death.

During the programming procedure your garage door or security gate will open and close (if the transmitter is within range). Make sure that people or objects are clear of the garage door, gate, etc. that you are programming.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

NOTE:

Place the power switch in the ON or ACC position (without starting the EV system) when programming HomeLink. It is also recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker programming and accurate transmission of the radio frequency.

HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER (if so equipped)

Instruments and controls 2-71

1. Position the end of your hand-held transmitter 13 in (28 cm) away from the HomeLink surface, keeping the HomeLink indicator light O1 in view.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and hand-held transmitter button. DO NOT release until the HomeLink indica- tor light O1 flashes slowly and then rap- idly. When the indicator light flashes rap- idly, both buttons may be released. (The rapid flashing indicates successful programming.)

NOTE:

Some devices may require you to replace Step 2 with the cycling procedure noted in Programming HomeLink for Cana- dian customers and gate openers in this section. 3. Press and hold the programmed

HomeLink button and observe the indi- cator light.

If the indicator light O1 is solid/ continuous, programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and re- leased.

If the indicator light O1 blinks rapidly for 2 seconds and then turns to a solid/ continuous light, continue with Steps 4-6 for a rolling code device. A second person may make the following steps easier. Use a ladder or other device. Do not stand on your vehicle to perform the next steps.

LIC2365 LIC2366

2-72 Instruments and controls

4. At the receiver located on the garage door opener motor in the garage, locate the learn or smart button (the name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer but it is usually located near where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the unit). If there is difficulty locating the button, reference the ga- rage door openers manual.

5. Press and release the learn or smart button.

NOTE: Once the button is pressed, you have approximately 30 seconds to initiate the next step.

6. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and hold the trained HomeLink button for 2 seconds and release. Repeat the press/hold/release sequence up to three times to complete the training process. HomeLink should now acti- vate your rolling code equipped device.

7. If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

PROGRAMMING HOMELINK FOR CANADIAN CUSTOMERS AND GATE OPENERS Canadian radio-frequency laws require transmitter signals to time-out (or quit) after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during training. Similar to this Canadian law, some U.S. gate operators are designed to tim- eout in the same manner. If you live in Canada or you are having diffi- culties training a gate operator or garage door opener by using the Training proce- dures, replace Programming HomeLink step 2 with the following:

NOTE:

When programming a garage door opener, etc., unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible damage to the garage door opener components. 1. For additional information, refer to Pro-

gramming HomeLink step 1 in this section.

2. Using both hands, simultaneously press and hold the desired HomeLink button and the hand-held transmitter button. During training, your hand-held trans- mitter may automatically stop transmit- ting. Continue to press and hold the de- sired HomeLink button while you press and re-press (cycle) your hand-held transmitter every 2 seconds until the frequency signal has been learned. The HomeLink indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds upon successful training. DO NOT release until the HomeLink indica- tor light flashes slowly and then rapidly. When the indicator light flashes rapidly, both buttons may be released. The rapid flashing indicates successful training. Proceed with Programming HomeLink step 3 to complete. If the device was unplugged during the programming procedure, remember to plug it back in when programming is completed.

Instruments and controls 2-73

OPERATING THE HOMELINK UNIVERSAL TRANSCEIVER The HomeLink Universal Transceiver, after it is programmed, can be used to activate the programmed device. To operate, sim- ply press and release the appropriate pro- grammed HomeLink Universal Trans- ceiver button. The amber indicator light will illuminate while the signal is being trans- mitted. For convenience, the hand-held transmit- ter of the device may also be used at any time.

PROGRAMMING TROUBLE- DIAGNOSIS If the HomeLink does not quickly learn the hand-held transmitter information: replace the hand-held transmitter bat-

teries with new batteries. position the hand-held transmitter with

its battery area facing away from the HomeLink surface.

press and hold both the HomeLink and hand-held transmitter buttons without interruption.

position the hand-held transmitter 1 - 3 in (26 - 76 mm) away from the HomeLink surface. Hold the transmitter in that posi- tion for up to 15 seconds. If HomeLink is not programmed within that time, try holding the transmitter in another posi- tion keeping the indicator light in view at all times.

If you have any questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons, refer to the HomeLink web site at: www.homelink.com or call 1-800-355-3515.

CLEARING THE PROGRAMMED INFORMATION The following procedure clears the pro- grammed information from both buttons. Individual buttons cannot be cleared. How- ever, individual buttons can be repro- grammed. For additional information, refer to Reprogramming a single HomeLink button in this section. To clear all programming: 1. Press and hold the two outer HomeLink

buttons until the indicator light begins to flash in approximately 10 seconds. Do not hold for longer than 20 seconds.

2. Release both buttons.

HomeLink is now in the programming mode and can be programmed at any time beginning with Programming HomeLink - Step 1.

2-74 Instruments and controls

REPROGRAMMING A SINGLE HOMELINK BUTTON To reprogram a HomeLink Universal Transceiver button, complete the following: 1. Press and hold the desired HomeLink

button. DO NOT release the button.

2. The indicator light will begin to flash af- ter 20 seconds. Without releasing the HomeLink button, proceed with Pro- gramming HomeLink - Step 1.

For questions or comments, contact HomeLink at: www.homelink.com or 18003553515 (except Mexico). The HomeLink Universal Transceiver but- ton has now been reprogrammed. The new device can be activated by pressing the HomeLink button that was just pro- grammed. This procedure will not affect any other programmed HomeLink but- tons.

IF YOUR VEHICLE IS STOLEN If your vehicle is stolen, you should change the codes of any non-rolling code device that has been programmed into HomeLink. Consult the Owner's Manual of each device or call the manufacturer or dealer of those devices for additional infor- mation. When your vehicle is recovered, you will need to reprogram the HomeLink Uni- versal Transceiver with your new trans- mitter information. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Instruments and controls 2-75

MEMO

2-76 Instruments and controls

3 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 NISSAN Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3

Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4 Locking with key (drivers side only) . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Locking with inside lock knob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5 Locking with power door lock switch . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Automatic door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6

NISSAN Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7 NISSAN Intelligent Key operating range of the door lock/unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8 Door locks/unlocks precaution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9 NISSAN Intelligent Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10 12-volt battery saver system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Warning signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 Troubleshooting guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12 How to use remote keyless entry function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14

Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-18 Rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19

Secondary rear hatch release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20 Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21

Opening charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21 Charge port cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23

Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23 Tilt/Telescopic operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24

Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24 Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25

Mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Manual anti-glare rearview mirror (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Automatic anti-glare rearview mirror (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-25 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-26

A key number plate is supplied with your keys. Record the key number and keep it in a safe place (such as your wallet), not in the vehicle. If you lose your keys, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for duplicates by using the key number. NISSAN does not record any key numbers so it is very important to keep track of your key number plate. A key number is only necessary when you have lost all keys and do not have one to duplicate from. If you still have a key, it can be duplicated without knowing the key number.

NOTE:

Do not leave the keys inside the vehicle when leaving the vehicle.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY 1. Intelligent Key (two sets)

2. Mechanical key (inside Intelligent Key)

3. Key number plate (one plate) Your vehicle can only be driven with the Intelligent Keys which are registered to your vehicles Intelligent Key system com- ponents and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System components. As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. The new keys must be registered by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer prior to use with the

Intelligent Key system and NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System of your vehicle. Since the registration process requires erasing all memory in the Intelligent Key components when registering new keys, be sure to take all Intelligent Keys that you have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when driving. The Intelligent Key is a precision device with a built-in trans- mitter. To avoid damaging it, please note the following. The Intelligent Key is water resistant;

however, wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

Do not bend, drop or strike it against another object.

If the outside temperature is below 14F (-10C) degrees, the battery of the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in a place where temperatures exceed 140F (60C).

LPD2146

KEYS

3-2 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Do not change or modify the Intelli- gent Key.

Do not use a magnet key holder. Do not place the Intelligent Key near

an electric appliance such as a televi- sion set, personal computer or cellu- lar phone.

Do not allow the Intelligent Key to come into contact with water or salt water, and do not wash it in a wash- ing machine. This could affect the system function.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key. This will prevent the Intelligent Key from unau- thorized use to unlock the vehicle. For information regarding the erasing pro- cedure, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Mechanical key To remove the mechanical key, release the lock knob at the back of the Intelligent Key. To install the mechanical key, firmly insert it into the Intelligent Key until the lock knob returns to the lock position. Use the mechanical key to lock or unlock the drivers door. For additional informa- tion, refer to Doors in this section.

CAUTION

Always carry the mechanical key in- stalled in the Intelligent Key.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEYS You can only drive your vehicle using the master keys which are registered to the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System com- ponents in your vehicle. These keys have a transponder chip in the key head. The master key can be used for all the locks. To protect belongings when you leave a key with someone, give them the Intelligent Key only, not the mechanical key. Never leave these keys in the vehicle. Additional or replacement keys: If you still have a key, the key number is not necessary when you need extra NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can duplicate your ex- isting key. As many as four NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys can be used with one vehicle. You should bring all NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System keys that you have to the NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for registration. This is because the registra- tion process will erase the memory of all key codes previously registered into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System. After

SPA2033

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-3

the registration process, these compo- nents will only recognize keys coded into the NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System during registration. Any key that is not given to the dealer at the time of registra- tion will no longer be able to start your vehicle.

CAUTION

Do not allow the immobilizer system key, which contains an electrical tran- sponder, to come into contact with wa- ter or salt water. This could affect sys- tem function.

WARNING

Always have the doors locked while driving. Along with the use of seat belts, this provides greater safety in the event of an accident by helping to prevent persons from being thrown from the vehicle. This also helps keep children and others from uninten- tionally opening the doors, and will help keep out intruders.

Before opening any door, always look for and avoid oncoming traffic.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, including entrapment in windows or inadver- tent door lock activation, do not leave children, people who require the assis- tance of others or pets unattended in your vehicle. Additionally, the tem- perature inside a closed vehicle on a warm day can quickly become high enough to cause a significant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

When the doors are locked using one of the following methods, the doors cannot be opened using the inside or outside door handles. The doors must be unlocked to open the doors.

DOORS

3-4 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

LOCKING WITH KEY (drivers side only) To lock the door using the mechanical key, turn the key toward the front of the vehicle O1 . This will lock all doors and will not acti- vate the security system. To arm the secu- rity system, press the button on the Intelligent Key. To unlock the corresponding door using the mechanical key, turn the key toward the rear of the vehicle O2 . This will only un- lock the corresponding door and will not disarm the security system.

For additional information, refer to Security systems in the Instruments and controls section of this manual

LOCKING WITH INSIDE LOCK KNOB To lock the door without the key, move the inside lock knob to the lock position O1

then close the door. To unlock, move the inside lock knob to the unlock position O2 . When locking the door without a key, be sure not to leave the key inside the ve- hicle.

SPA2457A Driver's side

JVC0055X

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-5

LOCKING WITH POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH Operating the power door lock switch will lock or unlock all the doors. The switches are located on the drivers and front pas- sengers door armrests. To lock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the lock position O1 . When locking the door this way, be sure not to leave the key inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors, push the power door lock switch to the unlock position O2 .

Lockout protection When the power door lock switch is moved to the lock position while any door is open, all doors will unlock automatically and a chime will sound after the door is closed. This function help to prevent the Intelligent Key from being accidentally locked inside the vehicle.

AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS All doors lock automatically when the ve-

hicle speed reaches 15 mph (24 km/h). All doors unlock automatically when the

power switch is placed in the OFF position. CHILD SAFETY REAR DOOR LOCK

Child safety rear door locks help prevent the rear doors from being opened acciden- tally, especially when small children are in the vehicle. When the levers are in the lock position O1 , the rear doors can be opened only from the outside. To disengage, move the levers to the un- lock position O2 .

JVC0056X LPD2552

3-6 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ- ences before use.

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not op- erate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

The Intelligent Key system can operate all the door and the rear hatch locks by using the remote control function or pushing the request switch on the vehicle without tak- ing the key out from a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect the Intelligent Key system op- eration. Be sure to read the following items before using the Intelligent Key system.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key in the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

The Intelligent Key is always communicat- ing with the vehicle because it receives ra- dio waves. The Intelligent Key system transmits weak radio waves. Environmen- tal conditions may interfere with the op- eration of the Intelligent Key system under the following operating conditions. When operating near a location where

strong radio waves are transmitted, such as a TV tower, power station or broad- casting station.

When in possession of wireless equip- ment, such as a cellular phone, trans- ceiver or a CB radio.

When the Intelligent Key is in contact with or covered by metallic materials.

When any type of radio wave remote con- trol is used nearby.

When the Intelligent Key is placed near an electric appliance such as a personal computer.

When the vehicle is parked near a parking meter.

In such cases, correct the operating condi- tions before using the Intelligent Key func- tion or use the mechanical key. Although the life of the battery varies de- pending on the operating conditions, the batterys life is approximately two years. If the battery is discharged, replace it with a new one. When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged, firmly apply the foot brake and touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key. Then push the power switch while de- pressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sound. Since the Intelligent Key is continuously re- ceiving radio waves, if the key is left near equipment that transmits strong radio waves, such as signals from a TV or per- sonal computer, the battery life may be- come shorter. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual. Pay special attention that the vehicle bat- tery is not completely discharged. As many as four Intelligent Keys can be registered and used with one vehicle. For

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-7

information about the purchase and use of additional Intelligent Keys, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CAUTION

Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical compo- nents, to come into contact with wa- ter or salt water. This could affect the functioning of the system.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object. Do not change or modify the Intelli-

gent Key. The Intelligent Key may be damaged

if it gets wet. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is completely dry.

If the outside temperature is below 14F (10C), the battery of the Intelli- gent Key may not function properly.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140F (60C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key to a key holder that contains a magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computer or cellular phone.

If an Intelligent Key is lost or stolen, NISSAN recommends erasing the ID code of that Intelligent Key from the vehicle. This may prevent the unauthorized use of the Intelli- gent Key to operate the vehicle. For addi- tional information, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Intelligent Key function can be dis- abled. For additional information, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer. NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY

OPERATING RANGE OF THE DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION The Intelligent Key functions can only be used when the Intelligent Key is within the specified operating range from the request switch O1 . When the Intelligent Key battery is dis- charged or strong radio waves are present near the operating location, the Intelligent Key systems operating range becomes narrower, and the Intelligent Key may not function properly.

LVP0004X

3-8 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The operating range is within 31.50 in (80 cm) from each request switch O1 . If the Intelligent Key is too close to the door glass, handle or rear bumper, the request switches may not function. When the Intelligent Key is within the oper- ating range, it is possible for anyone who does not carry the Intelligent Key to push the request switch to lock/unlock the doors including the rear hatch.

DOOR LOCKS/UNLOCKS PRECAUTION Do not push the door handle request

switch with the Intelligent Key held in your hand as illustrated. The close distance to the door handle will cause the Intelligent Key system to have difficulty recognizing that the Intelligent Key is outside the ve- hicle.

After locking with the door handle re- quest switch, verify the doors are se- curely locked by testing them.

To prevent the Intelligent Key from being left inside the vehicle, make sure you carry the key with you and then lock the doors.

Do not pull the door handle before push- ing the door handle request switch. The door will be unlocked but will not open. Release the door handle once and pull it again to open the door.

LPD2687

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-9

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY OPERATION You can lock or unlock the doors without taking the key out from your pocket or bag.

When you carry the Intelligent Key with you, you can lock or unlock all doors by pushing the door handle request switch (drivers or front passengers) OA or rear hatch request switch OB within the range of operation.

When you lock or unlock the doors or the rear hatch, the hazard indicator may flash and the horn (or the outside chime) may sound as a confirmation. For additional in- formation, refer to Hazard warning flasher switch in the In case of emergency sec- tion of this manual and Horn in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

LPD2688 LPD2690 LPD2689

3-10 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Locking doors 1. Push the power switch into the OFF po-

sition and make sure you carry the Intel- ligent Key with you.

2. Close the drivers door (other doors may be open).

3. Push the door handle request switch on the drivers door OA while carrying the Intelligent Key with you. The passenger door and rear hatch request switches will only lock the doors if all doors are closed. *1

4. All the doors and the rear hatch will lock.

5. The hazard indicator may flash twice and the outside chime may sound twice.

*1: Doors will not lock by pushing the door handle request switch when the Intelligent Key is left inside the vehicle. A chime sounds to alert that the Intelligent Key is in the ve- hicle. However, when an Intelligent Key is in- side the vehicle, doors can be locked with another registered Intelligent Key.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the re- quest switch, make sure that the doors have been securely locked by operat-

ing the door handles. Failure to follow these instructions may result in inad- vertently unlocking the doors, which may decrease the safety and security of your vehicle.

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the re- quest switch, make sure to have the Intelligent Key in your possession before operating the request switch to prevent the Intelligent Key from being left in the vehicle.

The request switch is operational only when the Intelligent Key has been detected by the Intelligent Key system.

Unlocking doors 1. Push the door handle request switch OA

or the rear hatch request switch OB once while carrying the Intelligent Key with you.

2. The hazard indicator may flash once and the outside chime may sound once. The corresponding door or the rear hatch will unlock.

3. Push the door handle request or the rear hatch request switch again within one minute.

4. The hazard indicator may flash once and the outside chime may sound once again. All the doors and the rear hatch will unlock.

All doors will be locked automatically un- less one of the following operations is per- formed within one minute after pushing the request switch while the doors are locked. Opening any door. Pushing the power switch. During this one minute time period, if the

button on the Intelligent Key is pressed, all doors will be locked automati- cally after another one minute.

NOTE:

If Selective Unlock is turned off in the Vehicle Settings, all doors will unlock upon first request switch press.

Opening rear hatch 1. Carry the Intelligent Key.

2. Push the rear hatch opener switch OC .

3. The rear hatch will unlock and open.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-11

12-VOLT BATTERY SAVER SYSTEM When all the following conditions are met for a period of time, the battery saver sys- tem will cut off the power supply to prevent 12-volt battery discharge. The power switch is in the ACC or ON

position, All doors are closed, and The vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

WARNING SIGNALS To help prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly by erroneous operation of the Intelligent Key listed on the following chart or to help prevent the vehicle from being stolen, chime or beep sounds inside and outside the vehicle and a warning dis- plays in the vehicle information display. When a chime or beep sounds or the warn- ing displays, be sure to check the vehicle and Intelligent Key.

For additional information, refer to the Troubleshooting guide in this section and Vehicle information display in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE Verify the location of all Intelligent Keys that are programmed for the vehicle. If another Intelligent Key is in range or inside the ve- hicle, the vehicle system may respond dif- ferently than expected.

Symptom Possible cause Action to take

When opening the drivers door to get out of the vehicle

The inside warning chime sounds continu- ously.

The power switch is pushed to the OFF position while the driver's door is open. Close the driver's door.

The power switch is in the ACC posi- tion.

Push the power switch to the OFF posi- tion then close the driver's door.

When closing the door after getting out of the vehicle

The No Key Detected warning appears on the display, the outside chime sounds three times and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds.

The power switch is in the ACC or ON position.

Push the power switch to the OFF posi- tion.

The Rear Door Alert warning message ap- pears on the display, the horn sounds three times twice, or a Check Rear Seat for All Ar- ticles warning appears on the display.

The Rear Door Alert (if so equipped) is activated.

Check the back seat for all articles, press the ENTER button to clear the Rear Door Alert (if so equipped) warning message.

The outside chime sounds continuously.

The power switch is in the ACC or OFF position, the electric shift control sys- tem has malfunctioned and the ve- hicle cannot be placed in the P (Park) position when the parking brake is not applied.

Make sure the parking brake is applied.

3-12 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Symptom Possible cause Action to take When closing the door with the inside lock knob turned to LOCK

The outside chime sounds for a few sec- onds and all the doors unlock.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or cargo area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the request switch or the button on the Intelligent Key to lock the door

The outside chime sounds for a few sec- onds.

The Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle or a cargo area. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the power switch in the READY to drive position

The EV system operation for discharged Intelligent Key system indicator appears on the display.

The Intelligent Key battery charge is low.

For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

The No Key Detected warning appears on the display and the inside warning chime sounds for a few seconds.

The Intelligent Key is not in the vehicle. Carry the Intelligent Key with you.

When pushing the power switch

The Key System Error indicator appears on the display.

It warns of a malfunction with the In- telligent Key system.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-13

HOW TO USE REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ- ences before use.

The Intelligent Key transmits radio waves when the buttons are pressed. The FAA advises that the radio waves may affect aircraft navigation and communication systems. Do not op- erate the Intelligent Key while on an airplane. Make sure the buttons are not operated unintentionally when the unit is stored during a flight.

CAUTION

Do not allow the Intelligent Key, which contains electrical compo- nents, to come into contact with wa- ter or salt water. This could affect the system function.

Do not drop the Intelligent Key. Do not strike the Intelligent Key

sharply against another object. Do not change or modify the Intelli-

gent Key.

Wetting may damage the Intelligent Key. If the Intelligent Key gets wet, immediately wipe until it is com- pletely dry.

Do not place the Intelligent Key for an extended period in an area where temperatures exceed 140F (60C).

Do not attach the Intelligent Key with a key holder that contains a magnet.

Do not place the Intelligent Key near equipment that produces a magnetic field, such as a TV, audio equipment, personal computers or cellular phone.

The remote keyless entry function can op- erate all door locks using the remote key- less entry function of the Intelligent Key. The remote keyless entry function can op- erate at a distance of approximately 33 ft (10 m) from the vehicle. The operating dis- tance depends upon the conditions around the vehicle. The remote keyless entry function will not operate: When the Intelligent Key is not within the

operational range. When the Intelligent Key battery is dis-

charged.

LPD2148

1 Lock button

2 Unlock button

3 Charge port unlock button

4 Panic button

3-14 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CAUTION

When locking the doors using the Intel- ligent Key, be sure not to leave the key in the vehicle.

Locking doors 1. Place the power switch in the LOCK

position.

2. Close all doors.

3. Press the button on the Intelli- gent Key.

4. The hazard warning lights flash twice and the horn beeps once.

5. All doors and the rear hatch will be locked.

WARNING

After locking the doors using the Intel- ligent Key, be sure that the doors have been securely locked by operating the door handles. Failure to follow these in- structions may result in inadvertently unlocking the doors, which may de- crease the safety and security of your vehicle.

Unlocking doors 1. Press the button on the Intelligent

Key to unlock the drivers door.

2. The hazard warning lights flash once.

3. Press the button again within 1 minute to unlock all doors and rear hatch.

All doors and rear hatch will be locked au- tomatically unless one of the following op- erations is performed within 1 minute after pressing the button: Opening any doors or rear hatch. Pushing the power switch. The interior light illuminates for a period of time when a door is unlocked and the room light switch is in the DOOR position. The light can be turned off without waiting by performing one of the following opera- tions: Placing the power switch in the ON posi-

tion. Locking the doors with the Intelligent Key. Switching the room light switch to the

OFF position.

Opening charge port lid The charge port lid may be opened by pressing and holding the button. For additional information, refer to "Open- ing charge port lid" in this section.

Using panic alarm If you are near your vehicle and feel threat- ened, you may activate the alarm to call attention as follows: 1. Press the button on the Intelligent

Key for more than 1 second.

2. The panic alarm and headlights will stay on for a period of time.

3. The panic alarm stops when: It has run for a period of time, or Any of the buttons on the Intelligent

Key is pushed. (Note: The button must be pushed for more than 1 sec- ond.)

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-15

Setting hazard indicator and horn mode This vehicle is set in hazard indicator and horn mode when you first receive the ve- hicle. In hazard indicator and horn mode, when the button is pressed, the hazard in- dicator flashes twice and the horn chirps once. When the button is pressed, the hazard indicator flashes once. If horns are not necessary, the system can be switched to the hazard indicator mode. In hazard indicator mode, when the button is pressed, the hazard indicator flashes twice. When the button is pressed, neither the hazard indicator nor the horn operates.

3-16 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

Hazard indicator and horn mode

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - twice

HAZARD - once OUTSIDE CHIME - once

Pressing or button HAZARD - twice HORN - once

HAZARD - once HORN - none

Hazard indicator mode

Operation DOOR LOCK DOOR UNLOCK

Pushing door handle request switch or rear hatch request switch HAZARD - twice OUTSIDE CHIME - none

HAZARD - none OUTSIDE CHIME - none

Pressing or button HAZARD - twice HORN - none

HAZARD - none HORN - none

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-17

Switching procedure: To switch the hazard indicator and horn (chime) operation, press the and buttons on the Intelligent Key simultane- ously for more than two seconds. When the hazard indicator mode is set,

the hazard indicator flashes three times. When the hazard indicator and horn

mode is set, the hazard indicator flashes once and the horn chirps once.

WARNING

Make sure that the hood is com- pletely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the hood to open during driving and result in an accident.

If steam or smoke is emitting from the motor compartment, do not open the hood. Doing so could cause an injury.

NOS1695

HOOD

3-18 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

When opening the hood: 1. Securely close the charge port door.

2. Pull the hood lock release handle O1 lo- cated below the instrument panel. The hood will then spring up slightly.

3. Locate the lever O2 in between the hood and charge port lid, and push the lever upward with your fingertips.

4. Raise the hood O3 .

5. Remove the support rod O4 from the hood and insert it into the slot O5 .

Hold the coated part OA when removing or resetting the support rod. Avoid direct contact with the metal parts because they may be hot immediately after the EV system has been stopped. When closing the hood: 1. Return the support rod to its original

position.

2. Slowly move the hood down to latch the lock.

3. Push the hood down to lock the hood securely into place.

WARNING

Always make sure that the rear hatch has been closed securely to prevent it from opening while driving.

Do not drive with the rear hatch open. Make sure that all passengers have

their hands, etc. inside the vehicle before closing the rear hatch.

LPD2691

REAR HATCH

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-19

To open the rear hatch, unlock it and push the rear hatch opener switch OA . Pull up the rear hatch to open. The rear hatch can be unlocked by: Pushing the rear hatch request switch.

For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in this section.

Pressing the button on the Intelli- gent Key. For additional information, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key system in this section.

Pushing the power door lock switch to the unlock position.

SECONDARY REAR HATCH RELEASE Follow the following steps to unlock the rear hatch when the battery is discharged.

NOTE:

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer as soon as possible for inspection. Unlocking the rear hatch:

1. Move the cover OA by using a screwdriver or a similar tool available on hand.

LPD2692 LPD2782 LPD2783

3-20 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

2. Then move the inside lever OB by using a screwdriver or similar tool available on hand. The rear hatch will open.

OPENING CHARGE PORT LID

CAUTION

Make sure that the charge port lid is completely closed and latched before driving. Failure to do so could cause the lid to open suddenly during driving.

When opening the charge port lid perform one of the following: Push the charge port lid switch located

on the instrument panel, or Press and hold the button on the

Intelligent Key for more than one second.

LPD2784 Switch LPD2694

CHARGE PORT LID

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-21

When opening the charge port lid: 1. The charging status indicator lights flash

and a chime sounds three times and the charge port lid will then spring up slightly.

2. Put your hand into the underside of the lid and open until it is in the fully open position.

When closing the charge port lid: 1. Slowly move the lid down.

2. Lock it securely into place.

If the charge port lid cannot be unlocked 1. Open the hood.

2. Move the lever behind the charge port lid in the direction of the arrow using a flat head screwdriver or suitable tool, and the port is unlocked.

Button LPD2151 LPD2706 LPD2705

3-22 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

CHARGE PORT CAP When opening the charge port cap, press the tab inward and the cap will spring open. When the charge port cap is closed to its previous position, it will lock automatically.

CAUTION

When charging is finished, be sure to close the charge port cap. If water or dust gets inside the charge port, this may cause a malfunction.

Pay particular attention when using the normal charge port as the charge port lid can be closed even when the normal charge port cap is open.

Close the quick charge port cap (if so equipped) before closing the charg- ing lid. The quick charge port cap (if so equipped) can be damaged if it is open when closing the charge port lid.

WARNING

Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident.

Do not adjust the steering wheel any closer to you than is necessary for proper steering operation and com- fort. The drivers air bag inflates with great force. If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sitting sideways or out of position in any way, you are at greater risk of injury or death in a crash. You may also receive serious or fatal injuries from the air bag if you are up against it when it inflates. Al- ways sit back against the seatback and as far away as practical from the steering wheel. Always use the seat belts.

LPD2704

STEERING WHEEL

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-23

TILT/TELESCOPIC OPERATION Push the lock lever down 1 and adjust the steering wheel up or down, forward or rear- ward 2 to the desired position. Pull the lock lever up 3 to lock the steering wheel in place.

1. To block out glare from the front, swing down the sun visor O1 .

2. To block glare from the side, remove the sun visor from the center mount and swing it to the side O2 .

3. Slide the extension sun visor in or out as needed O3 .

CAUTION

Do not store the sun visor before re- turning the extension to its original position.

Do not pull the extension sun visor forcedly downward.

LPD3074

LPD2696

SUN VISORS

3-24 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

VANITY MIRRORS To access the vanity mirror, pull the sun visor down and flip open the mirror cover. The vanity mirror will illuminate when the mirror cover is open.

MANUAL ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped) The night position O1 reduces glare from the headlights of vehicles behind you at night. Use the day position O2 when driving in daylight hours.

WARNING

Use the night position only when nec- essary, because it reduces rearview clarity.

AUTOMATIC ANTI-GLARE REARVIEW MIRROR (if so equipped) The inside mirror is designed so that it au- tomatically dims according to the intensity of the headlights of the vehicle following you. The automatic anti-glare feature is ac- tivated when the ignition switch is in the ON position.

SIC3869 LPD2561

MIRRORS

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-25

NOTE:

Do not hang any objects over the sen- sors O1 or apply glass cleaner to the sen- sors. Doing so will reduce the sensitivity of the sensors, resulting in improper operation. The indicator light O2 will illuminate when the automatic anti-glare feature is operat- ing. To turn off the anti-glare feature, press

the O button and the indicator light will turn off.

To turn on the anti-glare feature, press the | button and the indicator light will turn on.

For additional information on HomeLink Universal Transceiver operation, refer to HomeLink Universal Transceiver in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

OUTSIDE MIRRORS Adjusting outside mirrors

WARNING

Objects viewed in the outside mirror on the passenger side are closer than they appear. Be careful when moving to the right. Using only this mirror could cause an accident. Use the inside mirror or glance over your shoulder to properly judge distances to other objects.

The outside mirror control switch is lo- cated on the armrest.

LPD0469 JVC0061X

3-26 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

The outside mirror will operate only when the power switch is in the ACC or ON posi- tion. Turn the switch right or left to select the right or left side mirror O1 , then adjust the mirror using the control switch O2 . Move the switch to the center (neutral) po- sition to prevent accidentally moving the mirror.

Defogging outside mirrors (if so equipped) The outside mirrors will be heated when the rear window defroster switch is oper- ated. For additional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

Folding outside mirrors Fold the outside mirror by pushing it to- ward the rear of the vehicle.

SPA1829

Pre-driving checks and adjustments 3-27

MEMO

3-28 Pre-driving checks and adjustments

4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2 RearView Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3

RearView Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . 4-4 How to read the displayed lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5 How to park with predictive course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8 How to turn on and off predictive course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-9 RearView Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . 4-9 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10

Intelligent Around View Monitor (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11

Intelligent Around View Monitor system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12 Difference between predicted and actual distances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15 How to park with predictive course lines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17 How to switch the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18 Adjusting the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19 Intelligent Around View Monitor system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19

System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21 Moving Object Detection (MOD) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22

MOD system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23 Turning MOD ON and OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 MOD system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26

Vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27 Heater and air conditioner (automatic) . . . . . . . . . 4-28

Displaying climate control system status screen (models with navigation system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30 In-cabin microfilter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31 Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . . . . . . . . 4-32 Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-35 Climate ctrl. timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38

USB/iPod charging ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Antenna. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-43 Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44 iPod/iPhone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-44

Refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf) that includes the following informa- tion. EV-Specific functions Audio Hands-Free Phone NissanConnect EV and Services (if so

equipped) Apple CarPlay Android Auto Navigation (if so equipped) Voice recognition Information and settings viewable on the

system

NISSANCONNECT MANUAL (for Leaf)

4-2 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5348

1. CAMERA button

2. MENU button

REARVIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-3

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the Rear- View Monitor system could result in se- rious injury or death. RearView Monitor is a convenience

feature and is not a substitute for proper backing. Always turn and look out the windows and check mirrors to be sure that it is safe to move be- fore operating the vehicle. Always back up slowly.

The system is designed as an aid to the driver in showing large station- ary objects directly behind the ve- hicle, to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

The distance guide line and the ve- hicle width line should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a level paved surface. The distance viewed on the monitor is for refer- ence only and may be different than the actual distance between the ve- hicle and displayed objects.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The RearView Monitor system automati- cally shows a rear view of the vehicle when the shift lever is shifted into the R (Reverse) position. The radio can still be heard while the RearView Monitor is active. To display the rear view, the RearView Moni- tor system uses a camera located just above the vehicles license plate 1 .

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the EV (electric vehicle) system on and in READY to drive, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the RearView Monitor.

LHA4522

4-4 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

HOW TO READ THE DISPLAYED LINES Guiding lines which indicate the vehicle width and distances to objects with refer- ence to the vehicle body line OA are dis- played on the monitor. Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body. Red lineO1 : approx. 1.5 ft (0.5 m) Yellow line O2 : approx. 3 ft (1 m ) Green line O3 : approx. 7 ft (2 m)

Vehicle width guide lines O4

Indicate the vehicle width when backing up. The width of the vehicle width guide line is wider than the actual width. Predictive course lines O5

Indicate the predicted course when back- ing up. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and will not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The vehicle width guide lines and the width of the predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their loca- tions on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actu- ally located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

LHA4805

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-5

Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the ac- tual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting object The predictive course lines OA do not touch the object in the display. However, the ve- hicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

LHA5064 LHA5065 LHA5069

4-6 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Backing up behind a projecting object The position OC is shown farther than the position OB in the display. However, the po- sition OC is actually at the same distance as the position OA . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position OA

if the object projects over the actual back- ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the ac- tual course line.

If the battery is disconnected or be- comes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incor- rectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: - Turn the steering wheel from lock to lock while the EV (electric vehicle) system is running. - Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

When the steering wheel is turned with the power switch in the ACC po- sition, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen OA when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA5067 LHA5070

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-7

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines OB enter the parking space OC .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines OD parallel to the parking space OC while referring to the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, push the P (Park) position switch and apply the parking brake.

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1. Press the MENU button.

2. Touch the Settings key.

3. Touch the Camera key.

4. Touch the Display Settings key.

5. Touch the Brightness, Contrast, Tint, Color, or Black Level key.

6. Adjust the item by touching the + or - key on the touch-screen display.

LHA5071

LHA4410

4-8 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NOTE: Do not adjust any of the display set- tings of the RearView Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

HOW TO TURN ON AND OFF PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES To toggle ON and OFF the predictive course lines while in the P (Park) position: 1. Touch the Settings key.

2. Touch the Camera key.

3. Touch the Predictive Course Lines key to turn the feature ON or OFF.

Pushing the CAMERA button while the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position can also turn on and off the predictive course lines.

REARVIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for RearView Monitor. Failure to oper- ate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

The system cannot completely elimi- nate blind spots and may not show every object.

Underneath the bumper and the cor- ner areas of the bumper cannot be viewed on the RearView Monitor be- cause of its monitoring range limita- tion. The system will not show small objects below the bumper, and may not show objects close to the bum- per or on the ground.

Objects viewed in the RearView Monitor differ from actual distance because a wide-angle lens is used.

Objects in the RearView Monitor will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rearview and outside mirrors.

Use the displayed lines as a refer- ence. The lines are highly affected by the number of occupants, fuel level, vehicle position, road conditions and road grade.

Make sure that the rear hatch is se- curely closed when backing up.

Do not put anything on the rearview camera. The rearview camera is in- stalled above the license plate.

When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the camera. Otherwise, water may enter the camera unit causing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.

Do not strike the camera. It is a preci- sion instrument. Otherwise, it may malfunction or cause damage result- ing in a fire or an electric shock.

The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: When the temperature is extremely high

or low, the screen may not clearly display objects.

When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.

Vertical lines may be seen in objects on the screen. This is due to strong reflected light from the bumper.

The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

The colors of objects on the RearView Monitor may differ somewhat from the actual color of objects.

Objects on the monitor may not be clear in a dark environment.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-9

There may be a delay when switching between views.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulate on the camera, RearView Monitor may not dis- play objects clearly. Clean the camera.

Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin- ner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

Do not damage the camera as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on the camera O1 , the RearView Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping it with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent and then wip- ing it with a dry cloth.

LHA4522

4-10 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

LHA5348

1. CAMERA button

2. MENU button

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR (if so equipped)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-11

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the Intelli- gent Around View Monitor system could result in serious injury or death. The Intelligent Around View Monitor

is a convenience feature and is not a substitute for proper vehicle opera- tion because it has areas where ob- jects cannot be viewed. The four cor- ners of the vehicle in particular, are areas where objects do not always appear in the birds-eye, front, or rear views. Always check your surround- ings to be sure that it is safe to move before operating the vehicle. Always operate the vehicle slowly.

The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other maneuvers.

CAUTION

Do not scratch the camera lens when cleaning dirt or snow from the front of the camera.

The Intelligent Around View Monitor sys- tem is designed as an aid to the driver in situations such as slot parking or parallel parking. The monitor displays various views of the position of the vehicle in a split screen format. Not all views are available at all times. Available views: Front View

The view of the front of the vehicle. Rear View

The view of the rear of the vehicle. Birds-Eye View

The surrounding views of the vehicle from above.

Front-Side View The view around and ahead of the front passengers side wheel.

Full screen rear view The view to the rear of the vehicle (which is a little wider than the standard rear view).

To display the multiple views, the Intelligent Around View Monitor system uses cam- eras located in the front grille, on the vehi- cles outside mirrors and one just above the vehicles license plate O1 .

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM OPERATION With the EV (electric vehicle) system on, move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) po- sition or press the CAMERA button to oper- ate the Intelligent Around View Monitor. When the camera is first activated with the birds-eye view in the display, a red icon will flash on the screen. This indicates that the

LHA4527

4-12 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

sonar system is activated. For additional information on the rear sonar system, refer to Rear sonar system in the Starting and driving section of this manual. The screen displayed on the Intelligent Around View Monitor will automatically return to the previous screen 3 minutes after the CAM- ERA button has been pressed with the shift lever in a position other than the R (Re- verse) position.

Available views

WARNING

The distance guide lines and the ve- hicle width lines should be used as a reference only when the vehicle is on a paved, level surface. The apparent distance viewed on the monitor may be different than the actual distance between the vehicle and displayed objects.

Use the displayed lines and the birds eye view as a reference. The lines and the birds-eye view are greatly af- fected by the number of occupants, cargo, fuel level, vehicle position, road condition and road grade.

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines and the birds-eye view may be dis- played incorrectly.

When driving the vehicle up a hill, ob- jects viewed in the monitor are fur- ther than they appear. When driving the vehicle down a hill, objects viewed in the monitor are closer than they appear.

Objects in the rear view will appear visually opposite compared to when viewed in the rear view and outside mirrors.

Use the mirrors or actually look to properly judge distances to other objects.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course lines and the actual course line.

The vehicle width and predictive course lines are wider than the actual width and course.

The displayed lines will appear slightly off to the right, because the rearview camera is not installed in the rear center of the vehicle.

Front and rear view Guiding lines that indicate the approximate vehicle width and distance to objects with reference to the vehicle body lines OA are displayed on the monitor. Distance guide lines Indicate distances from the vehicle body: Red line O1 : approximately 1.5 ft (0.5 m) Yellow lines O2 : approximately 3 ft (1 m) Green lines O3 : approximately 7 ft (2 m) Green lines O4 : approximately 10 ft (3 m) (if

so equipped)

SAA1840 Front View

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-13

Vehicle width guide lines O5

Indicate the approximate vehicle width when backing up. Predictive course lines O6

Indicate the predicted course when oper- ating the vehicle. The predictive course lines will be displayed on the monitor when the steering wheel is turned. The predictive course lines will move depending on how much the steering wheel is turned and may not be displayed while the steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position. The

front view will not be displayed when the vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h).

NOTE:

When the monitor displays the front view and the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or less from the straight- ahead position, both the right and left predictive course lines O6 are displayed. When the steering wheel turns about 90 degrees or more, a line is displayed only on the opposite side of the turn.

Birds-eye view The birds-eye view shows the overhead view of the vehicle, which helps confirm the vehicle position and the predicted course to a parking space. The vehicle icon O1

shows the position of the vehicle. Note that the apparent distance between objects viewed in the birds-eye view may differ somewhat from the actual distance to the vehicle. The areas that the cameras cannot cover O2 are indicated in black. After the EV system is placed in the ON position, the non-viewable areas O2 are

LHA5068 Rear View

LHA4641

4-14 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

highlighted in yellow for several seconds after the birds-eye view is displayed. It will be shown only the first time after the power switch is placed in the ON position.

WARNING

Objects in the birds-eye view will ap- pear further than the actual distance.

Tall objects, such as a curb or vehicle, may be misaligned or not displayed at the seam of the views.

Objects that are above the camera cannot be displayed.

The view for the birds-eye view may be misaligned when the camera po- sition alters.

A line on the ground may be mis- aligned and is not seen as being straight at the seam of the views. The misalignment will increase as the line proceeds away from the vehicle.

Front-side view Guiding lines Guiding lines that indicate the approximate width and the front end of the vehicle are displayed on the monitor. The front-of-vehicle line O1 shows the front part of the vehicle. The side-of-vehicle line O2 shows the ap- proximate vehicle width including the out- side mirrors. The extensions O3 of both the front O1 and side O2 lines are shown with a green dotted line.

DIFFERENCE BETWEEN PREDICTED AND ACTUAL DISTANCES The displayed guidelines and their loca- tions on the ground are for approximate reference only. Objects on uphill or downhill surfaces or projecting objects will be actu- ally located at distances different from those displayed in the monitor relative to the guidelines (refer to illustrations). When in doubt, turn around and view the objects as you are backing up, or park and exit the vehicle to view the positioning of objects behind the vehicle.

LHA2652

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-15

Backing up on a steep uphill When backing up the vehicle up a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown closer than the ac- tual distance. Note that any object on the hill is further than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up on a steep downhill When backing up the vehicle down a hill, the distance guide lines and the vehicle width guide lines are shown farther than the actual distance. Note that any object on the hill is closer than it appears on the monitor.

Backing up near a projecting object The predictive course lines OA do not touch the object in the display. However, the ve- hicle may hit the object if it projects over the actual backing up course.

LHA5064 LHA5065 LHA5069

4-16 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Backing up behind a projecting object The position OC is shown farther than the position OB in the display. However, the po- sition OC is actually at the same distance as the position OA . The vehicle may hit the

object when backing up to the position OA

if the object projects over the actual back- ing up course.

HOW TO PARK WITH PREDICTIVE COURSE LINES

WARNING

If the tires are replaced with different sized tires, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

On a snow-covered or slippery road, there may be a difference between the predictive course line and the ac- tual course line.

If the battery is disconnected or be- comes discharged, the predictive course lines may be displayed incor- rectly. If this occurs, please perform the following procedures: Turn the steering wheel from lock

to lock while the EV (electric ve- hicle) system is running.

Drive the vehicle on a straight road for more than 5 minutes.

When the steering wheel is turned with the power switch in the ACC po- sition, the predictive course lines may be displayed incorrectly.

1. Visually check that the parking space is safe before parking your vehicle.

2. The rear view of the vehicle is displayed on the screen OA when the shift lever is moved to the R (Reverse) position.

LHA5067 LHA5070

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-17

3. Slowly back up the vehicle adjusting the steering wheel so that the predictive course lines OB enter the parking space OC .

4. Maneuver the steering wheel to make the vehicle width guide lines OD parallel to the parking space OC while referring to the predictive course lines.

5. When the vehicle is parked in the space completely, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

HOW TO SWITCH THE DISPLAY With the power switch in the ON position, press the CAMERA button or move the shift lever to the R (Reverse) position to operate the Intelligent Around View Monitor. The Intelligent Around View Monitor dis- plays different split screen views depend- ing on the position of the shift lever. Press the CAMERA button to switch between the available views. If the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position, the available views are: Rear view/birds-eye view split screen Rear view/front-side view split screen Full screen rear view If the shift lever is in the P (Park) and D (Drive) position, the available views are: Front view/birds-eye view split screen Front view/front-side view split screen

The display will switch from the Intelligent Around View Monitor screen when: The shift lever is in the D (Drive) position

and the vehicle speed increases above approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

A different screen is selected.

LHA5071

4-18 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

ADJUSTING THE SCREEN 1. Press MENU button.

2. Touch the Settings key

3. Touch the Camera key

4. Touch the Display Settings key

5. Touch the Brightness, Contrast, Tint, Color, or Black Level key.

6. Adjust the item by touching the + or - key on the touch-screen display.

NOTE:

Do not adjust any of the display settings of the Intelligent Around View Monitor while the vehicle is moving. Make sure the parking brake is firmly applied.

INTELLIGENT AROUND VIEW MONITOR SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

LHA3522

LHA4529

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-19

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for Intelligent Around View Monitor. Failure to operate the vehicle in accor- dance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death. Do not use the Intelligent Around

View Monitor with the outside mir- rors in the stored position, and make sure that the rear hatch is securely closed when operating the vehicle using the Intelligent Around View Monitor.

The apparent distance between ob- jects viewed on the Intelligent Around View Monitor differs from the actual distance.

The cameras are installed on the front grille, the outside mirrors and above the rear license plate. Do not put anything on the vehicle that cov- ers the cameras.

When washing the vehicle with high pressure water, be sure not to spray it around the cameras. Otherwise, wa- ter may enter the camera unit caus- ing water condensation on the lens, a malfunction, fire or an electric shock.

Do not strike the cameras. They are precision instruments. Doing so could cause a malfunction or cause damage resulting in a fire or an elec- tric shock.

There are some areas where the system will not show objects and the system does not warn of moving objects. When in the front or rear view display, an object below the bumper or on the ground may not be viewed O1 . When in the birds-eye view, a tall object near the seam O2 of the camera viewing areas will not appear in the moni- tor. The following are operating limitations and do not represent a system malfunction: There may be a delay when switching

between views. When the temperature is extremely high

or low, the screen may not display objects clearly.

When strong light directly shines on the camera, objects may not be displayed clearly.

The screen may flicker under fluorescent light.

The colors of objects on the Intelligent Around View Monitor may differ some- what from the actual color of objects.

Objects on the Intelligent Around View Monitor may not be clear and the color of the object may differ in a dark environ- ment.

There may be differences in sharpness between each camera view of the birds- eye view.

Do not use wax on the camera lens. Wipe off any wax with a clean cloth that has been dampened with a diluted mild cleaning agent, then wipe with a dry cloth.

4-20 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

System temporarily unavailable When the ! icon is displayed on the screen, there are abnormal conditions in the Intel- ligent Around View Monitor. This will not hinder normal driving operation but the system should be inspected. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

When the [X] icon is displayed on the screen, the camera image may be receiv- ing temporary electronic disturbances from surrounding devices. This will not hin- der normal driving operation but the sys- tem should be inspected if it occurs fre- quently. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin- ner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

Do not damage the cameras as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras O1 , the Intelligent Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean- ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA4412 LHA4413 LHA4527

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-21

LHA5349

1. CAMERA button

MOVING OBJECT DETECTION (MOD) (if so equipped)

4-22 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the Moving object Detection (MOD) system could result in serious injury or death. The MOD system is not a substitute

for proper vehicle operation and is not designed to prevent contact with objects surrounding the vehicle. When maneuvering, always use the outside mirrors and rearview mirror and turn and check the surroundings to ensure it is safe to maneuver.

The system is deactivated at speeds above 5 mph (8 km/h). It is reacti- vated at lower speeds.

The MOD system is not designed to detect surrounding stationary objects.

The MOD system can inform the driver of moving objects near the vehicle when backing out of garages, maneuvering in parking lots and in other such instances. The MOD system detects moving objects by using image processing technology on the image shown in the display.

MOD SYSTEM OPERATION The MOD system will turn on automatically under the following conditions: When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse)

position. When vehicle speed decreases below ap-

proximately 5 mph (8 km/h) and the camera screen is displayed.

The MOD system operates in the following conditions when the camera view is dis- played: When the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N

(Neutral) position and the vehicle is stopped, the MOD system detects mov- ing objects in the birds-eye view. The MOD system may not operate if the out- side mirrors are moving in or out, in the stowed position, or if either front door is opened.

LHA4530 Front and birds-eye views

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-23

When the shift lever is in the D (Drive) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the front view.

When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is below approximately 5 mph (8 km/h), the MOD system detects moving objects in the rear view. The MOD system will not oper- ate if the rear hatch is open.

The MOD system does not detect moving objects in the front-side view. The MOD icon is not displayed on the screen when in this view. When the MOD system detects moving ob- jects near the vehicle, a chime will be heard and a yellow frame will be displayed on the view where the objects are detected. While the MOD system continues to detect mov- ing objects, the yellow frame continues to be displayed.

NOTE:

While the Rear Cross Traffic Alert chime is beeping, the MOD system does not chime. In the birds-eye view, the yellow frame O1 is displayed on each camera image (front, rear, right, left) depending on where mov- ing objects are detected. The yellow frame O2 is displayed on each view in the front view and rear view modes.

LHA5191 Rear and birds-eye views

LHA5192 Rear and front-side views

LHA5193 Full screen rear view

4-24 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

A blue MOD icon O3 is displayed in the view where the MOD system is operative. A gray MOD icon is displayed in the view where the MOD system is not operative. If the MOD system is turned off, the MOD icon O3 is not displayed.

TURNING MOD ON AND OFF Some vehicles include the option to allow the MOD system to be turned on or off in the vehicle information display. To turn the MOD system on or off: 1. Use either the or menu control

switch on the steering wheel to select Settings.

2. Select Driver Assistance and press the OK button.

3. Select Parking Aids and press the OK button.

4. Toggle ON or OFF Moving Object using the OK button.

MOD SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for MOD. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limi- tations could result in serious injury or death. Do not use the MOD system when

towing a trailer. The system may not function properly.

Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume or open vehicle win- dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

The MOD system performance will be limited according to environmental conditions and surrounding objects such as: When there is low contrast be-

tween background and the mov- ing objects.

When there is a blinking source of light.

When strong light such as another vehicles headlight or sunlight is present.

When camera orientation is not in its usual position, such as when a mirror is folded.

When there is dirt, water drops or snow on the camera lens.

When the position of the moving objects in the display is not changed.

The MOD system might detect flow- ing water droplets on the camera lens, white smoke from the muffler, moving shadows, etc.

The MOD system may not function properly depending on the speed, di- rection, distance or shape of the moving objects.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the parts where the camera is in- stalled, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered and the MOD system may not detect ob- jects properly.

When the temperature is extremely high or low, the screen may not dis- play objects clearly. This is not a malfunction.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-25

NOTE:

The blue MOD icon will change to orange if one of the following has occurred: When the system is malfunctioning. When the component temperature

reaches a high level (icon will blink). If the icon light continues to illuminate orange, have the MOD system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

CAUTION

Do not use alcohol, benzine or thin- ner to clean the camera. This will cause discoloration.

Do not damage the cameras as the monitor screen may be adversely affected.

If dirt, rain or snow accumulates on any of the cameras O1 , the Intelligent Around View Monitor may not display objects clearly. Clean the camera by wiping with a cloth dampened with a diluted mild clean- ing agent and then wiping with a dry cloth.

LHA4527

4-26 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Open/close the vents by moving the vent slide in the appropriate direction.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are closed.

: This symbol indicates that the vents are open. Adjust the air flow direction of the vents by moving the vent slide (up/down) until the desired position is achieved.

LHA4514 Side vent

LHA4515 Center Vent

VENTS

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-27

WARNING

The air conditioning cooling function operates only when the power switch is in the ON position or when the READY to drive indicator light is ON.

Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the assis- tance of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should also not be left alone. They could accidentally injure them- selves or others through inadvertent operation of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to causes severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Do not use the recirculation mode for long periods as it may cause the inte- rior air to become stale and the win- dows to fog up.

NOTE: Odors from inside and outside the ve-

hicle can build up in the air conditioner unit. Odor can enter the passenger compartment through the vents.

When parking, set the heater or air conditioner controls to turn off air re- circulation to allow fresh air into the passenger compartment. This should help reduce odors inside the vehicle.

The climate control system (air conditioner and heater functions) can be operated when the READY to drive indicator light is illuminated. However, while charging, the climate control system can be used when the power switch is in the ON position. The fan, heater and air conditioning can be turned on manually, using the timer func- tion and using the remote climate control function. These functions operate in the following conditions.

HEATER AND AIR CONDITIONER (automatic)

4-28 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Power switch position LOCK/OFF ACC ON READY to drive Fan - - Available Available Heater and air conditioner - - Available*1 Available Timer (Climate Ctrl. Timer) Available Available - - Remote control*2 Available Available - -

*1: The climate control system will only start when charging is being performed. After charging is complete, it will continue to operate if the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) is connected. *2: Models with Navigation System.

NOTE: A series of operation sounds may be

heard immediately after climate con- trol ON/OFF operation. This is not a malfunction.

Compressor and motor fan may sud- denly start to operate during charging operation. This is not a malfunction.

Condensation forms inside the air con- ditioning unit when the air conditioner is running, and is safely discharged un- derneath your vehicle. Traces of water on the ground are therefore normal. Water may drop underneath the ve- hicle when climate control is operating.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-29

DISPLAYING CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM STATUS SCREEN (models with navigation system) The climate control system status screen can be displayed as a widget. For details of the widget, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

NOTE: If the READY to drive indicator light is

illuminated and the EVSE (Electric Ve- hicle Supply Equipment) is connected to the vehicle, the power switch will change to the ON position. At the same time, the climate control system will stop operating. However, the fan will continue to operate. If you want to turn on climate control again, place the power switch in the OFF position and then place it in the ON position again after confirming that the vehicle has started charging.

When the power switch is in the ON position, if the power supply from the EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equip- ment) is interrupted due to an electri- cal outage, etc., the system will operate in the following ways. If it occurs while charging is being

performed: The climate control system will stop once. If the power supply is restored within approximately 5 minutes, the climate control system will restart. However, if more than 5 minutes have elapsed, the climate control system will not restart. If it occurs after charging has fin-

ished: The climate control system will stop.

OPERATING TIPS The automatic climate control is

equipped with sensors as illustrated. The sensors OA and OB help maintain a con- stant temperature. Do not put anything on or around these sensors.

Power consumption of the climate con- trol system varies depending on the out- side temperature and the temperature set for the climate control system. Power consumption increases if the interior temperature is cooled down too much in summer or if it warmed up too much in winter. This will result in a reduced driving range.

SAA2368

4-30 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Using the AUTO mode will help reduce the power consumption of the climate control.

When the AUTO button is pressed, the AUTO indicator illuminates. The HEAT button indicator or the A/C button indicator illuminates according to the op- eration of the climate control system.

If any of the MODE, A/C, HEAT, fan speed control, front defroster is pushed when the AUTO indicator illumi- nates, the AUTO indicator will be turned off.

If the charge connector is connected to the vehicle when it is in the READY to drive mode and the air conditioner or heater is on, the power switch automatically changes to the ON position. Place the power switch in the off position to begin charging. Turn on the desired climate control function.

For normal charge, the climate control system is operative when charging op- eration is complete. For quick charge however, the climate control system stops operating when charging opera- tion stops.

The climate control timer or remote cli- mate control (for models with Navigation System) may fog up windows depending on the set temperature or outside tem- perature.

When turning on the seat heater (if so equipped) switch prior to operating the climate control timer or the remote cli- mate control (for models with Navigation System), the seat heater will also turn on automatically when the outside tem- perature is low.

IN-CABIN MICROFILTER The climate control system is equipped with an in-cabin microfilter which collects dirt, dust etc. To make sure the air condi- tioner heats defogs, and ventilates effi- ciently, replace the filter regularly. To re- place the filter, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The filter should be replaced if the air flow decreases significantly or if win- dows fog up easily when operating the climate control system.

LVH0005X

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-31

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (models without Navigation System) 1. fan speed control dial

2. intake air control button

3. front defroster button

4. Climate Ctrl. display

5. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch

6. Temperature control dial

7. AUTO climate control ON button

8. A/C (air conditioner) button

9. MODE (manual air flow control) button

10. HEAT button

11. Climate control system OFF button

Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls con- stant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed. 1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica-

tor will be illuminated.

2. Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature.

When any of the following functions are operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off. The HEAT or A/C button is pressed. The fan speed control or ventilator air

flow control is operated. However, the functions that were not oper- ated continue operating in AUTO mode.

LHA2890

4-32 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

NOTE: If the fan speed control dial, MODE

button, or intake air control but- ton is operated while AUTO is in use, all the other buttons operate in AUTO mode.

While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, electric power consumption of the air conditioner can be economized com- pared to the amount consumed while the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- cator light illuminates according to the op- eration modes of the climate control sys- tem.

Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indi- cator

Cooling (HEAT off)

ON OFF

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your de- sired temperature.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- cator light illuminates according to the op- eration modes.

Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indica- tor

Cooling (HEAT off)

ON OFF

Dehumidi- fied heating

ON ON

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Ventilation OFF OFF

Cooling 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the

A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to turn off the HEAT indicator light. Do not set the temperature higher

than the outside air temperature. Do- ing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid con- ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

Dehumidified heating 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the

A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light

NOTE:

Electric power consumption of climate control increases while A/C button indi- cator and HEAT button indicator si- multaneously illuminate. As a result, the driving range may be decreased. Heating (A/C off) 1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate

the HEAT indicator light.

2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C indicator light. Do not set temperature lower than the

outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

If the windows fog up, use dehumidi- fied heating instead of the A/C off heating.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-33

Ventilation Press the HEAT button and A/C but- ton if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off.

NOTE: The ventilation mode requires a lower

power consumption, so cruising dis- tance will increase.

In ventilation mode, temperature is not indicated on the air conditioner dis- play.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging Press the front defroster button (the indicator light will illuminate). To remove moisture or fog on the front

window quickly, set the temperature to the high temperature and the fan speed to their maximum level.

After the windshield is cleared, press the front defroster button again (the in-

dicator light will turn off). When the front defroster button is

pressed, the air conditioner will automati- cally turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air recirculation mode will be se- lected to improve the defogging perfor- mance.

Fan speed control Turn the fan speed control dial to manually control the fan speed. Press the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode. Air flow control Press the MODE button to change the air flow mode.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

Air flows from the defroster out- lets and foot outlets.

Air flows from the defroster vents.

Temperature control Turn the temperature control dial to set the desired temperature. Recirculation Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle. When the outside temperature exceeds 70F (21C) the air conditioning system may default to air recirculation mode automati- cally to reduce overall power consumption. To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the air recirculation button (indicator will turn off) to enter fresh mode. Fresh air Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light does not illuminate, the flow- ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle. Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be controlled automatically. When the outside temperature exceeds 70F (21C), the air conditioning system may default to air re- circulation mode automatically to reduce overall power consumption.

4-34 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the intake air control button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/outside circulation will then be con- trolled automatically. When in automatic mode, the indicator light will come on when inside air recirculation is active. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch For additional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual

To turn the system off To turn off the climate control, press the Climate control system OFF button. The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on.

AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL (models with Navigation System) 1. Temperature control button

2. HEAT button

3. Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator

4. front defroster button

5. fan speed control button

6. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch

7. intake air control button

LHA2889

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-35

8. Climate control system ONOFF button

9. AUTO climate control ON button

10. MODE (manual air flow control) button

11. A/C (air conditioner) ONOFF button

Automatic operation (AUTO) The AUTO mode may be used year-round as the system automatically controls con- stant temperature, air flow distribution and fan speed. 1. Press the AUTO button. The AUTO indica-

tor will be illuminated.

2. Press the temperature control button to set the desired temperature.

When any of the following functions are operated, the AUTO indicator will turn off. The HEAT or A/C button is pressed. The fan speed control or ventilator air

flow control is operated. However, the functions that were not oper- ated continue operating in AUTO mode.

NOTE: If the fan speed control button,

MODE button, or intake air control button is operated while AUTO is in use, all the other buttons operate in AUTO mode.

While the AUTO indicator is illuminated, electric power consumption of the air conditioner can be economized com- pared to the amount consumed while the AUTO indicator is not illuminated.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- cator light illuminates according to the op- eration modes of the climate control sys- tem.

Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indi- cator

Cooling (HEAT off)

ON OFF

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Manual operation The manual mode can be used to control the heater and air conditioner to your de- sired temperature.

The HEAT indicator light and the A/C indi- cator light illuminates according to the op- eration modes.

Operation mode

A/C indica- tor

HEAT indica- tor

Cooling (HEAT off)

ON OFF

Dehumidi- fied heating

ON ON

Heating (A/C off)

OFF ON

Ventilation OFF OFF

Cooling 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the

A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to turn off the HEAT indicator light. Do not set the temperature higher

than the outside air temperature. Do- ing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

A visible mist may be seen coming from the ventilators in hot, humid con- ditions as the air is cooled rapidly. This does not indicate a malfunction.

4-36 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Dehumidified heating 1. Press the A/C button to illuminate the

A/C indicator light.

2. Press the HEAT button to illuminate the HEAT indicator light

NOTE:

Electric power consumption of climate control increases while A/C button indi- cator and HEAT button indicator si- multaneously illuminate. As a result, the driving range may be decreased. Heating (A/C off) 1. Press the HEAT button to illuminate

the HEAT indicator light.

2. Press the A/C button to turn off the A/C indicator light. Do not set temperature lower than the

outside air temperature. Doing so may prevent the temperature from being controlled properly.

If the windows fog up, use dehumidi- fied heating instead of the A/C off heating.

Ventilation Press the HEAT button and A/C but- ton if the indicator lights are on so that both indicator lights turn off.

NOTE: The ventilation mode requires a lower

power consumption, so cruising dis- tance will increase.

In ventilation mode, temperature is not indicated on the navigation monitor or on the air conditioner display.

Dehumidified defrosting/defogging Press the front defroster button (the indicator light will illuminate). To remove moisture or fog on the front

window quickly, set the temperature to the high temperature and the fan speed to their maximum level.

After the windshield is cleared, press the front defroster button again (the in-

dicator light will turn off). When the front defroster button is

pressed, the air conditioner and heater will automatically turn on to defog the windshield. The outside air recirculation mode will be selected to improve the de- fogging performance.

Fan speed control Press the fan speed control button to manually control the fan speed. Press the AUTO button to change the fan speed to the automatic mode. Air flow control Press the MODE button to change the air flow mode.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators.

Air flows from the center and side ventilators and foot outlets.

Air flows mainly from the foot outlets.

Air flows from the defroster out- lets and foot outlets.

Air flows from the defroster vents.

Temperature control Press the temperature control buttons to set the desired temperature.

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-37

Air recirculation Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light illuminates, the flowing air is recirculated inside the vehicle. When the outside temperature exceeds 70F (21C) the air conditioning system may default to air recirculation mode automati- cally to reduce overall power consumption. To exit air recirculation mode, deselect the air recirculation button (indicator will turn off) to enter fresh mode. Outside air circulation Press the intake air control button to change the air circulation mode. When the indicator light does not illuminate, the flow- ing air is drawn from outside the vehicle. Automatic air intake control In the AUTO mode, the intake air will be controlled automatically. When the outside temperature exceeds 70F (21C), the air conditioning system may default to air re- circulation mode automatically to reduce overall power consumption. To set the automatic control mode, press and hold the intake air control button. The indicator light will blink twice and the inside/outside circulation will then be con-

trolled automatically. When in automatic mode, the indicator light will come on when inside air recirculation is active. Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch For additional information, refer to Rear window and outside mirror (if so equipped) defroster switch in the Instruments and controls section of this manual

To turn the system off To turn off the climate control, press the Climate control system ONOFF button. The same operating mode (Heater or A/C) that was active when the system is turned off is active when system is turned back on.

CLIMATE CTRL. TIMER This function pre-heats or pre-cools the passenger compartment of the vehicle to the temperature before driving. This helps reduce power consumption from the Li-ion battery. The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the air conditioner using power from the charger or the Li-ion battery. While the charging connector is connected to the vehicle, electric power from the Li-ion battery is not used.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer function allows two timer settings. Once the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, it will complete air conditioning by the time that is set. It is not necessary to set the Climate Ctrl. Timer every day.

WARNING

Even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set, the temperature in the passenger com- partment may become high or low if the system automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would nor- mally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed vehicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals. Also on cold days, temperature in a vehicle could become low enough to cause severe or possible fatal injuries to people or animals.

4-38 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

How to set Climate Ctrl. Timer

1 OK button

2 button

3 Back button

4 button

1. Press the button to select Set- tings on the vehicle information display.

2. Press the button to select EV Settings and then press the OK button.

3. Press the button to select Cli- mate Ctrl. Timer1 or Climate Ctrl. Timer2 and then press the OK button.

4. Press the button to select Timer and then press the OK button and turn on the setting. The indicator light will turn on when the timer setting is turned on.

5. Press the button to select De- parture time and then press the OK button.

6. Press the button to set Hour and then press the OK button.

7. Press the button to set Minute and then press the OK button. The set- ting can be changed with an increment step of 10 minutes.

8. Press the button to select Climate Temperature and then press the OK button.

LHA4545 LHA5079 Type A (models with Navigation

System)

LHA5080 Type B (models without Navigation

System)

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-39

9. Press the button to set Cli- mate Temperature and then press the OK button.

10. * Press the button to select "Days" and then press the OK button. The current day of the week is dis- played with an underline. Press the button to select the days of the week you wish to activate the Climate Control system and then press the OK button. The indicator light of the selected button will turn on.

11. * After setting the day of the week, press the Back button and return to the pre- vious screen. The set day of the week is lit in white.

12. After the setting is complete, place the power switch in the OFF position, and then connect the charge connector to the vehicle. * models with Navigation System

Info The Climate Ctrl. Timer does not activate if the charge connector is not connected to the vehicle. When the Battery Operation OK is turned on and the charging connec- tor is not connected to the vehicle, the Cli- mate Ctrl. Timer will activate for 15 minutes. When the outside temperature is high, the interior temperature may not reach the set temperature within the 15 minutes. Turn "Battery Operation OK" to OFF when it is not necessary to operate air condition- ing timer in order to prevent Li-ion battery from discharging. For models without Navigation System, the Climate Ctrl. Timer operates repeatedly ev- ery day once it is turned on.

Operating tips for using Climate Ctrl. Timer The Climate Ctrl. Timer will only start

when the power switch is in the LOCK/ OFF or ACC position.

To turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer func- tion, turn off the Climate Ctrl. Timer1 and "Climate Ctrl. Timer2" setting in the video information display using the button on the steering wheel. The start and stop time settings will not be deleted even if the Climate Ctrl. Timer function is turned off.

While the Climate Ctrl. Timer is operating, the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator and the charging status indicator lights flash. If the Climate Ctrl. Timer is set to activate, the Climate Ctrl. Timer indicator illumi- nates.*

If the Climate Ctrl. Timer starts operating while the vehicle is being charged, the time required for charging will be longer.

Operating the Climate Ctrl. Timer or re- mote climate control in an environment where the temperature is low may de- crease the rate of battery charge.

4-40 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

Timer setting can also be changed while Climate Ctrl. Timer is operated. When the power position is switched to OFF, the air conditioner starts or enters waiting mode depending on the new timer set- tings.

When the difference in temperature be- tween the air conditioner setting tem- perature and the temperature outside the vehicle is large, the temperature in- side the vehicle may not be maintained at the setting temperature.

The charging status indicator lights illu- minate in a specific pattern when the Li- ion battery warmer operates. The charg- ing status indicator lights use the same pattern to indicate 12volt battery charg- ing, Climate Ctrl. Timer operation or Re- mote Climate Control operation. The charging status indicator lights do not change if the Li-ion battery warmer oper- ates at the same time as the above fea- tures.

The temperature in the passenger com- partment may not be comfortable if en- tering the vehicle too soon before or too long after the scheduled time of depar- ture.

Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected. Therefore, the temperature may not reach the set tem- perature due to limitations in air condi- tioning performance, if ambient tem- perature is excessively high or low, or if the charge connector is connected to a 120volt plug outlet.

The Climate Ctrl. Timer operates the cli- mate control function so that a comfort- able temperature is provided in the pas- senger compartment at the scheduled time of departure. The climate control is set to stop at the scheduled time of de- parture.

Depending on the facilities of charging station, there may be time when it is not available for charging. Confirm the avail- ability of the charging facility before set- ting the Climate Ctrl. Timer. Be sure that the power switch of the charger is turned on when setting the Climate Ctrl. Timer.

When the power switch is turned OFF af- ter changing the setting, the new setting will be applied.

*models with Navigation System

Remote climate control This vehicle incorporates a communica- tion device that is called a TCU (Telematics Control Unit). The communication connec- tion between this unit and Nissan Data Center allows for various remote function services. Even when away from the vehicle, climate control can be started by accessing the Web Owner Portal using a cellular phone or a personal computer. When operation is started, or at the set start time, the Nissan Data Center ac- cesses the vehicle. When the vehicle re- ceives a command for remote operation, the climate control immediately turns ON and operates for the specified period of time. Confirmation of the ON/OFF of the climate control operation can be checked by accessing the Web Owner Portal, or by e-mail. Completing registration for the NissanConnect EV and Services is neces- sary before using the service. For additional information, refer to the NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-41

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. For ad- ditional information, refer to your electric medical equipment manu- facturer for the possible effect on pacemakers before using the remote climate control.

Even if the remote climate control is set, the temperature in the passen- ger room may become high if the system automatically stops. Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of oth- ers alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. On hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed ve- hicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

NOTE: To check the Li-ion battery charging

status using an internet enabled smart phone or personal computer. The vehicle must be located in a cel-

lular phone coverage area. The cellular phone must be located

in an area with cellular phone cover- age.

The computer must be connected to the internet.

Some cellular phones are not compat- ible with this system and cannot be used to check the Li-ion battery charg- ing status. Confirm this beforehand.

Operating tips When the charge connector is con-

nected, the climate control operates us- ing electric power. When the charge con- nector is disconnected from the vehicle, the climate control operates using ve- hicle battery electric power.

The climate control can be operated for a maximum of 2 hours when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle, or a maximum of 15 minutes when the charge connector is disconnected.

The remote climate control will only start to operate when the power switch is in the LOCK/OFF or ACC position.

Remote climate control operation is not available when the vehicle is in an area of cellular communication range.

Communication becomes unavailable when the vehicle is not used for two weeks or more. When the power switch is placed in the ON position, communica- tion with the Nissan Data Center can be restored.

Air conditioning is limited to the capacity of the electric power when the charge connector is connected to the vehicle. Therefore, the temperature may not reach a comfortable level due to perfor- mance of the air conditioning being lim- ited, if the outside temperature is exces- sively high or low, or if the charge connector is connected to a 110 120-volt outlet.

If the power switch is in the ON position or the charge connector is disconnected, while the remote climate control is being operated, remote climate control opera- tion is automatically stopped and an e-mail is sent.

If remote climate control operation is started while the vehicle is in normal charge mode, the climate control oper- ates in climate control priority mode and charging is continued.

4-42 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

If remote climate control operation is started and charging is stopped while the vehicle is in quick charge mode, cli- mate control operation is also stopped.

If the quick charge connector is con- nected and charging is not performed, remote climate control operation starts using the battery electric power of the vehicle.

Servicing climate control The climate control system in your NISSAN is charged with a refrigerant designed with the environment in mind. This refrigerant will not harm the earths ozone layer. Spe- cial charging equipment and lubricant are required when servicing your NISSAN cli- mate control. Using improper refrigerants or lubricants will cause severe damage to your climate control system. For additional information, refer to Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information sec- tion. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to service your envi- ronmentally friendly climate control sys- tem.

There are USB/iPod charging ports lo- cated behind the center console. These ports will charge compatible devices.

NOTE:

Only the USB connection port located below the instrument panel will allow operation of the USB/iPod devices through the audio system.

The vehicle is equipped with a shark fin antenna.

LHA5312

USB/iPod CHARGING PORTS ANTENNA

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-43

When installing a CB, ham radio or car phone in your vehicle, be sure to observe the following precautions; otherwise, the new equipment may adversely affect the EV control system and other electronic parts.

WARNING

A cellular phone should not be used for any purpose while driving so full attention may be given to vehicle op- eration. Some jurisdictions prohibit the use of cellular phones while driving.

If you must make a call while your vehicle is in motion, the hands free cellular phone operational mode is highly recommended. Exercise ex- treme caution at all times so full at- tention may be given to vehicle operation.

If you are unable to devote full atten- tion to vehicle operation while talk- ing on the phone, pull off the road to a safe location and stop your vehicle.

CAUTION

Keep the antenna as far away as pos- sible from the electronic control modules.

Keep the antenna wire more than 8 in (20 cm) away from the electronic control system harnesses. Do not route the antenna wire next to any harness.

Adjust the antenna standing-wave ratio as recommended by the manufacturer.

Connect the ground wire from the CB radio chassis to the body.

For additional information, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Made for iPod, Made for iPhone and Made for iPad mean that an electronic accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone or iPad, respec- tively, and has been certified by the devel- oper to meet Apple performance stan- dards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with iPod, iPhone or iPad may affect wire- less performance. iPad, iPhone, iPod classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Lightning is a trademark of Apple Inc.

CAR PHONE OR CB RADIO iPod/IPHONE

4-44 Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems

MEMO

Monitor, climate, audio, phone and voice recognition systems 4-45

5 Starting and driving

Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4 Avoiding collision and rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7 Off-road recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8 Drinking alcohol/drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9

Push-button power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 NISSAN Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10 Operating range for EV start function . . . . . . . 5-10 Power switch operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-12 Power switch positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 Emergency EV shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 NISSAN Intelligent Key battery discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13 NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . 5-14

Before starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14 Starting the EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15

Electric shift control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19

Pedal type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20 Switch type (models with electronic parking brake system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20

e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22 e-Pedal system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

e-Pedal system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25

Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26 LDW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27 How to enable/disable the LDW system . . . . . 5-28 LDW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-30

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31 I-LI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32 How to enable/disable the I-LI system . . . . . . 5-33 I-LI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36

Blind Spot Warning (BSW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37 BSW system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38 How to enable/disable the BSW system . . . . . 5-40 BSW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41 BSW driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46

Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) . . . . . . . . 5-47 I-BSI system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49 How to enable/disable the I-BSI system . . . . . 5-50

I-BSI system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51 I-BSI driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-58

Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59 RCTA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-60 How to enable/disable the RCTA system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62 RCTA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65

Cruise control (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Precautions on cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66 Cruise control operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67

Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 5-69

How to select the cruise control mode . . . . . . 5-70 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71 Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-80 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-84 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-86 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92 ProPILOT Assist system operation . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94 Turning the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97 Operating ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-98 How to enable/disable the Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . 5-103 Steering Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114 Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121

Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-126 Turning the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-128

AEB with Pedestrian Detection system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-129 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133

Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134 RAB system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135 Turning the RAB system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136 RAB system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139

Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . 5-139 I-FCW System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140 Turning the I-FCW system on/off . . . . . . . . . . . 5-142 I-FCW system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-143 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147 System malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148

Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150

I-DA system operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150 How to enable/disable the I-DA system . . . . 5-151 I-DA system limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152

ECO Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152 Increasing power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153

ECO drive report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154 Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155 Power steering system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159 Brake Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . 5-160 Chassis control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162

Intelligent Trace Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162 Intelligent Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163

Rear sonar system (RSS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163 System operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164 How to enable/disable the rear sonar system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166 Sonar limitations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167 System temporarily unavailable . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167 System maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-167

Hill start assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169

Freeing a frozen door lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169 Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169 Draining of coolant water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170

Tire equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170 Special winter equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170 Driving on snow or ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170

Freeing a frozen charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170 Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-171

WARNING

Do not leave children or adults who would normally require the support of others alone in your vehicle. Pets should not be left alone either. They could accidentally injure themselves or others through inadvertent opera- tion of the vehicle. Also, on hot, sunny days, temperatures in a closed ve- hicle could quickly become high enough to cause severe or possibly fatal injuries to people or animals.

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from slid- ing or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sud- den stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recom- mended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you

should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with a Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under- inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as pos- sible, and inflate them to the proper pres- sure. Driving on a significantly under- inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces power efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicles handling and stopping ability. Please note that the TPMS is not a substi- tute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the drivers responsibility to maintain cor- rect tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumi- nation of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is com- bined with the low tire pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the telltale will flash for approximately one

minute and then remain continuously illu- minated. This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists. When the malfunc- tion indicator is illuminated, the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, includ- ing the installation of replacement or alter- nate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning prop- erly. Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly. Additional information When replacing a wheel without the

TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS does not monitor the tire pressure of the spare tire.

The TPMS will activate only when the ve- hicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example, a flat tire while driving).

PRECAUTIONS WHEN STARTING AND DRIVING

5-4 Starting and driving

The low tire pressure warning light does not automatically turn off when the tire pressure is adjusted. After the tire is in- flated to the recommended pressure, the vehicle must be driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h) to activate the TPMS and turn off the low tire pressure warning light. Use a tire pressure gauge to check the tire pressure.

The Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning also appears on the vehicle information display when the low tire pressure warn- ing light is illuminated and low tire pres- sure is detected. The Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning turns off when the low tire pressure warning light turns off.

The Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning appears each time the power switch is placed in the ON position as long as the low tire pressure warning light remains illuminated.

The Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning does not appear if the low tire pressure warning light illuminates to indicate a TPMS malfunction.

Tire pressure rises and falls depending on the heat caused by operation of the ve- hicle and the outside temperature. Do not reduce the tire pressure after driving because the tire pressure rises after driv- ing. Low outside temperature can lower the temperature of the air inside the tire, which can cause a lower tire inflation pressure. This may cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. If the warning light illuminates in low ambient temperature, check the tire pressure for all four tires.

The pressure of all tires can also be checked on the display screen. The order of the tire pressure figures displayed on the screen does not correspond with the actual order of the tire position.

For additional information, refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ- ences before use.

If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sud- den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with under-inflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in- jury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres- sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light off. If the tire is flat, repair it as soon as possible. (For additional information, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual.)

Starting and driving 5-5

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could af- fect the proper operation of the TPMS.

Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres- sure sensors.

CAUTION

The TPMS may not function properly when the wheels are equipped with tire chains or the wheels are buried in snow.

Do not place metalized film or any metal parts (antenna, etc.) on the windows. This may cause poor re- ception of the signals from the tire pressure sensors, and the TPMS will not function properly.

Some devices and transmitters may tem- porarily interfere with the operation of the TPMS and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. Some examples are: Facilities or electric devices using similar

radio frequencies that are near the ve- hicle.

If a transmitter set to similar frequencies is being used in or near the vehicle.

If a computer (or similar equipment) or a DC/AC converter is being used in or near the vehicle.

The low tire pressure warning light may illuminate in the following cases: If the vehicle is equipped with a wheel and

tire without TPMS. If the TPMS has been replaced and the ID

has not been registered. If the wheel is not originally specified by

NISSAN.

FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device.

5-6 Starting and driving

TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert When tire pressure is low, the low tire pres- sure warning light illuminates. This vehicle provides visual and audible signals to help you inflate the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. Vehicle set-up: 1. Park the vehicle in a safe and level place.

2. Apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

3. Place the power switch in the ON posi- tion. Do not place in the READY to drive mode.

Operation: 1. Add air to the tire.

2. After a few seconds, the hazard indica- tors will start flashing.

3. When the designated pressure is reached, the horn beeps once and the hazard indicators stop flashing.

4. Perform the above steps for each tire. If the tire is over-inflated more than

approximately 4 psi (30 kPa), the horn beeps and the hazard indicators flash three times. To correct the pressure, push the core of the valve stem on the

tire briefly to release pressure. When the pressure reaches the designated pressure, the horn beeps once.

If the hazard indicator does not flash within approximately 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, it indicates that the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not oper- ating.

The TPMS will not activate the Easy-Fill Tire Alert under the following condi- tions: If there is interference from an exter-

nal device or transmitter. The air pressure from the inflation

device is not sufficient to inflate the tire, such as those using a power socket.

If electrical equipment is being used in or near the vehicle.

There is a malfunction in the TPMS. There is a malfunction in the horn or

hazard indicators. If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert does not op-

erate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about 3 ft (1 m) backward or forward and try again.

If the Easy-Fill Tire Alert is not working, use a tire pressure gauge.

AVOIDING COLLISION AND ROLLOVER

WARNING

Failure to operate this vehicle in a safe and prudent manner may result in loss of control or an accident.

Be alert and drive defensively at all times. Obey all traffic regulations. Avoid excessive speed, high speed cornering, or sudden steering maneuvers because these driving practices could cause you to lose control of your vehicle. As with any vehicle, a loss of control could result in a collision with other vehicles or objects or cause the ve- hicle to rollover, particularly if the loss of control causes the vehicle to slide side- ways. Be attentive at all times, and avoid driving when tired. Never drive when under the influence of alcohol or drugs (including prescription or over-the-counter drugs which may cause drowsiness). Always wear your seat belt as outlined in Seat belts in the Safety Seats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual, and also instruct your passen- gers to do so.

Starting and driving 5-7

Seat belts help reduce the risk of injury in collisions and rollovers. In a rollover crash, an unbelted or improperly belted person is significantly more likely to be injured or killed than a person properly wearing a seat belt.

OFF-ROAD RECOVERY While driving, the right side or left side wheels may unintentionally leave the road surface. If this occurs, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure be- low. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic. 1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Do not apply the brakes.

3. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

4. When appropriate, slowly release the ac- celerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

5. If there is nothing in the way, steer the vehicle to follow the road while the ve- hicle speed is reduced. Do not attempt to drive the vehicle back onto the road surface until the vehicle speed is reduced.

6. When it is safe to do so, gradually turn the steering wheel until both tires return to the road surface. When all tires are on the road surface, steer the vehicle to stay in the appropriate driving lane. If you decide that it is not safe to return

the vehicle to the road surface based on vehicle, road or traffic conditions, gradually slow the vehicle to a stop in a safe place off the road.

RAPID AIR PRESSURE LOSS Rapid air pressure loss or a blow-out can occur if the tire is punctured or is damaged due to hitting a curb or pothole. Rapid air pressure loss can also be caused by driving on under-inflated tires. Rapid air pressure loss can affect the han- dling and stability of the vehicle, especially at highway speeds.

Help prevent rapid air pressure loss by maintaining the correct air pressure and visually inspecting the tires for wear and damage. For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual. If a tire rapidly loses air pressure or blows- out while driving, maintain control of the vehicle by following the procedure below. Please note that this procedure is only a general guide. The vehicle must be driven as appropriate based on the conditions of the vehicle, road and traffic.

WARNING

The following actions can increase the chance of losing control of the vehicle if there is a sudden loss of tire air pressure. Losing control of the vehicle may cause a collision and result in personal injury. The vehicle generally moves or pulls

in the direction of the flat tire. Do not rapidly apply the brakes. Do not rapidly release the accelerator

pedal. Do not rapidly turn the steering

wheel.

5-8 Starting and driving

1. Remain calm and do not overreact.

2. Maintain a firm grip on the steering wheel with both hands and try to hold a straight course.

3. When appropriate, slowly release the ac- celerator pedal to gradually slow the vehicle.

4. Gradually steer the vehicle to a safe lo- cation off the road and away from traffic if possible.

5. Lightly apply the brake pedal to gradu- ally stop the vehicle.

6. Turn on the hazard warning flashers and contact a roadside emergency service to change the tire. For additional infor- mation, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

DRINKING ALCOHOL/DRUGS AND DRIVING

WARNING

Never drive under the influence of alco- hol or drugs. Alcohol in the blood- stream reduces coordination, delays reaction time and impairs judgement. Driving after drinking alcohol increases the likelihood of being involved in an accident injuring yourself and others. Additionally, if you are injured in an ac- cident, alcohol can increase the sever- ity of the injury.

NISSAN is committed to safe driving. How- ever, you must choose not to drive under the influence of alcohol. Every year thou- sands of people are injured or killed in alcohol-related accidents. Although the lo- cal laws vary on what is considered to be legally intoxicated, the fact is that alcohol affects all people differently and most people underestimate the effects of alco- hol.

Remember, drinking and driving dont mix! That is true for drugs, too (over-the- counter, prescription, and illegal drugs). Do not drive if your ability to operate your ve- hicle is impaired by alcohol, drugs, or some other physical condition.

Starting and driving 5-9

WARNING

Do not operate the power switch while driving the vehicle except in an emergency. (The EV system shuts down when the power switch is pushed three consecutive times or the power switch is pushed and held for more than 2 seconds.) If the EV system stops while the vehicle is be- ing driven, this could lead to a crash and serious injury.

When turning off the power switch, make sure to shift the shift lever to the P (Park) position even if the ve- hicle is maintaining a stop and hold using the e-pedal. This will prevent the vehicle from moving or rolling unexpectedly, which could result in serious personal injury or property damage.

Before operating the power switch, make sure the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM The Intelligent Key system allows the driver to start the EV system without taking the key out of a pocket or purse. The operating environment and/or conditions may affect Intelligent Key system operation. Some indicators and warnings for opera- tion are displayed on the vehicle informa- tion display. For additional information, re- fer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

CAUTION

Be sure to carry the Intelligent Key with you when operating the vehicle.

Never leave the Intelligent Key inside the vehicle when you leave the vehicle.

OPERATING RANGE FOR EV START FUNCTION The Intelligent Key function can only be used for starting the EV system when the Intelligent Key is within the specified oper- ating range O1 . When the Intelligent Key battery is almost discharged or strong radio waves are pres- ent near the operating location, the Intelli- gent Key systems operating range be- comes narrower and it may not function properly.

SSD0436

PUSH-BUTTON POWER SWITCH

5-10 Starting and driving

If the Intelligent Key is within the operating range, it is possible for anyone, even some- one who does not carry the Intelligent Key, to push the power switch to start the EV system. The cargo area is not included in the op-

erating range but the Intelligent Key may function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed on the in- strument panel or inside the glove box or door pocket, the Intelligent Key may not function.

If the Intelligent Key is placed near a door or window outside the vehicle, the Intelli- gent Key may not function.

Starting and driving 5-11

POWER SWITCH OPERATION When the power switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the power switch position will change as follows: Push once to change to ACC. Push two times to change to ON. Push three times to change to OFF. Push four times to return to ACC. Open or close any door to return to LOCK

while in the OFF position. The power switch illuminates when in the ACC or ON position. The power lock is designed so that the power switch position cannot be switched to the LOCK position until the vehicle is placed in the P (Park) position. When the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, proceed as follows: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the

shift lever to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

2. Push the power switch to the OFF posi- tion. The power switch will not illuminate.

3. Open the door. The power switch will change to the LOCK position.

LSD2834

5-12 Starting and driving

POWER SWITCH POSITIONS LOCK (Normal parking position) The power switch can only be locked in this position. The power switch will be unlocked when it is pushed to the ACC position while the driver is carrying the Intelligent Key.

ACC (Accessories) This position activates electrical accesso- ries, such as the radio, when the EV system is off.

ON This position turns on the EV system and electrical accessories.

READY (Normal operating position) This position turns on the EV system and electrical accessories and the vehicle can be driven.

OFF This position turns off the EV system.

The power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position until the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

CAUTION

Do not leave the vehicle with the power switch in the ACC position for an ex- tended period of time. This can dis- charge the 12-volt battery.

NOTE:

If the power switch is pushed quickly or is pushed twice quickly, the switch may not function even if a chime sound is heard. Push the switch again more slowly.

EMERGENCY EV SHUT OFF To shut off the EV system in an emergency situation while driving, perform the follow- ing procedure: Rapidly push the power switch three con-

secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or Push and hold the power switch for more

than 2 seconds.

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY DISCHARGE If the Intelligent Key battery is discharged or environmental conditions interfere with the Intelligent Key operation, start the EV system in the READY to drive mode accord- ing to the following procedure: 1. Push the P (Park) position switch on the

shift lever.

2. Firmly apply the foot brake.

3. Touch the power switch with the Intelli- gent Key as illustrated. (A chime will sound.)

SSD0860

Starting and driving 5-13

4. Push the power switch while depressing the brake pedal within 10 seconds after the chime sounds. The power switch position changes to the READY to drive mode.

After step 3 is performed, if the power switch is pushed without depressing the brake pedal, the power switch position will change to ACC.

NOTE: When the power switch is pushed to

the ACC or ON position or READY to drive mode by the above procedure, the EV system operation for dis- charged Intelligent Key system indica- tor appears on the vehicle information display even if the Intelligent Key is in- side the vehicle. This is not a malfunc- tion. To stop the warning indicator from blinking, touch the power switch with the Intelligent Key again.

If the Intelligent Key battery discharge indicator appears on the vehicle infor- mation display, replace the battery as soon as possible. For additional infor- mation, refer to NISSAN Intelligent Key battery replacement in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself sec- tion of this manual.

NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM The NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System will not allow the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive position without the use of the registered key. If the power switch fails to place the vehicle into the READY to drive position using the registered key, it may be due to interfer- ence caused by another registered key, an automated toll road device or automated payment device on the key ring. Restart the EV system using the following procedure: 1. Leave the power switch in the ON posi-

tion for approximately 5 seconds.

2. Place the power switch in the OFF posi- tion and wait approximately 10 seconds.

3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 again.

4. Place the power switch in the READY to drive position while holding the device (which may have caused the interfer- ence) separate from the registered key. If this procedure allows the power switch to be placed in the READY to drive mode, NISSAN recommends placing the registered key on a separate key ring to avoid interference from other devices.

Make sure that the area around the ve- hicle is clear.

Check fluid levels such as coolant, brake fluid, and windshield-washer fluid as fre- quently as possible.

Check that all windows and lights are clean.

Visually inspect tires for their appearance and condition. Also check tires for proper inflation.

Check that all doors are closed. Position the seat and adjust the head

restraints/headrests. Adjust the inside and outside mirrors. Fasten seat belts and ask all passengers

to do likewise. Check the operation of the warning lights

when the power switch is pushed to the ON position. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

BEFORE STARTING THE EV SYSTEM

5-14 Starting and driving

1. Confirm the parking brake is applied.

2. Confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. When the power switch is placed in the ON position, the EV is designed not to operate unless the shift lever is in the P (Park) or N (Neutral) position. The Intelligent Key must be carried with you when operating the power switch.

3. Depress the brake pedal and push the power switch to place the EV system in the READY to drive position. To place the vehicle in the READY to drive position immediately, push and release the power switch while depressing the brake pedal with the power switch in any position. The READY to drive indicator light in the meter illuminates.

4. To stop the EV system, push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever, and push the power switch to the OFF position.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis- charge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat- tery power when the EV system is not running (phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.).

2. The vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health.

ELECTRIC SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM This vehicle is electronically controlled to produce maximum available power and smooth operation. The recommended operating procedures for this vehicle are shown on the following pages.

Starting the vehicle 1. After placing the vehicle in the READY to

drive position, fully depress the foot brake pedal before moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) position. The shift lever of this vehicle is de- signed so that the foot brake pedal must be depressed before shifting from the P (Park) position to any driv- ing position while the power switch is in the ON position. The shift lever cannot be moved out of the P (Park) position and into any of the other positions if the power switch is placed in the LOCK, OFF or ACC posi- tion or if the Intelligent Key is re- moved.

STARTING THE EV SYSTEM DRIVING THE VEHICLE

Starting and driving 5-15

2. Keep the foot brake pedal depressed, and move the shift lever to the D (Drive) position.

3. Release the parking brake and foot brake pedal, and then gradually start the vehicle in motion.

WARNING

Do not depress the accelerator pedal while shifting from P (Park) or N (Neu- tral) to the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) position. Always depress the brake pedal until shifting is completed. Failure to do so could cause you to lose control, which could result in an accident.

Never shift to the P (Park) or R (Re- verse) position while the vehicle is moving forward and the P (Park) or D (Drive) position while the vehicle is reversing. This could cause you to lose control and have an accident.

Do not shift to the B position abruptly on slippery roads. This may cause a loss of control.

CAUTION

To avoid possible damage to your ve- hicle, when stopping the vehicle on an uphill grade, do not hold the ve- hicle by depressing the accelerator pedal. The foot brake should be used for this purpose.

Do not hang items on the shift lever. This may cause an accident due to a sudden start.

Shifting To move the shift lever,

: Slide along the gate while the brake pedal is depressed.

: After sliding, maintain it in the same position until the vehicle is placed in the N (Neutral) position.

: When in the D (Drive) position, slide along the gate.

LSD2835

5-16 Starting and driving

NOTE: Confirm that the vehicle is in the de-

sired shift position by checking the shift indicator O1 located near the shift lever or the vehicle information display in the meter.

To place the vehicle into the D (Drive) position from the B mode, move the shift lever into the D (Drive) position.

After placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position, fully depress the brake pedal, and move the shift lever to any of the pre- ferred shift positions. If the power switch is placed in the OFF or ACC position for any reason while the shift position is in any position other than the P (Park) position, the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position. If the power switch cannot be placed in the LOCK position, perform the following steps: 1. Apply the parking brake when the ve-

hicle is stopped.

2. Place the power switch in the ON posi- tion while depressing the foot brake pedal.

3. Push the P (Park) position switch and confirm the vehicle is in the P (Park) position.

4. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

NOTE:

The vehicle automatically applies the P (Park) position when the power switch is in the OFF position. When the following conditions overlap, the shift position may be automatically switched to P (Park): When maintaining a stop and hold

with the e-pedal. When taking off the seatbelt. When opening the door.

WARNING

The shift lever is always in the center position when released. When the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, the driver needs to confirm that the vehicle is in the P (Park) position. The indicator next to the P by the shift lever is illumi- nated and the P is displayed on the meter. If the vehicle is in the D (Drive) position or R (Reverse) position when the power switch is placed in the READY to drive position, this may cause a sudden start which could re- sult in an accident.

On a hilly road, do not allow the ve- hicle to roll backwards while in the D (Drive) position or B mode or allow the vehicle to roll forward while in the R (Reverse) position. This may cause an accident.

Starting and driving 5-17

CAUTION

Do not slide the shift lever while pushing the P (Park) position switch. This may damage the electric motor.

When switching to the preferred po- sition by operating the shift lever, check that the shift lever returns to the central position by releasing your hand from the lever. Holding the shift lever in a mid-way position may also damage the shift control system.

Do not operate the shift lever while the accelerator pedal is depressed, except when switching to the B mode. This may cause a sudden start which could result in an accident.

The following operations are not al- lowed because excessive force would be applied to the traction mo- tor and this may result in damage to the vehicle: Moving the shift lever to the R (Re-

verse) position when driving forward

Moving the shift lever to the D (Drive) position when reversing

If these operations are attempted, a chime sounds and the vehicle shifts to the N (Neutral) position.

P (Park) Use this shift position when the vehicle is parked or when placing the vehicle in the READY to drive position. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped. In order to switch to the P (Park) position, push the P (Park) position switch as shown in the illustration above once the vehicle has come to a complete stop. If the P (Park) position switch is pushed while the ve- hicle is in motion, a chime sounds and the current shift position is maintained. After switching to the P (Park) position, ap- ply the parking brake. When parking on a hill, apply the parking brake first while keep-

ing the foot brake pedal depressed then push the P (Park) position switch and place the vehicle in the P (Park) position. For ad- ditional information, refer to Parking brake in this section.

NOTE: While the vehicle is stationary, if the

shift position is placed in any position other than the P (Park) position when the power switch is set to OFF, it will automatically switch to the P (Park) position.

If the P (Park) position switch is pushed while sliding the shift lever, the shift position will not switch to the P (Park) position. When pushing the P (Park) position switch be sure to first allow the shift lever to return to its center position.

R (Reverse) Use this position to back up. Make sure that the vehicle is completely stopped before selecting the R (Reverse) position. If the ve- hicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position.

LSD2836

5-18 Starting and driving

N (Neutral) Neither forward nor reverse gear is en- gaged. The vehicle can be placed in the READY to drive position in this position. Do not shift to the N (Neutral) position while driving. The regenerative brake system does not operate in the N (Neutral) position. However, the vehicle brakes will still stop the car. D (Drive) Use this position for all normal forward driving. If the vehicle is placed in the D (Drive) position while reversing, the chime will sound and the vehicle will switch into the N (Neutral) position. B mode

The B mode engages the regenerative braking system more aggressively on downhill slopes, and helps reduce brake use. It is activated by moving the shift lever left and down. The shift lever will then re- turn to the center position. For additional information, refer to Brake system in this section.

WARNING

Be sure the parking brake is released before driving. Failure to do so could cause brake failure and lead to an accident.

Do not release the parking brake from outside the vehicle.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

When leaving the vehicle, apply the parking brake and push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

LSD2837

PARKING BRAKE

Starting and driving 5-19

PEDAL TYPE To engage: Firmly depress the parking brake. To release: 1. Firmly apply the foot brake.

2. Move the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

3. Firmly depress the parking brake pedal and it will release.

4. Before driving, be sure the brake warn- ing light goes out.

SWITCH TYPE (models with electronic parking brake system) The electronic parking brake can be ap- plied or released automatically or by oper- ating the electronic parking brake switch.

Automatic operation The electronic parking brake is automati- cally released as soon as the vehicle starts and the accelerator pedal is depressed. In order for the electronic parking brake to disable when the driver pushes the accel- erator, the drivers seat belt must be fas- tened.

WARNING

The electronic parking brake will not be automatically applied when the EV system is stopped without using the power switch (for example, by EV system stalling).

Before leaving the vehicle, move the shift lever to the P (Park) position and check that the electronic parking brake indicator light ( or PARK) is illuminated to confirm that the elec- tronic parking brake is applied. The electronic parking brake indicator light ( or PARK) will remain on for a period of time after the drivers door is locked.

CAUTION

When parking in an area where the outside temperature is below 32F (0C), the parking brake, if applied, may freeze in place and may be diffi- cult to release.

For safe parking, it is recommended that you place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and securely block the wheels.

NOTE: If a malfunction occurs in the elec-

tronic parking brake system (for ex- ample, due to battery discharge), it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

LSD0158

5-20 Starting and driving

If the shift lever is moved to the P (Park) position when the brake force is main- tained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply automatically.

If the drivers seat belt is unfastened when the brake force is maintained by the automatic brake hold function, the electronic parking brake will apply au- tomatically.

When the ICC system (if so equipped) is canceled under the following condi- tions at a standstill, the electronic parking brake is automatically acti- vated: Any door is open. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. Your vehicle has been stopped by

the ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.

The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or B mode.

The Vehicle Dynamic Control system is turned off.

When distance measurement be- comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor.

When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.

Manual operation The electronic parking brake will not be au- tomatically applied if the EV system is stopped without using the power switch (for example, by EV system stalling). In such a case, you have to apply the parking brake manually. To apply: Pull the switch up O1 . The indica- tor light OA will illuminate. To release: With the power switch in the ON position, depress the brake pedal and push the switch down O2 . The indicator light OA

will turn off.

Before driving, check that the electronic parking brake indicator light ( or PARK) goes out. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and au- dible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

NOTE: A buzzer will sound if the vehicle is

driven without releasing the parking brake. For additional information, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

While the electronic parking brake is applied or released, an operating sound is heard from the lower side of the rear seat. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction.

When the electronic parking brake is frequently applied and released in a short period of time, the parking brake may not operate in order to prevent the parking brake system from overheat- ing. If this occurs, operate the elec- tronic parking brake switch again after waiting approximately 1 minute.

LSD2838

Starting and driving 5-21

If the electronic parking brake must be applied while driving in an emergency, pull up and hold the electronic parking brake switch. When you release the electronic parking brake switch, the parking brake will be released.

While pulling up the electronic parking brake switch during driving, the park- ing brake is applied and a chime sounds. The electronic parking brake indicator light ( or PARK) in the me- ter and in the electronic parking brake switch illuminates. This does not indi- cate a malfunction. The electronic parking brake indicator light ( or PARK) in the meter and in the elec- tronic parking brake switch turns off when the parking brake is released.

When pulling the electronic parking brake switch up with the power switch in the OFF or ACC position, the elec- tronic parking brake switch indicator light will continue to illuminate for a short period of time.

WARNING

Never rely solely on the e-Pedal system, as there is a performance limit to the system function. Always drive carefully and attentively. The brake pedal should be operated to slow or stop the vehicle, depending on traffic or road condi- tions.

The e-Pedal system enables the driver to slow or stop the vehicle or to keep the ve- hicle stopped by operating only the accel- erator pedal. This system helps to keep the driver from moving his/her foot between the accelerator pedal and the brake pedal.

E-PEDAL SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Acceleration

2. Deceleration (instead of brake pedal)

3. Making a stop (instead of brake pedal

LSD3165

E-PEDAL SYSTEM

5-22 Starting and driving

When the e-Pedal system is activated, the regenerative brake is enhanced and the driver can adjust the vehicle speed by only depressing or returning the accelerator pedal. When you release (take your foot off) the accelerator pedal, the vehicle slows down and comes to a stop smoothly with- out depressing the brake pedal. After a stop, the vehicle remains at a stop auto- matically.

To activate or deactivate the e-Pedal sys- tem, place the power switch in the ON po- sition and pull the e-Pedal switch located on the center console. The e-Pedal system turns on or off each time the e-Pedal switch is pulled. (The e-Pedal indicator in the vehicle information display shows the status of the e-Pedal system.) To turn the e-Pedal system off while the vehicle is stopped by the e-Pedal system, depress the brake pedal and then pull the e-Pedal switch.

NOTE: When the e-Pedal system is switched

on or off, the degree of vehicle decel- eration changes.

The e-Pedal system automatically turns off when the EV system restarts.

To keep the e-Pedal system activated even after the EV system restarts, turn on Retain Mode in the Driver Assis- tance menu of the vehicle information display. For additional information, re- fer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

The setting for Retain Mode does not reset after selecting Factory Reset in the Settings menu of the vehicle in- formation display. For additional infor- mation, refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and con- trols section of this manual.

When the e-Pedal system is activated, the characteristics of the accelerator pedal change significantly and the accelerator pedal operates differently than a conven- tional accelerator pedal operates. Be sure to confirm the status of the e-Pedal system in the vehicle information display before driving.

LSD3166 LSD3645

Starting and driving 5-23

The e-Pedal system provides the following driving features: When driving and stopping the vehicle: Depressing or returning the accelerator

pedal changes the degree of accelera- tion and deceleration accordingly.

Returning the accelerator pedal gener- ates more deceleration than normal. (The maximum deceleration changes accord- ing to the vehicle speed.)

Releasing (taking your foot off) the accel- erator pedal reduces the vehicle speed until the vehicle comes to a stop.

The vehicles brake lights illuminate when the deceleration level reaches an ordi- nary braking operation.

If the deceleration is not sufficient when the accelerator pedal is returned or released, depress the brake pedal. The brake pedal can be operated to reduce the vehicle speed in the same way as normal even when the e-Pedal system is activated. When restarting the vehicle: After the vehicle comes to a stop by the

e-Pedal system function, the vehicle re- mains at a stop as long as the accelerator pedal is released.

The vehicles brake lights remain illumi- nated when the vehicle is stopped by the e-Pedal system.

Depress the accelerator pedal to start the vehicle again from a stop.

When the vehicle needs to be stopped for a certain period of time, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and apply the parking brake.

CAUTION

When the e-Pedal system is turned off, remember to depress the brake pedal firmly to prevent the vehicle from mov- ing with the shift lever in any position other than P (Park).

When backing up the vehicle: With the shift lever in the R (Reverse) po-

sition, operating the accelerator pedal adjusts the vehicle speed (acceleration, deceleration, or stopping) in the same way as the D (Drive) position.

Other driving tips for the e-Pedal sys- tem: For smooth deceleration when the

e-Pedal system is activated, it is recom- mended that you adjust the accelerator pedal by either depressing or returning, not releasing, the pedal.

Moving the shift lever from D (Drive) to B mode or from B mode to D (Drive) does not affect the e-Pedal system feature.

The e-Pedal system does not function under the following conditions: When the vehicle is placed in the P

(Park) or N (Neutral) position When cruise control (if so equipped),

ProPILOT Assist (if so equipped), or Au- tomatic Emergency Braking with Pe- destrian Detection operates

E-PEDAL SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the e-Pedal system. Failure to oper- ate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in serious injury or death.

5-24 Starting and driving

If the Press brake pedal to prevent rolling warning message appears in the vehicle information display, de- press the brake pedal. The vehicle may start moving.

If the deceleration force provided by the e-Pedal system is not sufficient, depress the brake pedal.

If the vehicle starts to move while it is stopped by the e-Pedal system, de- press the brake pedal immediately.

Under the following conditions, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and make sure the parking brake is securely applied. The vehicle may start moving suddenly. When getting in and out of the

vehicle When loading and unloading the

vehicle When stopping the vehicle for a

long period of time Under the following conditions, the

e-Pedal system may not decelerate or stop the vehicle sufficiently. De- press the brake pedal whenever necessary. When excessively heavy baggage

is loaded in the vehicle

When driving on steep downhill roads

When driving on icy roads On a slope, the e-Pedal system may

not stop the vehicle completely or may not keep the vehicle stopped. Depress the brake pedal whenever necessary.

CAUTION

Turn the e-Pedal system off and place the vehicle in the N (Neutral) position under the following conditions: When the vehicle enters an auto-

matic car wash When the vehicle is towed

Be careful not to operate the e-Pedal switch mistakenly or unintentionally.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the e-Pedal system malfunctions, the e- Pedal system failure! Press brake pedal to slow or stop warning message appears in the vehicle information display. When the warning message appears, the e-Pedal system will be turned off automatically. Have the system checked as soon as pos- sible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-25

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the LDW system could result in serious injury or death. This system is only a warning device

to inform the driver of a potential un- intended lane departure. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The LDW system will operate when the ve- hicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The LDW system monitors the lane mark- ers on the traveling lane using the camera unit OA located above the inside mirror. The LDW system warns the driver with an indicator in the vehicle information display and a steering vibration that the vehicle is beginning to leave the driving lane. For ad- ditional information, refer to LDW system operation in this section.LSD2839

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)

5-26 Starting and driving

LDW SYSTEM OPERATION The LDW system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) and above and the lane markings are clear. When the vehicle approaches ei- ther the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indicator in the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.

LSD3646

Starting and driving 5-27

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE LDW SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the LDW system: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Lane and press the OK button.

3. Select Lane Departure Warning and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

LDW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the LDW system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the LDW system could re- sult in serious injury or death. The system will not operate at

speeds below approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

LSD3647

5-28 Starting and driving

Do not use the LDW system under the following conditions as it may not function properly: During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.). When driving on slippery roads,

such as on ice or snow. When driving on winding or un-

even roads. When there is a lane closure due to

road repairs. When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane. When driving on roads where the

lane width is too narrow. When driving without normal tire

conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, nonstan- dard wheels).

When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or sus- pension parts.

When you are towing a trailer or other vehicle.

The system may not function prop- erly under the following conditions: On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane mark- ers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane mark- ers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with wa- ter, dirt, snow, etc.

On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

On roads where there are sharp curves.

On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shad- ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.)

On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.

When the vehicles traveling direc- tion does not align with the lane marker.

When traveling close to the ve- hicle in front of you, which ob- structs the lane camera unit de- tection range.

When rain, snow, dirt or an object adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.

When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.

When strong light enters the lane camera unit (for example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset).

When a sudden change in bright- ness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge).

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104F [40C]) and then started, the LDW system may be deacti- vated automatically and the following message will appear in the vehicle infor- mation display: Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature. When the interior temperature is reduced, the LDW system will resume operating au- tomatically

Starting and driving 5-29

The LDW system is not designed to warn under the following conditions: When you operate the lane change signal

and change traveling lanes in the direc- tion of the signal. (The LDW system will become operable again approximately 2 seconds after the lane change signal is turned off.)

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the LDW functions will resume.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the LDW system malfunctions, it will can- cel automatically and Malfunction: See Owners Manual will appear in the vehicle information display. If Malfunction: See Owners Manual appears in the vehicle in- formation display, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle. Place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and the power switch in the OFF position and re- start the EV system. If Malfunction: See Owners Manual continues to appear in the vehicle information display, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit O1 for the LDW sys- tem is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the LDW sys- tem and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units capability of detecting the lane markers.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

LSD2847

5-30 Starting and driving

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the I-LI sys- tem could result in serious injury or death. The I-LI system will not steer the ve-

hicle or prevent loss of control. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The I-LI system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane markers in certain road, weather, or driving conditions.

The I-LI system must be turned on with the ProPILOT Assist switch on the steering wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) every time the power switch is placed in the ON position. The I-LI system will operate when the ve- hicle is driven at speeds of approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) and above, and only when the lane markings are clearly visible on the road. The I-LI system warns the driver when the vehicle has left the center of the traveling lane with an indicator in the vehicle infor- mation display and a steering vibration. The system helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane by applying the brakes to the left or right wheels individually (for a short period of time).

The I-LI system monitors the lane markers on the traveling lane using the camera unit OA located above the inside mirror.

LSD2839

INTELLIGENT LANE INTERVENTION (I-LI)

Starting and driving 5-31

I-LI SYSTEM OPERATION The I-LI system operates above approxi- mately 37 mph (60 km/h). When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, the steering wheel will vibrate and the LDW indicator in the vehicle information display will blink to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI system will automati- cally apply the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. To turn on the I-LI system, push the ProPI- LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist). The I-LI indicator will illu- minate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) again to turn off the I-LI system. The I-LI indicator will turn off.

LSD3648

1. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) indicator

2. Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) indicator

3. ProPILOT Assist switch (for models with ProPILOT Assist)

4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (for models without ProPILOT Assist)

5-32 Starting and driving

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-LI SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I-LI system: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Lane and press the OK button.

3. Select Lane Departure Prevention and press the OK button.

4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod- els with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic driver assistance switch (models with- out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system on or off.

LSD3649

Starting and driving 5-33

NOTE:

When Lane Departure Prevention is ON in the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT Assist system (if so equipped) on will ac- tivate the Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) system at the same time. If Lane Departure Prevention is OFF in the set- tings menu, I-LI will automatically acti- vate when ProPILOT Assist is SET or Steering Assist is active. For additional information, refer to Intelligent Lane In- tervention (I-LI) in this section.

I-LI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-LI system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the I-LI system could result in serious injury or death. The I-LI system may activate if you

change lanes without first activating your turn signal or, for example, if a construction zone directs traffic to cross an existing lane marker. If this occurs you may need to apply correc- tive steering to complete your lane change.

Because the I-LI may not activate un- der the road, weather, and lane marker conditions described in this section, it may not activate every time your vehicle begins to leave its lane and you will need to apply cor- rective steering.

When the I-LI system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, you could lose control of the vehicle.

The I-LI system will not operate at speeds below approximately 37 mph (60 km/h) or if it cannot detect lane markers.

Do not use the I-LI system under the following conditions as it may not function properly: During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.). When driving on slippery roads,

such as on ice or snow. When driving on winding or un-

even roads. When there is a lane closure due to

road repairs. When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane.

When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare tire, tire chains, nonstan- dard wheels).

When the vehicle is equipped with nonoriginal brake parts or sus- pension parts.

When you are towing a trailer or other vehicle.

On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane mark- ers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane mark- ers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with wa- ter, dirt, snow, etc.

On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

On roads where there are sharp curves.

5-34 Starting and driving

On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shad- ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs. (The I-LI system could detect these items as lane markers.)

On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.

When the vehicles traveling direc- tion does not align with the lane marker.

When traveling close to the ve- hicle in front of you, which ob- structs the lane camera unit de- tection range.

When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.

When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.

When strong light enters the lane camera unit (for example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset).

When a sudden change in bright- ness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge).

While the I-LI system is operating, you may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates that the I-LI system is operating properly.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Condition A: The warning and assist functions of the I-LI system are not designed to work under the following conditions: When you operate the lane change signal

and change the traveling lanes in the di- rection of the signal. (The I-LI system will be deactivated for approximately 2 sec- onds after the lane change signal is turned off.)

When the vehicle speed lowers to less than approximately 37 mph (60 km/h).

After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the warning and assist func- tions will resume.

Condition B: The assist function of the I-LI system is not designed to work under the following con- ditions (warning is still functional): When the brake pedal is depressed. When the steering wheel is turned as far

as necessary for the vehicle to change lanes.

When the vehicle is accelerated during I-LI system operation.

When the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) approach warning occurs.

When the hazard warning flashers are operated.

When driving on a curve at high speed. After the above conditions have finished and the necessary operating conditions are satisfied, the I-LI system application of the brakes will resume. Condition C: If the following messages appear in the vehicle information display, a chime will sound and the I-LI system will be turned off automatically. Not Available - Poor Road Conditions:

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system (except Traction Control System [TCS] function) or ABS operates.

Starting and driving 5-35

Currently not available: When the VDC system is turned off.

Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, turn off the I-LI system. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or dynamic driver assistance switch (mod- els without ProPILOT Assist) to turn the I-LI system back on. Temporary disabled status at high tem- perature: If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104F [40C]) and then the I-LI system is turned on, the I-LI system may be deactivated automatically and the following message will appear on the ve- hicle information display: Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature. When the interior temperature is reduced, the system will re- sume operating automatically.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the I-LI system malfunctions, it will cancel automatically. The I-LI system warning light (orange) will illuminate and Malfunction: See Owners Manual warning message will appear in the display.

If the I-LI system warning light (orange) illu- minates in the display, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle. Turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the I-LI system warning light (orange) con- tinues to illuminate, have the I-LI system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The lane camera unit O1 for the I-LI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the I-LI system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

LSD2847

5-36 Starting and driving

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units capability of detecting the lane markers.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the BSW system could result in serious injury or death. The BSW system is not a replacement

for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent contact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the di- rection your vehicle will move to en- sure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.

The BSW system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes.

The BSW system uses radar sensors O1

installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane.

LSD3768

BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

Starting and driving 5-37

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detec- tion zone shown as illustrated. This detec- tion zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.

LSD2875 Detection zone

LSD2844

5-38 Starting and driving

BSW SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Side Indicator Light

2. BSW Indicator The BSW system operates above approxi- mately 20 mph (32 km/h). If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light (1) illuminates. If the turn signal is then acti- vated, the system chimes (twice), the side indicator light flashes, and the BSW indica- tor (2) illuminates (yellow) in the vehicle in- formation display. The side indicator light continues to flash until the detected ve- hicle leaves the detection zone. The side indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the power switch is placed in the ON position. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted automatically depending on the brightness of the ambient light. If a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the side indicator light flashes and no chime sounds. For additional infor- mation, refer to BSW driving situations in this section

The BSW system automatically turns on every time the EV system is started, as long as it is activated using the settings menu on the vehicle information display.

Starting and driving 5-39

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE BSW SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the BSW system: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Blind Spot and press the OK button.

3. Select Blind Spot Warning and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:

When enabling/disabling the system, the system will retain current settings even if the EV system is restarted.

LSD3651

5-40 Starting and driving

BSW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the BSW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. The BSW system cannot detect all ve-

hicles under all conditions. The radar sensors may not be able to

detect and activate BSW when cer- tain objects are present such as: Pedestrian, bicycles, animals. Vehicles such as motorcycles, low

height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.

Oncoming vehicles. Vehicles remaining in the detec-

tion zone when you accelerate from a stop.

A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.

A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.

A vehicle which your vehicle over- takes rapidly.

A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.

When overtaking several vehicles in a row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close together.

The radar sensors detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect ve- hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv- ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen- sors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.

The radar sensors are designed to ig- nore most stationary objects; how- ever, objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.

The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: Severe weather Road spray Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on

the vehicle

Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install acces- sories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.

Excessive noise (for example, audio system volume, open vehicle win- dow) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

Starting and driving 5-41

BSW DRIVING SITUATIONS Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi- nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approaching from behind Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal when another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE: The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2877 Illustration 1 Approaching from behind

LSD2878 Illustration 2 Approaching from behind

5-42 Starting and driving

Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 3: The side indicator light illu- minates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap- proximately 2 seconds.

Illustration 4: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE: When overtaking several vehicles in a

row, the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are travel- ing close together.

The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2882 Illustration 3 Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2883 Illustration 4 Overtaking another

vehicle

Starting and driving 5-43

Entering from the side Illustration 5: The side indicator light illu- minates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.

Illustration 6: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detection zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

NOTE: If the driver activates the turn signal

before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

The radar sensors may not detect a ve- hicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it en- ters the detection zone.

LSD2884 Illustration 5 Entering from the side

LSD2885 Illustration 6 Entering from the side

5-44 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When radar blockage is detected, the sys- tem will be deactivated automatically. The BSW indicator O1 will blink (yellow) in the vehicle information display. The indicator next to Blind spot in the Driving Aids menu O2 will also blink (yellow). The system is not available until the condi- tions no longer exist. The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi- tion may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the radar sen- sors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

LSD3769

Starting and driving 5-45

Malfunction If the BSW system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The BSW indicator will il- luminate (yellow) in the vehicle information display. The indicator next to Blind spot in the Driving Aids menu will also illuminate (yellow).

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the indicators continue to appear, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The two radar sensors O1 for the BSW and RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the ra- dar sensors clean. The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- structing the radar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar- ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if the area around the radar sensors is dam- aged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC : OAYSRR3B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment.

LSD3768

5-46 Starting and driving

For Canada Applicable law: Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device. Frequency bands: 24.05 24.25GHz Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the I-BSI system could result in serious injury or death. The I-BSI system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving procedure and is not designed to prevent con- tact with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the I-BSI system.

There is a limitation to the detection capability of the radar or the sonar. Not every moving object or vehicle will be detected. Using the I-BSI sys- tem under some road, ground, lane marker, traffic or weather conditions could lead to improper system op- eration. Always rely on your own op- eration to avoid accidents.

The I-BSI system helps alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes, and helps assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane.

The I-BSI system uses radar sensors O1

installed near the rear bumper to detect other vehicles in an adjacent lane. In addi- tion to the radar sensors, the I-BSI system uses a camera O2 installed behind the windshield to monitor the lane markers of your traveling lane.

LSD3770

INTELLIGENT BLIND SPOT INTERVENTION (I-BSI)

Starting and driving 5-47

The radar sensors can detect vehicles on either side of your vehicle within the detec- tion zone shown as illustrated. The detection zone starts from the outside mirror of your vehicle and extends approxi- mately 10ft (3.0m) behind the rear bumper, and approximately 10ft (3.0 m) sideways.

SSD1030 Detection zone

LSD3671

1. Side indicator light

2. Blind Spot Warning (BSW) indicator

3. Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) indicator

4. Dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist)

5. ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist)

5-48 Starting and driving

I-BSI SYSTEM OPERATION The I-BSI system operates above approxi- mately 37 mph (60 km/h). If the radar sensors detect a vehicle in the detection zone, the side indicator light O1

illuminates. If the turn signal is then activated, the sys- tem chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes. The side indicator light contin- ues to flash until the detected vehicle leaves the detection zone. The brightness of the side indicator light is adjusted auto- matically depending on the brightness of the ambient light. If the I-BSI system is ON and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane. The I-BSI system operates regardless of turn signal usage.

NOTE: I-BSI warning and system application

will only be activated if the side indica- tor light is already illuminated when your vehicle approaches a lane marker. If another vehicle comes into the de- tection zone after your vehicle has crossed a lane marker, no I-BSI warn- ing or system application will be acti- vated. (For additional information, see I-BSI driving situations (P.552).).

The I-BSI system is typically activated earlier than the Intelligent Lane Inter- vention (I-LI) system when your vehicle is approaching a lane marker.

To turn on the I-BSI system, push the ProPI- LOT Assist switch on the steering wheel (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dy- namic driver assistance switch (models without ProPILOT Assist) after starting the EV system. The I-BSI indicator will illumi- nate. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch or the dynamic driver assistance switch again to turn off the I-BSI system. The I-BSI indicator will turn off.

Starting and driving 5-49

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-BSI SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the I-BSI system: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Blind Spot and press the OK button.

3. Select Blind Spot Intervention and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

4. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch (mod- els with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver assistance switch (models with- out ProPILOT Assist) to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:

When Blind Spot Intervention is ON in the settings menu, turning the ProPILOT As- sist switch (if so equipped) ON will acti- vate the Intelligent Blind Spot Interven- tion (I-BSI) system at the same time. For additional information, refer to Intelli- gent Lane Intervention (I-LI) in this section.LSD3651

5-50 Starting and driving

I-BSI SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-BSI system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. The I-BSI system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions. The radar sensors may not be able to

detect and activate I-BSI when cer- tain objects are present such as: Pedestrians, bicycles, or animals. Vehicles such as motorcycles, low

height vehicles, or high ground clearance vehicles.

Vehicles remaining in the detec- tion zone when you accelerate from a stop. For additional infor- mation, refer to BSI driving situa- tions in this section.

Oncoming vehicles. A vehicle merging into an adjacent

lane at a speed approximately the same as your vehicle.

A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.

A vehicle which your vehicle over- takes rapidly.

A vehicle that passes through the detection zone quickly.

The radar sensors detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the radar sensors may not detect ve- hicles in an adjacent lane. When driv- ing in a narrow lane, the radar sen- sors may detect vehicles driving two lanes away.

The radar sensors are designed to ig- nore most stationary objects; how- ever, objects such as guardrails, walls, foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operation condition.

The camera may not detect lane markers in the following situations and the I-BSI system may not oper- ate properly. On roads where there are multiple

parallel lane markers; lane mark- ers that are faded or not painted clearly; yellow painted lane mark- ers; non-standard lane markers; lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

On roads where there are sharp curves.

On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shad- ows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or lines remaining after road repairs.

On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.

When the vehicles traveling direc- tion does not align with the lane markers.

When traveling close to the ve- hicle in front of you, which ob- structs the lane camera unit de- tection range.

When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of a lane camera unit.

When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if aiming is not adjusted properly.

When strong light enters a lane camera unit. (For example: light directly shines on the front of the vehicle at sunrise or sunset.)

Starting and driving 5-51

When a sudden change in bright- ness occurs. (For example: when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or under a bridge.)

Do not use the I-BSI system under the following conditions because the system may not function properly. During bad weather (for example:

rain, fog, snow, etc.). When driving on slippery roads,

such as on ice or snow, etc. When driving on winding or un-

even roads. When there is a lane closure due to

road repairs. When driving in a makeshift or

temporary lane. When driving on roads where the

lane width is too narrow. When driving with a tire that is not

within normal tire conditions (e.g., tire wear, low tire pressure, instal- lation of spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels).

When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or sus- pension parts.

Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, open vehicle window) will in- terfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

I-BSI DRIVING SITUATIONS

Indicator on

Indicator off

Indicator flashing

Another vehicle approaching from behind Illustration 1: The side indicator light illumi- nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from behind in an adjacent lane.

LSD2299 Illustration 1 Approaching from behind

5-52 Starting and driving

Illustration 2: If the driver activates the turn signal then the system chimes a sound (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

Illustration 3: If the I-BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. Then the I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

NOTE: The radar sensors may not detect ve-

hicles which are approaching rapidly from behind.

If the driver activates the turn signal be- fore a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

LSD2300 Illustration 2 Approaching from

behind

LSD3775 Illustration 3 Approaching from

behind

Starting and driving 5-53

Overtaking another vehicle Illustration 4: The side indicator light illumi- nates if you overtake a vehicle and that vehicle stays in the detection zone for ap- proximately 3 seconds.

Illustration 5: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detec- tion zone, then the system chimes (twice) and the side indicator light flashes.

Illustration 6: If the I-BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches a lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

LSD2302 Illustration 4 Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2303 Illustration 5 Overtaking another

vehicle

LSD2072 Illustration 6 Overtaking another

vehicle

5-54 Starting and driving

NOTE: When overtaking several vehicles in a row,

the vehicles after the first vehicle may not be detected if they are traveling close to- gether.

The radar sensors may not detect slower moving vehicles if they are passed quickly.

If the driver activates the turn signal be- fore a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

Entering from the side Illustration 7: The side indicator light illumi- nates if a vehicle enters the detection zone from either side.

NOTE:

The radar sensors may not detect a ve- hicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it en- ters the detection zone.

Illustration 8: If the driver activates the turn signal while another vehicle is in the detec- tion zone, then the side indicator light flashes and a chime will sound twice.

NOTE:

If the driver activates the turn signal be- fore a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when another vehicle is detected.

LSD2305 Illustration 7 Entering from the side

LSD2308 Illustration 8 Entering from the side

Starting and driving 5-55

Illustration 9: If the I-BSI system is on and your vehicle approaches the lane marker while another vehicle is in the detection zone, the system chimes (three times) and the side indicator light flashes. The I-BSI system activates to help return the vehicle back to the center of the driving lane.

Illustration 10: The I-BSI system will not op- erate if your vehicle is on a lane marker when another vehicle enters the detection zone. In this case only the BSW system op- erates.

NOTE: The radar sensors may not detect a ve-

hicle which is traveling at about the same speed as your vehicle when it en- ters the detection zone.

If the driver activates the turn signal before a vehicle enters the detection zone, the side indicator light will flash but no chime will sound when the other vehicle is detected.

I-BSI will not operate or will stop oper- ating and only a warning chime will sound under the following conditions: When the brake pedal is depressed. When the vehicle is accelerated dur-

ing I-BSI system operation. When steering quickly. When the ICC, I-FCW or AEB with Pe-

destrian Detection warnings sound. When the hazard warning flashers

are operated. When driving on a curve at a high

speed.

SSD1094 Illustration 9 Entering from the side

LSD2051 Illustration 10: Entering from the side

5-56 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Under the following conditions, a chime will sound, the following message will appear in the vehicle information display and the I-BSI system will be turned off automati- cally. The I-BSI system will not be available until the conditions no longer exist. Not available Poor Road Conditions When the VDC system (except TCS func-

tion) or ABS operates. Currently not available When the VDC system is turned off. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPI- LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system back on. When radar blockage is detected, the I-BSI system will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound and the Unavailable: Side Radar Obstruction warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

The I-BSI system is not available until the conditions no longer exist. For additional information, refer to System maintenance in this section. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, turn the I-BSI system on again. If the Un- available: Side Radar Obstruction warning message appears even after the I-BSI sys- tem is turned on again, stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position and turn the EV system off. Check for and remove objects obscuring the radar sensors on the rear bumper, and restart the EV system. If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions (over approximately 104F (40C)) and then the I-BSI system is turned on, the I-BSI system may be deactivated automatically. The Unavailable: High Cabin Temperature warning message will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take: When the interior temperature is reduced, push the ProPILOT Assist switch (models with ProPILOT Assist) or the dynamic driver assistance switch (models without ProPI- LOT Assist) again to turn the I-BSI system back on.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION When the I-BSI system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, and the Not available System Mal- function warning message with the BSW indicator (orange) will appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the Not available System Malfunction warning message with the BSW indicator (orange) continues to be displayed, have the I-BSI system checked. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Starting and driving 5-57

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The two radar sensors O1 for the I-BSI sys- tem are located near the rear bumper. Al- ways keep the area near the radar sensors clean. The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- structing the radar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the radar sensors.

Do not attach stickers (including transpar- ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer if the area around the radar sensors is damaged due to a colli- sion. The lane camera unit O2 for I-BSI system is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of I-BSI and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units capability of detecting the lane markers.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit. It is recommended that you contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if the camera unit is damaged due to an accident.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID: OAYSRR3B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful inter- ference, and (2) this device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

LSD3770

5-58 Starting and driving

NOTE:

The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio or TV interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment. Such modifications could void the users authority to operate the equipment. For Canada Applicable law: Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept any inter- ference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Frequency bands: 24.05 24.25GHz Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the RCTA system could result in serious injury or death. The RCTA system is not a replace-

ment for proper driving procedures and is not designed to prevent con- tact with vehicles or objects. When backing out of a parking space, al- ways use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction your vehicle will move. Never rely solely on the RCTA system.

The RCTA system will assist you when backing out from a parking space. When the vehicle is in reverse, the system is de- signed to detect other vehicles approach- ing from the right or left of the vehicle. If the system detects cross traffic, it will alert you.

REAR CROSS TRAFFIC ALERT (RCTA)

Starting and driving 5-59

RCTA SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Side Indicator Light The RCTA system can help alert the driver of an approaching vehicle when the driver is backing out of a parking space. When the shift position is in R (Reverse) and the vehicle speed is less than approxi- mately 5 mph (8 km/h), the RCTA system is operational. If the radar detects an approaching vehicle from either side, the system chimes (once) and the side indicator light (1) flashes on the side the vehicle is approaching from.

LSD3418

5-60 Starting and driving

The RCTA system uses radar sensors O1

installed on both sides near the rear bum- per to detect an approaching vehicle. The radar sensors O1 can detect an ap- proaching vehicle from up to approxi- mately 66 ft (20 m) away.

LSD2886 LSD3768

Starting and driving 5-61

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE RCTA SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the RCTA system. 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Parking Aids and press the OK button.

3. Select Cross Traffic and use the OK but- ton to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:

When enabling/disabling the system, the system setting will be retained even if the EV system is restarted.

LSD3771

5-62 Starting and driving

RCTA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RCTA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death.

Always check surroundings and turn to check what is behind you before backing up. The radar sensors detect approaching (moving) vehicles. The radar sensors cannot detect every object such as: Pedestrians, bicycles, motor-

cycles, animals or child-operated toy vehicles

A vehicle that is passing at speeds greater than approximately 19 mph (30 km/h)

A vehicle that is passing at speeds lower than approximately 5 mph (8 km/h)

The radar sensors may not detect approaching vehicles in certain situations: Illustration a: When a vehicle

parked next to you obstructs the beam of the radar sensor.

Illustration b: When the vehicle is parked in an angled parking space.

Illustration c: When the vehicle is parked on inclined ground.

Illustration d: When an approach- ing vehicle turns into your vehi- cles parking lot aisle.

LSD2887

Starting and driving 5-63

Illustration e: When the angle formed by your vehicle and ap- proaching vehicle is small.

The following conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles: Severe weather Road spray Ice/frost/dirt/snow build-up on

the vehicle Do not attach stickers (including

transparent material), install acces- sories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. These conditions may reduce the ability of the radar to detect other vehicles.

Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, open vehicle window) will in- terfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

NOTE:

In the case of several vehicles approach- ing in a row (Illustration 1) or in the oppo- site direction (Illustration 2), a chime may not be sounded by the RCTA system af- ter the first vehicle passes the sensors.

LSD2888 Illustration 1

LSD2889 Illustration 2

5-64 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When radar blockage is detected, the sys- tem will be deactivated automatically. The systems are not available until the conditions no longer exist. The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- structing the radar sensors.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

Malfunction When the RCTA system malfunctions, it will turn off automatically. The Malfunction: See Owners Manual warning message will appear.

NOTE:

If the BSW system stops working, the RCTA system will also stop working. Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the system does not resume automatically, have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The two radar sensors O1 for the BSW and RCTA systems are located near the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the ra- dar sensors clean. The radar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- structing the radar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the radar sensors.

LSD3768

Starting and driving 5-65

Do not attach stickers (including transpar- ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the radar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around the radar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if the area around the radar sensors is dam- aged due to a collision.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC : OAYSRR3B This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment. For Canada Applicable law: Canada 310 This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device. Frequency bands: 24.05 24.25GHz Output power: less than 20 milliwatts

1. RES+ switch

2. CANCEL switch

3. SET- switch

4. Cruise control switch

PRECAUTIONS ON CRUISE CONTROL If the cruise control system malfunctions,

it cancels automatically. The cruise indicator in the vehicle information dis- play then blinks to warn the driver.

LSD3168

CRUISE CONTROL (if so equipped)

5-66 Starting and driving

If the cruise indicator blinks, turn the cruise control switch off and have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The cruise indicator may blink when the cruise control switch is turned on while pushing the RES+, SET- or CANCEL switch. To properly set the cruise control system, use the following procedures.

WARNING

Do not use the cruise control when driv- ing under the following conditions: When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that varies

in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.) In very windy areas Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

CRUISE CONTROL OPERATIONS The cruise control allows driving at a speed between 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) without keeping your foot on the accelera- tor pedal. To turn on the cruise control, push the cruise control switch on. The cruise indicator in the vehicle information display will illuminate. To set the cruising speed, accelerate the vehicle to the preferred speed, push the SET- switch and release it. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. The vehicle will maintain the set speed. To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ- ously set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this happens, drive without using the cruise control.

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following methods: 1. Push the CANCEL switch.

2. Tap the brake pedal.

3. Turn the cruise control switch off. The cruise indicator in the vehicle infor- mation display will turn off.

If you depress the brake pedal while pushing the RES+ or SET- switch and re- set at the cruising speed, the cruise con- trol will disengage. Turn the cruise control switch off once and then turn it on again.

The cruise control will automatically can- cel if the vehicle slows more than 8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed.

If you move the shift lever to the N (Neu- tral) position, the cruise control will be canceled.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods: Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the preferred speed, push and release the SET- switch.

Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the vehicle attains the preferred speed, re- lease the switch.

Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 mph or 1.6 km/h.

Starting and driving 5-67

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods: Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the preferred speed, push the SET- switch and release it.

Push and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the preferred speed.

Push, then quickly release, the SET- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 mph or 1km/h.

To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

LSD3654

5-68 Starting and driving

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the ICC sys- tem could result in serious injury or death. The ICC system is only an aid to assist

the driver and is not a collision warn- ing or avoidance device. It is the driv- ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.

Always drive carefully and atten- tively when using the ICC system. Read and understand the Owners Manual thoroughly before using the ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicles speed in emergency situa- tions. Do not use the ICC system ex- cept in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime will not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead. Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur

The ICC system maintains a selected dis- tance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be selected by the driver between 20 to 90 mph (32 to 144 km/h). The vehicle travels at a set speed when the road ahead is clear. The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode: For maintaining a selected dis- tance between your vehicle and the ve- hicle in front of you up to the present speed

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- trol mode: For cruising at a preset speed

Push the ICC switch A to choose the cruise control mode between the vehicle- to-vehicle distance control mode and the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. Once a control mode is activated, it cannot be changed to the other cruise control mode. To change the mode, push the ICC switch A once to turn the system off. Then push the ICC switch A again to turn the system back on and select the desired cruise control mode. Always confirm the setting in the ICC sys- tem display. For the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, refer to Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode in this section. For the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, refer to Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode in this section.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist) (if so equipped)

Starting and driving 5-69

HOW TO SELECT THE CRUISE CONTROL MODE Selecting the vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance control mode: To choose the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode O1 , quickly push and release the ICC switch OA .

Selecting the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode: To choose the con- ventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode O2 , push and hold the ICC switch OA for longer than approximately 1.5 seconds. For additional information, refer to Conven- tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode in this section.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE In the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode, the ICC system automatically main- tains a selected distance from the vehicle traveling in front of you according to that vehicles speed (up to the set speed), or at the set speed when the road ahead is clear. The ICC system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and di- rection.

LSD2891 LSD2850

5-70 Starting and driving

If the radar sensor OB detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will re- duce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system automatically controls the throttle and applies the brakes (up to ap- proximately 40% of vehicle braking power) if necessary. The detection range of the sensor is ap- proximately 650 ft (200 m) ahead.

LSD3772

Starting and driving 5-71

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE OPERATION The vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is designed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. The system will de- celerate the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC system can only apply up to 40% of the vehicles total braking power. This system should only be used when traf- fic conditions allow vehicle speeds to re- main fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance between vehicles may be- come closer because the ICC system can- not decelerate the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system will sound a warning chime and blink the system dis- play to notify the driver to take necessary action. The system will cancel and a warning chime will sound if the speed is below ap- proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected ahead. The system will also

disengage when the vehicle goes above the maximum set speed. For additional information, refer to Ap- proach warning in this section. The following items are controlled in the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode: When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is be- tween approximately 20 and 90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).

When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the sys- tem. The system will cancel once it judges a standstill with a warning chime.

When the vehicle traveling ahead has moved out from its lane of travel, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traf- fic congestion.

5-72 Starting and driving

When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system will adjust the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system will accelerate and main- tain the speed up to the set speed. Pay attention to the driving operation to main- tain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc- curs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.

Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, this system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac- cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accel- erate your vehicle when acceleration is re- quired for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to its sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when us- ing the ICC system.

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE SWITCHES The system is operated by the ICC switch and four control switches, all mounted on the steering wheel. 1. CANCEL switch:

Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed.

2. RES+ switch: Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally.

LSD2892 LSD2893

Starting and driving 5-73

3. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally.

4. DISTANCE switch: Changes the vehicles following dis- tance: Long Middle Short

5. ICC switch: Master switch to activate the system.

Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode display and indicators The display is shown in the vehicle infor- mation display. 1. Set vehicle speed indicator:

Indicates the set vehicle speed. For Canadian models, the speed is dis- played in km/h.

2. This indicator indicators the ICC system status depending on a color:

ICC system ON indicator (gray): Indi- cates that the ICC switch is on.

ICC system SET indicator (green): In- dicates that the cruising speed is set.

ICC system warning (yellow): Indi- cates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system.

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator: Indicates whether it detects a vehicle in front of you.

4. Set distance indicator: Displays the selected distance between vehicles set with the distance switch.LSD2852

5-74 Starting and driving

Operating vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode To turn on the cruise control, quickly push and release the ICC switch OA . The ICC sys- tem ON indicator (gray), set distance indi- cator and set vehicle speed indicator OB

come on in a standby state for setting.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- hicle to the desired speed, push the SET switch OC and release it. The ICC system set indicator (green), vehicle ahead detec- tion indicator, set distance indicator and set vehicle speed indicator OB will come on. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed.

When the SET switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set and the ICC indicators will blink for ap- proximately 2 seconds: When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)

and a vehicle ahead is not detected When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B

mode When the parking brake is applied When the brakes are operated by the

driver When the SET switch is pushed under the following conditions, the system cannot be set.

LSD2853 LSD2854 LSD2894

Starting and driving 5-75

A warning chime will sound and a message will pop up: When the VDC system is off (To use the

ICC system, turn on the VDC system. Push the ICC switch to turn off the ICC system and reset the ICC switch by pushing the ICC switch again.) For additional information about the VDC system, refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system in this section.

When VDC is operating When a wheel is slipping (To use the ICC

system, make sure the wheels are no lon- ger slipping.)

1. System set display with vehicle ahead

2. System set display without vehicle ahead The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions. The ICC sys- tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi- lar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The ICC system displays the set speed. Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve- hicle by controlling the throttle and apply- ing the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The system then

controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.

NOTE: The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICC system.

When the brake operates, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

When a vehicle ahead is detected, the ve- hicle ahead detection indicator comes on. The ICC system will also display the set speed and selected distance. Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler- ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC system then maintains the set speed. When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off. If a vehicle ahead appears during accelera- tion to the set vehicle speed or any time the ICC system is in operation, the system con- trols the distance to that vehicle. When a vehicle is no longer detected under approximately 15 mph (24 km/h), the sys- tem will be canceled.

LSD3169

5-76 Starting and driving

When passing another vehicle, the set speed indicator OB will flash when the ve- hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve- hicle detect indicator will turn off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the vehicle will return to the previously set speed. Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, you can depress the accelera- tor pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

How to change the set vehicle speed

To cancel the preset speed, use one of the following methods: Push the CANCEL switch. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out. Tap the brake pedal. The set vehicle

speed indicator will go out. Turn the ICC switch off. The ICC indicators

will go out. To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following methods: Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET switch.

Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set vehicle speed will increase by approxi- mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following methods: Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the ve-

hicle attains the desired speed, push the SET switch and release it.

Push and hold the SET switch. The set vehicle speed will decrease by approxi- mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

Push, then quickly release the SET switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and release the RES+ switch. The vehicle will resume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 20 mph (32 km/h).

LSD2895

Starting and driving 5-77

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time depending on the traf- fic conditions. Each time the DISTANCE switch OA is pushed, the set distance will change to long, middle, short and back to long again, in that sequence.

Distance Approximate distance at 60 mph (97 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60) 2. Middle 150 (45) 3. Short 90 (30)

The distance to the vehicle ahead will change according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance.

The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the EV system is restarted.

Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve- hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys- tem warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depress- ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve- hicle distance if: The chime sounds. The vehicle ahead detection indicator

blinks. The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are: When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.

When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in- creasing.

When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle. The warning chime will not sound when: The vehicle approaches other vehicles

that are parked or moving slowly. The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-

riding the system.

LSD2896 LSD2897

5-78 Starting and driving

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may blink when the ICC sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The ICC sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding roads, narrow roads, hilly roads, or when entering or exiting a curve. In these cases you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- fected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).

Acceleration when passing When the ICC system is engaged above 43 mph and following a slower vehicle (below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti- vated to the left, the ICC system will auto- matically start to accelerate the vehicle to help initiate passing on the left and will begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal

operates this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will continue to accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel- erate up to the following speed of that ve- hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop after a short time and regain the set follow- ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any point by depressing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.

WARNING

In order to reduce the risk of a collision that may result in serious injury or death, please be aware of the following: This function is only activated with

the left turn signal and will briefly ac- celerate the vehicle even if a lane change is not initiated. This can in- clude non-passing situations such as left side exits.

Ensure that when passing another vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be- fore initiating the pass. Sudden changes in traffic may occur while passing.

Always manually steer or brake as needed

Never solely rely on the system

Automatic cancellation A chime sounds under the following condi- tions and the control is automatically can- celed: When the vehicle ahead is not detected

and your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill

When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or B mode

When the parking brake system is applied When the VDC system is turned off When VDC operates When distance measurement becomes

impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob- struction to the sensor

When a wheel slips When the radar signal is temporarily in-

terrupted

Starting and driving 5-79

VEHICLE-TO-VEHICLE DISTANCE CONTROL MODE LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. The ICC system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC system in city traffic or congested areas.

The ICC system will not adapt auto- matically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving, or over- come poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the dis- tance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.

If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the system. The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a stand- still and sound a warning chime. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

Always pay attention to the opera- tion of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper follow- ing distance. The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected dis- tance between vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances.

The system may not detect the ve- hicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid acci- dents, never use the ICC system un- der the following conditions: On roads where the traffic is heavy

or there are sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as

on ice or snow, etc. During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.) When rain, snow or dirt adhere to

the bumper around the distance sensor

On steep downhill roads (the ve- hicle may go beyond the set ve- hicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)

On repeated uphill and downhill roads

When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre- quent acceleration or deceleration

Interference by other radar sources.

5-80 Starting and driving

Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead.

In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. Al- ways stay alert and avoid using the ICC system where not recommended in this warning section.

The radar sensor will not detect the follow- ing objects: Stationary and slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel

lane The sensor generally detects the signals returned from the vehicle ahead. Therefore, if the sensor cannot detect the reflection from the vehicle ahead, the ICC system may not maintain the selected distance.

The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot properly detect a ve- hicle ahead and the system may not oper- ate properly: When snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles reduces the sensors detection. When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc. When excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle.

The ICC system is designed to automati- cally check the sensors operation within the limitations of the system. When the sensor is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a transparent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the ICC system may not detect them. In these instances, the vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.

The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de- tection zone for the vehicle-to-vehicle dis- tance detection mode to maintain the se- lected distance from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane. If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper dis- tance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

Starting and driving 5-81

LSD2898

5-82 Starting and driving

When driving on some roads, such as wind- ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the ICC sen- sor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the ve- hicle. The detection of vehicles may also be af- fected by vehicle operation (steering ma- neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

LSD2899

Starting and driving 5-83

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavail- able. In these instances, the ICC system may cancel and may not be able to main- tain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead. Condition A Under the following conditions, the ICC sys- tem is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set: When the VDC system is turned off When VDC is operating When a vehicle ahead is not detected and

your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph (24 km/h)

When the system judges the vehicle is at a standstill

When the shift lever is not in D (Drive) or B mode

When the parking brake is applied When a wheel slips When the radar signal is temporarily in-

terrupted

LSD3656

5-84 Starting and driving

Action to take When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off using the ICC switch. Turn the ICC system back on to use the system. Condition B When the radar sensor area of the front

bumper is covered with dirt or is ob- structed, the ICC system will automati- cally be canceled.

The chime will sound and the Not Avail- able: Front Radar Blocked warning mes- sage will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV system off. When the radar signal is tempo- rarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the EV sys- tem. If the Not Available: Front Radar Blocked warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited road structures or bridges (for example, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light (orange) and display the Not Available: Front Radar Blocked message.

Action to take When the above driving conditions no lon- ger exist, turn the system back on. Condition C When the ICC system is not operating properly, a chime sounds and the ICC sys- tem warning light (orange) will come on.LSD2857

Starting and driving 5-85

Action to take If the warning light comes on, park the ve- hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off, restart the EV system, resume driving and set the ICC system again. If it is not possible to set the system or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Al- though the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sensor for the ICC system OA is located on the front of the vehicle. To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the sensor area clean. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the sensor. This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

LSD2858 LSD2859

5-86 Starting and driving

For Canada Model: ARS4B IC: 4135A-ARS4B FCC ID: OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence- exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub- ject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause interference,

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appar- eils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suiv- antes: 1. Lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. Lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor- mation: This equipment complies with FCC radia- tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon- trolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body. The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other an- tenna or transmitter. Cet quipement est conforme aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE This mode allows driving at a speed be- tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with- out keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to- vehicle distance is detected.

Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.

Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions: When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that

varies in speed

Starting and driving 5-87

On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.) In very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches

1. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed.

2. RES+ switch: Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally.

3. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally.

4. ICC switch: Master switch to activate the system.

LSD2900

5-88 Starting and driving

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators The display is located in the vehicle infor- mation display. 1. Cruise indicator: This indicator indi-

cates the ICC system status depending on a color: Cruise control ON indicator (gray):

Indicates that the ICC switch is on. Cruise control SET indicator (green):

Indicates that the cruising speed is set.

Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi- cates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system.

2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indi- cator indicates the set vehicle speed. For Canadian models, the speed is dis- played in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode

To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ICC switch OA for longer than about 1.5 sec- onds. When pushing ICC switch on, the conven- tional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators OB are displayed in the vehicle information display. After you hold the ICC switch for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the ICC system display turns off. The cruise indicator appears. You can

LSD2901 LSD2902

Starting and driving 5-89

now set your desired cruising speed. Push- ing the ICC switch again will turn the sys- tem completely off. When the power switch is placed in the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off. To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the ICC switch (vehicle-to ve- hicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the ICC switch off when not using the ICC sys- tem.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- switch and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator changes to green and set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ- ously set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manually maintain ve- hicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the following methods: 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ICC switch off. Both the cruise indicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

LSD2903

5-90 Starting and driving

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push the SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re- lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re- sume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

LSD3657

Starting and driving 5-91

System temporarily unavailable A chime sounds under the following condi- tions and the control is automatically can- celed: When the vehicle slows down more than

8 mph (13 km/h) below the set speed When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)

or B mode When the parking brake is applied When the VDC operates (including the

traction control system) When a wheel slips When the system is not operating properly, the chime sounds and the color of the cruise indicator will change to orange. Action to take If the color of the cruise indicator changes to orange, stop the vehicle in a safe place and place the shift lever in the P (Park) po- sition. Turn the EV system off, restart the EV system, resume driving, and then perform the setting again.

If it is not possible to set or the indicator stays on, it may indicate that the system is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the vehicle checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the ProPI- LOT Assist system could result in seri- ous injury or death. ProPILOT Assist is not a self-driving

system. Within the limits of its capa- bilities, as described in this manual, it helps the driver with certain driving activities.

The ProPILOT Assist system is not a replacement for proper driving pro- cedures and is not designed to cor- rect careless, inattentive or absent- minded driving. ProPILOT Assist will not always steer the vehicle to keep it in the lane. The ProPILOT Assist sys- tem is not designed to prevent loss of control. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

PROPILOT ASSIST (if so equipped)

5-92 Starting and driving

There are limitations to the ProPILOT Assist system capability. The ProPI- LOT Assist system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is the drivers re- sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The ProPILOT Assist system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device.

The ProPILOT Assist system is for highway use only and is not intended for city driving. Failure to apply the brake or steer the vehicle when nec- essary may result in a serious accident.

Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.

Never take your hands off the steer- ing wheel when driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.

Never unfasten your safety belt when using ProPILOT Assist. Doing so automatically cancels the ProPILOT Assist system.

The ProPILOT Assist system does not react to stationary and slow moving vehicles.

Always drive carefully and atten- tively when using the ProPILOT Assist system. Read and understand the Owners Manual thoroughly before using the ProPILOT Assist system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent acci- dents or to control the vehicles speed in emergency situations. Do not use the ProPILOT Assist system except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

The ProPILOT Assist system is intended to enhance the operation of the vehicle when following a vehicle traveling in the same lane and direction. The ProPILOT Assist system uses a multi- sensing front camera unit OA installed behind the windshield and a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle OB to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane and to monitor the lane markers. If the vehicle detects a slower moving vehicle ahead, the system will reduce the vehicle speed so that your vehicle follows the vehicle in front at the selected distance. The system will also help keep the vehicle centered in the traveling lane when clear lane markings are detected.

LSD3009

Starting and driving 5-93

PROPILOT ASSIST SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Steering-wheel-mounted control (left)

2. Vehicle information display

3. Steering-wheel-mounted control (right)

4. ProPILOT Assist switch The ProPILOT Assist system has the follow- ing two functions: 1. Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)

The ICC system can be set to one of two cruise control modes: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise

control mode: For cruising at a preset speed

NOTE: Steering Assist is not available in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise con- trol mode. Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control

mode: The ICC system maintains a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you within the speed range of 0 to 90 mph (0 to 144 km/h) up to the set speed. The set speed can be se- lected by the driver between 20 to 90

LSD3658

5-94 Starting and driving

mph (32 to 144 km/h). When the ve- hicle ahead slows to a stop, your ve- hicle gradually decelerates to a stand- still. When the vehicle is stopped, the ICC system maintains braking force to keep your vehicle stopped.

NOTE: When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically.

When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel- erator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.

When no vehicle is detected ahead within the driver selected distance, the vehicle travels at the speed set by the driver. The speed must be above 20 mph (32 km/h) to use this function.

NOTE:

Even if the Automatic Emergency Brak- ing (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection set- ting is turned off by the driver using the Settings menu in the vehicle informa- tion display, AEB with Pedestrian Detec- tion will be automatically turned on when ICC is used. 2. Steering Assist

The Steering Assist function controls the steering system to help keep your ve- hicle within the traveling lane. When there is no vehicle ahead, Steering Assist is not available at speeds under 37 mph (60 km/h). ProPILOT Assist switches

1. DISTANCE switch: Long Middle Short

2. RES+ switch: Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally

3. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the ProPILOT Assist system

LSD3170

Starting and driving 5-95

4. ProPILOT Assist switch: Turns the ProPILOT Assist system on or off

5. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally

6. Steering Assist switch: Turns the Steering Assist function on or off

The ProPILOT Assist system display and indicators

1. Steering Assist indicator Indicates the status of the Steering As- sist function by the color of the indicator Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-

ing Assist standby Steering Assist indicator (green):

Steering Assist active Steering Assist indicator (orange):

Steering Assist malfunction

2. ProPILOT Assist activation Displays once the ProPILOT Assist sys- tem is activated

3. Vehicle ahead detection indicator Indicates whether the system detects a vehicle in front of you

4. ProPILOT Assist status indicator Indicates the status of the ProPILOT As- sist system by the color of the indicator ProPILOT Assist status indicator

(white): ProPILOT Assist is on but in standby

ProPILOT Assist status indicator (blue): ProPILOT Assist active

5. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects lane markers No lane markers displayed: Steering

Assist is turned off Lane marker indicator (gray): No lane

markers detected Lane marker indicator (green): Lane

markers detected Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane

departure is detected

LSD3659 LSD3171

5-96 Starting and driving

6. Set distance indicator Displays the selected distance

7. Steering Assist status indicator/warning Displays the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator/warning No Steering Assist status indicator

displayed: Steering Assist is turned off Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-

ing Assist standby Steering Assist indicator (green):

Steering Assist active Steering Assist indicator (yellow):

Steering Assist malfunction

8. Speed control status indicator/warning Displays the status of speed control by the color and shape of the indicator/ warning Speed control status indicator/

warning (gray): ICC standby Speed control status indicator/

warning (solid green ): ICC (dis- tance control mode) is active (vehicle detected ahead). Your vehicle matches the speed of the vehicle ahead.

Speed control status indicator/ warning (green outline ): ICC (maintain speed control mode) is ac- tive (no vehicle detected ahead). Your vehicle maintains the driver-selected set speed.

Speed control status indicator/ warning (orange): Indicates an ICC malfunction

9. Set vehicle speed indicator Indicates the set vehicle speed

TURNING THE CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE ON NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. To choose the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch for longer than ap- proximately 1.5 seconds. For additional in- formation, refer to Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode in this section.

Starting and driving 5-97

OPERATING PROPILOT ASSIST 1. Push the ProPILOT Assist switch OA . This

turns on the ProPILOT Assist system and displays the status of the ProPILOT As- sist system on the vehicle information display OB .

2. Accelerate or decelerate your vehicle to the desired speed.

3. Push the SET- switch . The ProPILOT Assist system begins to automatically maintain the set speed. The ProPILOT Assist activation indicator OD and ProPI- LOT Assist status indicator OE illuminate (blue). When a vehicle ahead is traveling at a speed of 20 mph (32 km/h) or below and the SET- switch is pushed, the set speed of your vehicle is 20 mph (32 km/h).

NOTE:

Turning the ProPILOT Assist system on will turn on the Intelligent Lane Interven- tion (I-LI) and the Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I-BSI) systems at the same time. For additional information, refer to Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) and Intelligent Blind Spot Intervention (I- BSI) in this section.

LSD3016 LSD3017

5-98 Starting and driving

When the SET- switch is pushed under the following conditions, the ProPILOT Assist system cannot be set and the set vehicle speed indicator O1 blinks for approxi- mately 2 seconds: When traveling below 20 mph (32 km/h)

and the vehicle ahead is not detected When the shift lever is not in the D (Drive)

position or B mode When the parking brake is applied When the brakes are operated by the

driver

When the Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system is off. For additional information, refer to Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system in this section.

When the VDC system (including the trac- tion control system) is operating

When a wheel is slipping When any door is open When the drivers seat belt is not fastened

How to change the set vehicle speed

The set vehicle speed can be adjusted. To change to a faster cruising speed: Push and hold the RES+ switch. The set

vehicle speed increases by approxi- mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

Push, then quickly release, the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed increases by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

LSD3018 LSD3019

Starting and driving 5-99

To change to a slower cruising speed: Push and hold the SET- switch. The set

vehicle speed decreases by approxi- mately 5 mph (5 km/h).

Push, then quickly release, the SET- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed decreases by approximately 1 mph (1 km/h).

How to momentarily accelerate or decelerate Depress the accelerator pedal when ac-

celeration is required. Release the accel- erator pedal to resume the previously set vehicle speed.

Depress the brake pedal when decelera- tion is required. Control by the ProPILOT Assist system is canceled. Push the RES+ switch to resume the previously set ve- hicle speed.

WARNING

When the accelerator pedal is de- pressed and you are approaching the vehicle ahead, the ICC system will nei- ther control the brake nor warn the driver with the chime and display. The driver must manually control the ve- hicle speed to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead. Failure to do so could result in severe personal injury or death.

NOTE:

When you accelerate by depressing the accelerator pedal or decelerate by push- ing the SET- switch and the vehicle trav- els faster than the speed set by the driver, the set speed vehicle indicator will blink.

How to change the set distance to the vehicle ahead

The distance to the vehicle ahead can be selected at any time. Each time the DISTANCE switch OA is pushed, the set distance will change to long, middle, short and back to long again in that sequence.

LSD3020

5-100 Starting and driving

Distance Approximate distance at 60 mph (97 km/h) [ft (m)]

1. Long 200 (60) 2. Middle 150 (45) 3. Short 90 (30)

The distance to the vehicle ahead changes automatically according to the vehicle speed. The higher the vehicle speed, the longer the distance.

The distance setting will remain at the current setting even if the EV system is restarted.

LSD3021

Starting and driving 5-101

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE STEERING ASSIST 1. Steering-wheel mounted control (right)

2. Vehicle information display

3. Steering Assist switch Use the following methods to enable or disable the Steering Assist. Steering Assist switch: To turn the Steering Assist on or off, push the Steering Assist switch (3) on the instru- ment panel.

NOTE: When the Steering Assist switch is

used to turn the system on or off, the system remembers the setting even if the power switch is cycled. The switch must be pushed again to change the setting to on or off.

The Steering Assist switch changes the status of the Steering Assist selection made in the Settings screen in the vehicle information display.

LSD3660

5-102 Starting and driving

Setting in the vehicle information dis- play: 1. Press the button on the steering

wheel (1) until Settings displays in the vehicle information display (2) and then press the OK button (1).

2. Use the button (1) to select Driver Assistance. Then press the OK button (1).

3. Select Steering Assist and press the OK button (1).

NOTE: When the Cruise screen is displayed on

the vehicle information display, press the OK button on the steering wheel to call up the Driver Assistance setting display.

When enabling/disabling the system through the vehicle information dis- play or when pressing the Steering As- sist switch, the system retains the cur- rent settings even if the EV system is restarted.

How to cancel the ProPILOT Assist system To cancel the ProPILOT Assist system, use one of the following methods: Push the CANCEL switch. Tap the brake pedal (except at a stand-

still). Push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn

the system off. The ProPILOT Assist status indicator will go out.

When the ProPILOT Assist system is can- celed while the vehicle is stopped, the elec- tronic parking brake is automatically acti- vated.

WARNING

To prevent the vehicle from moving or rolling unexpectedly, which could re- sult in serious personal injury or prop- erty damage, before exiting the vehicle make sure to push the ProPILOT Assist switch to turn the system off, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV system off.

INTELLIGENT CRUISE CONTROL (ICC) (for vehicles with ProPILOT Assist)

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the ICC sys- tem could result in serious injury or death. The ICC system is only an aid to assist

the driver and is not a collision warn- ing or avoidance device. It is recom- mended for highway use only and it is not intended for city driving. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

There are limitations to the ICC sys- tem capability. The ICC system does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

Always observe posted speed limits and do not set the speed over them.

The ICC system does not react to sta- tionary and slow moving vehicles.

Starting and driving 5-103

Always drive carefully and atten- tively when using the ICC system. Read and understand the Owners Manual thoroughly before using the ICC system. To avoid serious injury or death, do not rely on the system to prevent accidents or to control the vehicles speed in emergency situa- tions. Do not use the ICC system ex- cept in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

ICC system operation The ICC system is designed to maintain a selected distance from the vehicle in front of you and can reduce the speed to match a slower vehicle ahead. The system decel- erates the vehicle as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. However, the ICC system can only apply up to 40% of the vehicles total braking power. This system should only be used when traffic condi- tions allow vehicle speeds to remain fairly constant or when vehicle speeds change gradually. If a vehicle moves into the travel- ing lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the distance be- tween vehicles may become closer be- cause the ICC system cannot decelerate

the vehicle quickly enough. If this occurs, the ICC system sounds a warning chime and blinks the system display to notify the driver to take necessary action. The ICC system cancels and a warning chime sounds if the speed is below ap- proximately 15 mph (24 km/h) and a vehicle is not detected ahead. The ICC system operates as follows: When there are no vehicles traveling

ahead, the ICC system maintains the speed set by the driver. The set speed range is between approximately 20 and 90 mph (32 and 144 km/h).

When there is a vehicle traveling ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the ve- hicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill. Once your ve- hicle stops, the ICC system keeps the ve- hicle stopped.

When your vehicle is stopped for less than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to move, your vehicle will start moving again automatically.

When your vehicle is at a standstill for more than 3 seconds and the vehicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accel- erator pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead.

When the vehicle traveling ahead moves to a different traveling lane, the ICC sys- tem accelerates and maintains vehicle speed up to the set speed.

The ICC system does not control vehicle speed or warn you when you approach stationary and slow moving vehicles. You must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead when approaching toll gates or traf- fic congestion.

5-104 Starting and driving

When driving on the freeway at a set speed and approaching a slower traveling vehicle ahead, the ICC system adjusts the speed to maintain the distance, selected by the driver, from the vehicle ahead. If the vehicle ahead changes lanes or exits the freeway, the ICC system accelerates and maintains the speed up to the set speed. Pay atten- tion to the driving operation to maintain control of the vehicle as it accelerates to the set speed. The vehicle may not maintain the set speed on winding or hilly roads. If this oc- curs, you will have to manually control the vehicle speed.

Normally when controlling the distance to a vehicle ahead, the system automatically accelerates or decelerates your vehicle ac- cording to the speed of the vehicle ahead. Depress the accelerator to properly accel- erate your vehicle when acceleration is re- quired for a lane change. Depress the brake pedal when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance to the vehicle ahead due to sudden braking or if a vehicle cuts in. Always stay alert when using the ICC system.

No vehicle detected ahead The driver sets the desired vehicle speed based on the road conditions. The ICC sys- tem maintains the set vehicle speed, simi- lar to standard cruise control, as long as no vehicle is detected in the lane ahead. The ICC system displays the set speed.

LSD2892 LSD3023 System set display with no vehicle

detected ahead

Starting and driving 5-105

Vehicle detected ahead When a vehicle is detected in the lane ahead, the ICC system decelerates the ve- hicle by controlling the throttle and apply- ing the brakes to match the speed of a slower vehicle ahead. The ICC system then controls the vehicle speed based on the speed of the vehicle ahead to maintain the driver selected distance.

NOTE: The stop lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the ICC system.

When the brake is applied by the sys- tem, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

When the ICC system detects a vehicle ahead, the vehicle ahead detection indica- tor and the speed control status indicator (distance control mode) illuminates (solid green ). Vehicle ahead stops When the vehicle ahead decelerates to stop, your vehicle decelerates to a stand- still. Once your vehicle stops, the ICC sys- tem automatically applies the brakes to keep the vehicle stopped. When your ve- hicle is at a standstill, the (RES+) Press to start message is displayed on the vehicle information display.

NOTE:

When your vehicle stops for less than 3 seconds, your vehicle will automatically follow the vehicle as it accelerates from a stop.

Vehicle ahead accelerates When your vehicle is stopped and the ve- hicle ahead begins to accelerate, push the RES+ switch or lightly depress the accelera- tor pedal. The ICC system starts to follow the vehicle ahead. Vehicle ahead not detected When a vehicle is no longer detected ahead, the ICC system gradually acceler- ates your vehicle to resume the previously set vehicle speed. The ICC system then maintains the set speed. When a vehicle is no longer detected, the vehicle ahead detection indicator turns off and the speed control status indicator (maintain speed control mode) illuminates (green outline ). The ICC system gradually accelerates to the set speed, but you can depress the accelerator pedal to quickly accelerate. When a vehicle is no longer detected and your vehicle is traveling under approxi- mately 15 mph (24 km/h), the ICC system automatically cancels.

LSD3024 System set display with vehicle ahead

5-106 Starting and driving

When passing another vehicle, the set speed indicator OB flashes when the ve- hicle speed exceeds the set speed. The ve- hicle ahead detection indicator turns off when the area ahead of the vehicle is open. When the pedal is released, the vehicle re- turns to the previously set speed. Even though your vehicle speed is set in the ICC system, you can depress the accelerator pedal when it is necessary to accelerate your vehicle rapidly.

Cut-in detection If a vehicle moves into your traveling lane near your vehicle, the ICC system may in- form the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead detection indicator.

Approach warning If your vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that ve- hicle or if another vehicle cuts in, the sys- tem warns the driver with the chime and ICC system display. Decelerate by depress- ing the brake pedal to maintain a safe ve- hicle distance if: The chime sounds. The vehicle ahead detection indicator

and set distance indicator blink. You judge it necessary to maintain a safe

distance. The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some examples are: When the vehicles are traveling at the

same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing.

When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is in- creasing.

When a vehicle cuts in near your vehicle. The warning chime will not sound when: Your vehicle approaches other vehicles

that are parked or moving slowly. The accelerator pedal is depressed, over-

riding the system.

NOTE:

The approach warning chime may sound and the system display may flash when the radar sensor detects objects on the side of the vehicle or on the side of the road. This may cause the ICC system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The radar sensor may detect these objects when the vehicle is driven on winding, narrow, or hilly roads or when the vehicle is entering or exiting a curve. In these cases, you will have to manually control the proper distance ahead of your vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity can be af- fected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle conditions (for example, if a vehicle is being driven with some damage).

LSD2895

Starting and driving 5-107

Acceleration when passing When the ICC system is engaged above 43 mph and following a slower vehicle (below ICC set speed), and the turn signal is acti- vated to the left, the ICC system will auto- matically start to accelerate the vehicle to help initiate passing on the left and will begin to reduce the distance to the vehicle directly ahead. Only the left side turn signal operates this feature. As the driver steers the vehicle and moves into the passing lane, if no vehicle is detected ahead the ICC system will continue to accelerate to the ICC system set speed. If another vehicle is detected ahead, then the vehicle will accel- erate up to the following speed of that ve- hicle. If the vehicle is not steered into the left lane to pass, the acceleration will stop after a short time and regain the set follow- ing distance. Acceleration can be stopped at any point by depressing the brake pedal or the CANCEL switch on the steering wheel.

WARNING

In order to reduce the risk of a collision that may result in serious injury or death, please be aware of the following: This function is only activated with

the left turn signal and will briefly ac- celerate the vehicle even if a lane change is not initiated. This can in- clude non-passing situations such as left side exits.

Ensure that when passing another vehicle, the adjacent lane is clear be- fore initiating the pass. Sudden changes in traffic may occur while passing. Always manually steer or brake as

needed Never solely rely on the system

ICC system limitations WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the ICC system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death: The ICC system is primarily intended

for use on straight, dry, open roads with light traffic. It is not advisable to use the ICC system in city traffic or congested areas.

The ICC system will not adapt auto- matically to road conditions. This system should be used in evenly flowing traffic. Do not use the system on roads with sharp curves or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.

5-108 Starting and driving

As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the ICC system. This system does not correct careless, inattentive or absentminded driving or over- come poor visibility in rain, fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the dis- tance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance between vehicles.

When the ICC system automatically brings the car to a stop, your vehicle can automatically accelerate if the vehicle is stopped for less than ap- proximately 3 seconds. Be prepared to stop your vehicle if necessary.

Always pay attention to the opera- tion of the vehicle and be ready to manually control the proper follow- ing distance. The ICC system may not be able to maintain the selected dis- tance between vehicles (following distance) or selected vehicle speed under some circumstances.

The system may not detect the ve- hicle in front of you in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid acci- dents, never use the ICC system un- der the following conditions: On roads with heavy, high-speed

traffic or sharp curves On slippery road surfaces such as

on ice or snow, etc. During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, etc.) When rain, snow or dirt adhere to

the bumper around the distance sensor

On steep downhill roads (the ve- hicle may go beyond the set ve- hicle speed and frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)

On repeated uphill and downhill roads

When traffic conditions make it difficult to keep a proper distance between vehicles because of fre- quent acceleration or deceleration

Interference by other radar sources

Do not use the ICC system if you are towing a trailer. The system may not detect a vehicle ahead.

In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone and cause automatic braking. Al- ways stay alert and avoid using the ICC system where not recommended in this warning section.

The ICC system will not detect the following objects: Stationary or slow moving vehicles Pedestrians or objects in the roadway Oncoming vehicles in the same lane Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel

lane The following are some conditions in which the radar sensor cannot properly detect a vehicle ahead and the system may not op- erate properly: When the sensor detection is reduced

(conditions such as rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)

Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves

Starting and driving 5-109

Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road

If dirt, ice, snow or other material is cover- ing the radar sensor area

A complicated-shaped vehicle such as a car carrier trailer or flatbed truck/trailer is near the vehicle ahead

Interference by other radar sources When your vehicle is towing a trailer, etc. When excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or cargo area of your vehicle

The ICC system is designed to automati- cally check the radar sensors operation within the limitations of the system. The detection zone of the radar sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must be in the de- tection zone for the ICC system to maintain the selected distance from the vehicle ahead. A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is en- tering the lane ahead may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into the lane.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead. The ICC system (with ProPILOT Assist) uses a multi-sensing front camera. The follow- ing are some conditions in which the cam- era may not properly detect a vehicle and detection of a vehicle ahead may be de- layed: Poor visibility (conditions such as rain,

snow, fog, dust storms, sandstorms, and road spray from other vehicles)

The camera area of the windshield is fogged up or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc.

Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming vehicles) enters the front camera

A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or shaded area or lightning flashes)

5-110 Starting and driving

LSD2898

Starting and driving 5-111

When driving on some roads, such as wind- ing, hilly, curved, narrow roads, or roads which are under construction, the radar sensor may detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a ve- hicle traveling ahead. This may cause the radar system to decelerate or accelerate the vehicle. The detection of vehicles may also be af- fected by vehicle operation (steering ma- neuver or traveling position in the lane, etc.) or vehicle condition.

If this occurs, the ICC system may warn you by blinking the system indicator and sound- ing the chime unexpectedly. You will have to manually control the proper distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.

Automatic cancellation The following are conditions in which the ICC system may be temporarily unavail- able. In these instances, the ICC system may not cancel and may not be able to maintain the selected following distance from the vehicle ahead.

Condition A Under the following conditions, the ICC sys- tem is automatically canceled. A chime will sound and the system will not be able to be set: Any door is open. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. The vehicle ahead is not detected and

your vehicle is traveling below the speed of 15 mph (24 km/h).

Your vehicle has been stopped by the ICC system for approximately 3 minutes or longer.

The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) posi- tion or B mode.

The electronic parking brake is applied. The Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) sys-

tem is turned off. The Automatic Emergency Braking with

Pedestrian Detection applies harder braking.

VDC (including the traction control sys- tem) operates.

A wheel slips. When distance measurement becomes

impaired due to adhesion of dirt or ob- struction to the sensor.

LSD2899

5-112 Starting and driving

When the radar signal is temporarily in- terrupted.

Action to take: When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the system off using the ProPILOT Assist switch. Turn the ProPI- LOT Assist system back on to use the sys- tem.

NOTE:

When the ICC system is canceled under the following conditions at a standstill, the electronic parking brake is auto- matically activated: Any door is open. The drivers seat belt is not fastened. Your vehicle has been stopped by the

ICC system for approximately 3 min- utes or longer.

The shift lever is not in the D (Drive) position or B mode.

The VDC system is turned off. When distance measurement be-

comes impaired due to adhesion of dirt or obstruction to the sensor.

When the radar signal is temporarily interrupted.

Condition B When the radar sensor of the front bumper is covered with dirt or is obstructed, the ICC system will automatically be canceled. The chime will sound and the Not Avail- able: Front Radar Blocked warning mes- sage will appear in the vehicle information display.

Action to take: If the warning message appears, stop the vehicle in a safe place, place the shift lever in the P (Park) position, and turn the EV system off. When the radar signal is tempo- rarily interrupted, clean the sensor area of the front bumper and restart the EV sys- tem. If the Not Available: Front Radar Blocked warning message continues to be displayed, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service. Condition C When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snowfields, driving next to long walls), the system may illuminate the system warning light and display the Not Available: Front Radar Blocked message. Action to take: When the above driving conditions no lon- ger exist, turn the system back on.

Starting and driving 5-113

ICC system malfunction If the ICC system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, and the speed control status warn- ing (orange) will illuminate. Action to take: If the warning light comes on, stop the ve- hicle in a safe place. Turn the EV system off, restart the EV system and set the ICC sys- tem again. If it is not possible to set the ICC system or the indicator stays on, it may be a malfunction. Although the normal driving can be continued, the ICC system should be inspected. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

ICC sensor maintenance The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle. To keep the ICC system operating properly, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the sensor area clean. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor.

Do not attach a sticker (including trans- parent material) or install an accessory near the sensor. This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not alter, remove, or paint the front bumper.

Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The camera sensor is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the sys- tems and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units capability of detecting the lane markers.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

STEERING ASSIST

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the Steer- ing Assist could result in serious injury or death. The Steering Assist is not a replace-

ment for proper driving procedures and is not designed to correct care- less, inattentive or absent-minded driving. The Steering Assist will not always steer the vehicle to keep it in the lane. It is not designed to prevent loss of control. It is the drivers re- sponsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

5-114 Starting and driving

As there is a performance limit to the Steering Assists capability, never rely solely on the system. The Steer- ing Assist does not function in all driving, traffic, weather, and road conditions. Always drive safely, pay attention to the operation of the ve- hicle, and manually control your ve- hicle appropriately.

The Steering Assist is intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways with gentle (moderate) curves. To avoid risk of an accident, do not use this system on local or non-highway roads.

The Steering Assist only steers the vehicle to maintain its position in the center of a lane. The vehicle will not steer to avoid objects in the road in front of the vehicle or to avoid a ve- hicle moving into your lane.

It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. Never take your hands off the steering wheel when driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely.

Always drive carefully and atten- tively when using the Steering Assist. Read and understand the Owners Manual thoroughly before using the Steering Assist. To avoid serious in- jury or death, do not rely on the sys- tem to prevent accidents or to con- trol the vehicles speed in emergency situations. Do not use the Steering Assist except in appropriate road and traffic conditions.

Steering Assist operation The Steering Assist controls the steering system to help keep your vehicle near the center of the lane when driving. The Steer- ing Assist is combined with the Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) system. For additional information, refer to Intelligent Cruise Con- trol (ICC) (with ProPILOT Assist) in this sec- tion.

The Steering Assist can be activated when the following conditions are met: The ICC system is activated. Lane markers on both sides are clearly

detected. A vehicle ahead is detected (when the

vehicle is driven at speeds under 37 mph [60 km/h]).

The driver grips the steering wheel. The vehicle is driven at the center of the

lane. The turn signals are not operated. The windshield wiper is not operated in

the high (HI) speed operation (the steer- ing assist function is disabled after the wiper operates for approximately 10 sec- onds).

Starting and driving 5-115

Steering Assist display and indicators 1. Steering Assist indicator

Indicates the status of the Steering As- sist by the color of the indicator Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-

ing Assist standby Steering Assist indicator (green):

Steering Assist active Steering Assist indicator (yellow):

Steering Assist malfunction

2. Steering Assist status indicator/warning Displays the status of the Steering Assist by the color of the indicator/warning Steering Assist indicator (gray): Steer-

ing Assist standby Steering Assist indicator (green):

Steering Assist active Steering Assist indicator (yellow):

Steering Assist malfunction

3. Lane marker indicator Indicates whether the system detects the lane marker Lane marker indicator (gray): Lane

markers not detected Lane marker indicator (green): Lane

markers detected Lane marker indicator (yellow): Lane

departure is detected When the Steering Assist is in operation, the Steering Assist status indicator (1), the Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa- tion display turn green. A chime sounds when the Steering Assist initially activates.

When the Steering Assist deactivates, the Steering Assist status indicator (1), the Steering Assist indicator (2), and the lane marker indicator (3) on the vehicle informa- tion display turn gray and a chime sounds twice.

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI) When a curve or strong cross wind exceeds the capabilities of the Steering Assist and your vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warn- ing chime sounds and the I-LI indicator light (orange) on the instrument panel flashes to alert the driver. Then, the I-LI sys- tem automatically applies the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to the center of the traveling lane. This action is in addition to any Steering Assist actions.

LSD3172

5-116 Starting and driving

Hands on detection When the Steering Assist is activated, it monitors the drivers steering wheel opera- tion. If the steering wheel is not operated or the driver takes his/her hands off the steering wheel for a period of time, the warning O1

appears in the vehicle information display. If the driver does not operate the steering wheel after the warning has been dis- played, an audible alert sounds and the warning flashes in the vehicle information display, followed by a quick brake applica- tion to request the driver to take control of the vehicle again. If the driver still does not respond, the Pro- PILOT Assist turns on the hazard flasher and slows the vehicle to a complete stop. The driver can cancel the deceleration at any time by steering, braking, accelerating, or operating the ProPILOT Assist switch.

LSD3661

Starting and driving 5-117

WARNING

Steering Assist is not a system for hands-free driving. Always keep your hands on the steering wheel and drive your vehicle safely. Failure to do so could cause a collision resulting in seri- ous personal injury or death.

NOTE:

If the driver lightly touches (instead of firmly grips) the steering wheel, the steering torque sensor may not detect the drivers hand(s) on the wheel and a sequence of warnings may occur. When the driver holds and operates the steer- ing wheel again, the warnings turn off.

Steering Assist limitations WARNING

In the following situations, the cam- era may not detect lane markers cor- rectly or may detect lane markers in- correctly and the Steering Assist may not operate properly: When driving on roads where there

are multiple parallel lane markers, lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly, nonstandard lane markers, or lane markers covered with water, dirt, snow, etc.

When driving on roads with dis- continued lane markers

When driving on roads with a wid- ening or narrowing lane width

When driving on roads where there are multiple lanes or unclear lane markers due to road construction

When driving on roads where there are sharply contrasting ob- jects, such as shadows, snow, wa- ter, wheel ruts, seams, or lines re- maining after road repairs (the Steering Assist could detect these items as lane markers)

When driving on roads where the traveling lane merges or separates

Do not use the Steering Assist under the following conditions because the system may not properly detect lane markers. Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident. During bad weather (rain, fog,

snow, dust, etc.) When rain, snow, sand, etc., is

thrown up by the wheels of other vehicles

When dirt, oil, ice, snow, water, or another object adheres to the camera unit

When the lens of the camera unit is foggy

When strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from on- coming vehicles) shines on the camera

When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or the headlights are off in tunnels or in darkness

5-118 Starting and driving

When a sudden change in bright- ness occurs (for example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or is under a bridge)

When driving on roads where the traveling lane merges or sepa- rates or where there are tempo- rary lane markers because of road construction

When there is a lane closure due to road repairs

When driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road

When driving on sharp curves or winding roads

When driving on repeated uphill and downhill roads

Do not use the Steering Assist under the following conditions because the system will not operate properly: When driving with a tire that is not

within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, abnormal tire pressure, installation of a spare tire, tire chains, nonstandard wheels)

When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake or suspension parts

When an object such as a sticker or cargo obstructs the camera

When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or lug- gage area of your vehicle

When the vehicle load capacity is exceeded

When towing a trailer or other vehicle

Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the beep may not be heard.

For the ProPILOT Assist system to op- erate properly, the windshield in front of the camera must be clean. Replace worn wiper blades. The cor- rect size wiper blades must be used to help make sure the windshield is kept clean. Only use Genuine NISSAN wiper blades, or equivalent wiper blades, that are specifically designed for use on your vehicle model and model year. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the correct parts for your vehicle.

Steering Assist temporary standby Automatic standby due to driving opera- tion: When the driver activates the turn signal, the Steering Assist is temporarily placed in a standby mode. (The Steering Assist re- starts automatically when the operating conditions are met again.) Automatic standby: In the following cases, a warning message is displayed along with the chime, and the Steering Assist is placed in a temporary standby mode. (The Steering Assist re- starts automatically when the operating conditions are met again.) When lane markers on both sides are no

longer detected When a vehicle ahead is no longer de-

tected under approximately 37 mph (60 km/h)

Starting and driving 5-119

Steering Assist cancel Under the following conditions, the Steer- ing Assist cancels, and the Steering Assist status indicator and the Steering Assist in- dicator turn off, and the Not Available Bad Weather warning message will appear: When unusual lane markers appear in

the traveling lane or when the lane marker cannot be correctly detected for some time due to certain conditions (for example, a snow rut, the reflection of light on a rainy day, the presence of several unclear lane markers)

When the windshield wiper operates in the high (HI) speed operation (the Steer- ing Assist is disabled when the wiper op- erates for more than approximately 10 seconds)

Action to take: Turn the ICC system off using the CANCEL switch. When the conditions listed above are no longer present, turn the ICC system on again.

Steering Assist malfunction When the system malfunctions, it turns off automatically. The Steering Assist status warning illuminates (orange). A chime may sound depending on the situation. Action to take: Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in the P (Park) position, turn the EV system off, restart the EV system, resume driving, and set the Intelligent Cruise Con- trol system again. If the warning (orange) continues to illuminate, the Steering Assist is malfunctioning. Although the vehicle is still drivable under normal conditions, have the system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Steering Assist maintenance The camera sensor is located above the inside mirror. To keep the proper operation of the system and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the windshield clean. Do not attach a sticker (including trans-

parent material) or install an accessory near the camera unit.

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units capability of detecting the lane markers.

Do not strike or damage the areas around the camera unit. Do not touch the camera lens or remove the screw located on the camera unit.

If the camera unit is damaged due to an accident, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

5-120 Starting and driving

FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment. For Canada Model: ARS4B IC: 4135A-ARS4B FCC ID: OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence- exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is sub- ject to the following two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful inter-

ference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appar- eils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorisee aux deux conditions suiv- antes: 1. Lappareil ne doit pas produire de brouil-

lage, et

2. Lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radioelectrique subi, meme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure Infor- mation: This equipment complies with FCC radia- tion exposure limits set forth for an uncon- trolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body. The transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other an- tenna or transmitter. Cet equipement est conforme aux limites dexposition aux rayonnements IC etablies pour un environnement non controle. Cet equipement doit etre installe et utilise avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users authority to operate the equipment.

CONVENTIONAL (fixed speed) CRUISE CONTROL MODE NOTE:

ProPILOT Assist provides no approach warnings, automatic braking, or steering assist in the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode. This mode allows driving at a speed be- tween 25 to 90 mph (40 to 144 km/h) with- out keeping your foot on the accelerator pedal.

WARNING

In the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, a warning chime does not sound to warn you if you are too close to the vehicle ahead, as neither the presence of the vehicle ahead nor the vehicle-to- vehicle distance is detected.

Pay special attention to the distance between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you or a collision could occur.

Always confirm the setting in the ICC system display.

Starting and driving 5-121

Do not use the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode when driving under the following conditions: When it is not possible to keep the

vehicle at a set speed In heavy traffic or in traffic that

varies in speed On winding or hilly roads On slippery roads (rain, snow, ice,

etc.) In very windy areas

Doing so could cause a loss of vehicle control and result in an accident.

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control switches 1. DISTANCE switch:

Long Middle Short

2. RES+ switch: Resumes set speed or increases speed incrementally

3. CANCEL switch: Deactivates the system without erasing the set speed

4. ProPILOT Assist switch: Master switch to activate the system

5. SET- switch: Sets desired cruise speed or reduces speed incrementally

LSD3170

5-122 Starting and driving

Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators The display is located in the vehicle infor- mation display: 1. Cruise indicator:

This indicator indicates the condition of the ICC system depending on a color. Cruise control ON indicator (gray): Indi-

cates that the ProPILOT Assist switch is on

Cruise control SET indicator (green): In- dicates that the cruising speed is set

Cruise control warning (yellow): Indi- cates that there is a malfunction in the ICC system

2. Set vehicle speed indicator: This indicator indicates the set vehicle speed. For Canadian models, the speed is displayed in km/h.

Operating conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode To turn on the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode, push and hold the ProPILOT Assist switch OA for longer than about 1.5 seconds. When pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch on, the conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode display and indicators OB are displayed in the vehicle information dis- play. After you hold ProPILOT Assist switch on for longer than about 1.5 seconds, the

LSD2901 LSD3029

Starting and driving 5-123

ICC system display turns off. The cruise in- dicator appears. You can now set your de- sired cruising speed. Pushing the ProPILOT Assist switch again will turn the system completely off. When the power switch is placed in the OFF position, the system is also automatically turned off. To use the ICC system again, quickly push and release the ProPILOT Assist switch (vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode) or push and hold it (conventional cruise control mode) again to turn it on.

CAUTION

To avoid accidentally engaging cruise control, make sure to turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off when not using the ICC system.

To set cruising speed, accelerate your ve- hicle to the desired speed, push the SET- switch and release it. (The color of the cruise indicator changes to green and set vehicle speed indicator comes on.) Take your foot off the accelerator pedal. Your vehicle will maintain the set speed. To pass another vehicle, depress the ac-

celerator pedal. When you release the pedal, the vehicle will return to the previ- ously set speed.

The vehicle may not maintain the set speed when going up or down steep hills. If this happens, manually maintain ve- hicle speed.

To cancel the preset speed, use any of the following methods: 1. Push the CANCEL switch. The vehicle

speed indicator will turn off.

2. Tap the brake pedal. The vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

3. Turn the ProPILOT Assist switch off. Both the cruise indicator and vehicle speed indicator will turn off.

To reset at a faster cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: 1. Depress the accelerator pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push and release the SET- switch.

2. Push and hold the RES+ switch. When the vehicle attains the desired speed, release the switch.

3. Push, then quickly release the RES+ switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will increase by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

LSD3030

5-124 Starting and driving

To reset at a slower cruising speed, use one of the following three methods: 1. Lightly tap the brake pedal. When the

vehicle attains the desired speed, push the SET- switch and release it.

2. Push and hold the SET- switch. Release the switch when the vehicle slows down to the desired speed.

3. Push, then quickly release the SET- switch. Each time you do this, the set speed will decrease by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).

To resume the preset speed, push and re- lease the RES+ switch. The vehicle will re- sume the last set cruising speed when the vehicle speed is over 25 mph (40 km/h).

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system could result in serious injury or death. The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system is a supplemental aid to the driver. It is not a replacement for the drivers attention to traffic condi- tions or responsibility to drive safely. It cannot prevent accidents due to carelessness or dangerous driving techniques.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not function in all driv- ing, traffic, weather and road conditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system can assist the driver when there is a risk of a forward collision with the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane or with a pedestrian ahead in the traveling lane. The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system uses a radar sensor located on the front of the vehicle OB to measure the distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane. For pedestrians, the AEB with Pedestrian De- tection system uses a camera installed be- hind the windshield OA in addition to the radar sensor.

LSD2861

AUTOMATIC EMERGENCY BRAKING (AEB) WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION

Starting and driving 5-125

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. AEB emergency warning indicator

3. AEB system warning light The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operates at speeds above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h). For the pedestrian detection function, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- tion system operates at speeds between 6 37 mph (10 60 km/h). If a risk of a forward collision with a vehicle is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- tion system will first provide a warning to the driver by flashing the vehicle ahead de- tection indicator and providing an audible alert. In addition, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system applies partial braking. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and forcefully, but the AEB with Pedestrian De- tection system detects that there is still the possibility of a forward collision, the system will automatically increase the braking force. If the risk of a collision becomes imminent and the driver does not take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system issues

LSD3662

5-126 Starting and driving

the second warning to the driver by flash- ing the AEB with Pedestrian Detection emergency warning indicator (red), provid- ing an audible warning, and then automati- cally applies harder braking. If a risk of a forward impact with a pedes- trian is detected, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will provide a warning to the driver by flashing the AEB with Pedes- trian Detection emergency warning indica- tor (red), provides an audible alert and the system will apply partial braking. If the driver applies the brakes quickly and force- fully but the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system detects that there is still the possi- bility of a forward impact with a pedestrian, the system will automatically increase the braking force. If the risk of collision be- comes imminent and the driver does not take action, the AEB with Pedestrian Detec- tion system automatically applies harder braking.

NOTE:

The vehicles brake lights come on when any braking is performed by the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system.

Depending on vehicle speed and distance to the vehicle or pedestrian ahead, as well as driving and roadway conditions, the sys- tem may help the driver avoid a forward collision or may help mitigate the conse- quences if a collision should be unavoid- able. If the driver is handling the steering wheel, accelerating or braking, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will function later or will not function. The automatic braking will cease under the following conditions: When the steering wheel is turned to

avoid a collision. When the accelerator pedal is depressed. When there is no longer a vehicle or a

pedestrian detected ahead. If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- tem has stopped the vehicle, the vehicle will remain at a standstill for approximately 2 seconds before the brakes are released.

Starting and driving 5-127

TURNING THE AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to enable or disable the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Emergency Brake and press the OK button.

3. Select Front and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system is turned off, the AEB with Pedes- trian Detection system warning light illumi- nates.

NOTE:

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- tem will be automatically turned on when the EV system is restarted.

LSD3663

5-128 Starting and driving

AEB WITH PEDESTRIAN DETECTION SYSTEM LIMITATIONS

WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limita- tions could result in serious injury or death. The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system cannot detect all vehicles or pedestrians under all conditions.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system does not detect the following objects: Small pedestrians (including

small children), animals and cyclists.

Pedestrians in wheelchairs or us- ing mobile transport such as scooters, child-operated toys, or skateboards.

Pedestrians who are seated or otherwise not in a full upright standing or walking position.

Oncoming vehicles Crossing vehicles

Obstacles on the roadside The AEB with Pedestrian Detection

system has some performance limitations. If a stationary vehicle is in the ve-

hicles path, the AEB with Pedes- trian Detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approxi- mately 50 mph (80 km/h).

For pedestrian detection, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not function when the vehicle is driven at speeds over approxi- mately 37 mph (60 km/h) or below approximately 6 mph (10 km/h).

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will not function for pedestri- ans in darkness or in tunnels, even if there is street lighting in the area.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function if the ve- hicle ahead is narrow (for example, a motorcycle).

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may not function if speed dif- ference between the two vehicles is too small.

The radar sensor AEB with Pedes- trian Detection system may not function properly or detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions: Poor visibility (conditions such as

rain, snow, fog, dust storms, sand- storms, and road spray from other vehicles)

Driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.

Driving on a bumpy road surface, such as an uneven dirt road.

If dirt, ice, snow or other material is covering the radar sensor area.

Interference by other radar sources.

The camera area of windshield is fogged up, or covered with dirt, water drops, ice, snow, etc.

Strong light (for example, sunlight or high beams from oncoming ve- hicles) enters the front camera. Strong light causes the area around the pedestrian to be cast in a shadow, making it difficult to see.

Starting and driving 5-129

A sudden change in brightness occurs (for example, when the ve- hicle enters or exits a tunnel or a shaded area or lightning flashes).

The poor contrast of a person to the background, such as having clothing color or pattern which is similar to the background.

The pedestrians profile is partially obscured or unidentifiable due to the pedestrian transporting lug- gage, wearing bulky or very loose fitting clothing or accessories.

The system performance may de- grade in the following conditions: The vehicle is driven on a slippery

road. The vehicle is driven on a slope. Excessively heavy baggage is

loaded in the rear seat or the cargo area of your vehicle.

The system is designed to automati- cally check the sensors (radar and camera) functionality, within certain limitations. The system may not de- tect blockage of sensor areas cov- ered by ice, snow or stickers, for ex- ample. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear sensor areas regularly.

In some road and traffic conditions, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may unexpectedly apply par- tial braking. When acceleration is necessary, depress the accelerator pedal to override the system.

Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may react to a person on a bicycle, detecting as a pedestrian.

The AEB with Pedestrian Detection system may operate under the fol- lowing conditions, detecting the possibility of a forward collision: A vehicle or a person is on the

roadside at the beginning of a curve.

A pedestrian approaches the driv- ing lane in front of the vehicle.

5-130 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Condition A In the following conditions, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light blinks and the system will be turned off automatically: The radar sensor picks up interference

from another radar source. The camera area of windshield is misted

or frozen. Strong light is shining from the front. The cabin temperature is over approxi-

mately 104F (40C) in direct sunlight. The camera area of windshield glass is

continuously covered with dirt, etc. Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.

LSD3664

Starting and driving 5-131

NOTE:

When the inside of the windshield on camera area is misted or frozen, it will take a period of time to remove it after the A/C turns on. If dirt appears on this area, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Condition B In the following conditions, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light will illuminate and the Not Available: Front Radar Blocked warning message will ap- pear in the vehicle information display: The sensor area of the front of the vehicle

is covered with dirt or is obstructed. Action to take If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place, and turn the EV system off. Clean the radar cover on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the EV system. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

When driving on roads with limited road structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls). Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system will resume automatically.

NOTE:

If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- tem stops working, the I-FCW system will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the AEB with Pedestrian Detection sys- tem malfunctions, it will be turned off auto- matically, a chime will sound, the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system warning light (orange) will illuminate and the warning message Malfunction: See Owners Manual will appear in the vehicle informa- tion display.

Action to take If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

5-132 Starting and driving

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The radar sensor is located on the front of the vehicle OB . The camera is located on the upper side of the windshield OA ). To keep the AEB with Pedestrian Detection system operating properly, be sure to ob- serve the following: Always keep sensor areas of the front

bumper and windshield clean. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensors (e.g., bumper, wind- shield).

Do not cover or attach stickers, or install any accessory near the sensors. This could block sensor signals, and/or cause failure or malfunction.

Do not attach metallic objects near the radar sensor (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instru- ment panel. The reflection of sunlight may adversely affect the camera units detection capability.

Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment. For Canada Model: ARS4B IC: 4135A-ARS4B FCC ID: OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two con- ditions: 1. This device may not cause interfer-

ence, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: 1. Lappareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage, et

LSD2861

Starting and driving 5-133

2. Lutilisateur de lappareil doit accepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est susceptible den compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure in- formation: This equipment complies with FCC and IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Cet quipement est conforme aux lim- ites dexposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death. The RAB system is a supplemental

aid to the driver. It is not a replace- ment for proper driving procedures. Always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the direction you will move before and while backing up. Never rely solely on the RAB sys- tem. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, and be in con- trol of the vehicle at all times.

There is a limitation to the RAB sys- tem capability. The RAB system is not effective in all situations.

The RAB system can assist the driver when the vehicle is backing up and approaching objects directly behind the vehicle.

The RAB system detects obstacles behind the vehicle using the parking sensors O1

located on the rear bumper.

NOTE:

You can temporarily cancel the sonar function in the vehicle, but the RAB sys- tem will continue to operate. For addi- tional information, please refer to Rear Sonar System in this section.

LSD3672

REAR AUTOMATIC BRAKING (RAB)

5-134 Starting and driving

RAB SYSTEM OPERATION When the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position and the vehicle speed is less than

approximately 9 mph (15 km/h), the RAB system operates.

If a risk of a collision with an obstacle is detected when your vehicle is backing up, the RAB system warning indicator will flash in the vehicle information display, a red frame will appear in the center display (for vehicles with the Intelligent Around View Monitor system), and the system will chime three times. The system will then auto- matically apply the brakes. After the auto- matic brake application, the driver must depress the brake pedal to maintain brake pressure.

NOTE: The brake lights of the vehicle come on

when braking is performed by the RAB system.

When the brakes operate, a noise may be heard. This is not a malfunction.

LSD3673

1 RAB system warning light and RAB system warning indicator

2 Steering-wheel-mounted controls (left side)

3 Center display

Starting and driving 5-135

TURNING THE RAB SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to turn the RAB system on or off. 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display and then press the OK button. Use the

button to select Driver Assistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Emergency Brake and press the OK button.

3. Select Rear and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the RAB system is turned off, the RAB system warning light illuminates.

NOTE: The RAB system will be automatically turned on when the EV system is re- started.

LSD3663

5-136 Starting and driving

RAB SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the RAB system. Failure to follow the warnings and instructions for proper use of the RAB system could result in serious injury or death. When the vehicle approaches an ob-

stacle while the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed, the function may not operate or the start of operation may be delayed. The RAB system may not operate or may not perform sufficiently due to vehicle conditions, driving conditions, the traffic envi- ronment, the weather, road surface conditions, etc. Do not wait for the system to operate. Operate the brake pedal by yourself as soon as necessary.

If it is necessary to override RAB op- eration, strongly press the accelera- tor pedal.

Always check your surroundings and turn to check what is behind you be- fore and while backing up. The RAB system detects stationary objects behind the vehicle. The RAB system does not detect the following ob- jects: Moving objects Low objects Narrow objects Wedge-shaped objects Objects close to the bumper (less

than approximately 1 ft [30 cm]) Objects that suddenly appear Thin objects such as rope, wire,

chain, etc. The RAB system may not operate for

the following obstacles: Obstacles located high off the

ground Obstacles in a position offset from

your vehicle Obstacles, such as spongy materi-

als or snow, that have soft outer surfaces and can easily absorb a sound wave

The RAB system may not operate in the following conditions: There is rain, snow, ice, dirt, etc.,

attached to the sonar sensors. A loud sound is heard in the area

around the vehicle. The surface of the obstacle is di-

agonal to the rear of the vehicle. The RAB system may unintentionally

operate in the following conditions: There is overgrown grass in the

area around the vehicle. There is a structure (e.g., a wall, toll

gate equipment, a narrow tunnel, a parking lot gate) near the side of the vehicle.

There are bumps, protrusions, or manhole covers on the road surface.

The vehicle drives through a draped flag or a curtain.

There is an accumulation of snow or ice behind the vehicle.

An ultrasonic wave source, such as another vehicles sonar, is near the vehicle.

Starting and driving 5-137

Once the automatic brake control operates, it does not operate again if the vehicle approaches the same obstacle.

The automatic brake control can only operate for a short period of time. Therefore, the driver must depress the brake pedal.

In the following situations, the RAB system may not operate properly or may not function sufficiently: The vehicle is driven in bad

weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.). The vehicle is driven on a steep

hill. The vehicles posture is changed

(e.g., when driving over a bump). The vehicle is driven on a slippery

road. The vehicle is turned sharply by

turning the steering wheel fully. Snow chains are used. Wheels or tires other than NISSAN

recommended are used. The brakes are cold at low ambi-

ent temperatures or immediately after driving has started.

The braking force becomes poor due to wet brakes after driving through a puddle or washing the vehicle.

Turn the RAB system off in the follow- ing conditions to prevent the occur- rence of an unexpected accident re- sulting from sudden system operation: The vehicle is towed. The vehicle is carried on a flatbed

truck. The vehicle is on the chassis

dynamometer. The vehicle drives on an uneven

road surface. Suspension parts other than

those designated as Genuine NISSAN parts are used. (If the ve- hicle height or the vehicle body in- clination is changed, the system may not detect an obstacle correctly.)

Excessive noise (e.g., audio system volume, an open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it may not be heard.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the RAB system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, the RAB system warning light will illuminate, and the Mal- function: See Owners Manual warning message will appear in the vehicle infor- mation display. Action to take If the warning light illuminates, park the ve- hicle in a safe location, turn the EV system off, and restart the EV system. If the warn- ing light continues to illuminate, have the RAB system checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

NOTE:

If the RAB system cannot be operated temporarily, the RAB system warning light blinks.

5-138 Starting and driving

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE Observe the following items to ensure proper operation of the system: Always keep the parking sensors O1

clean. If the parking sensors are dirty, wipe them

off with a soft cloth while being careful to not damage them.

Do not subject the area around the park- ing sensors O1 to strong impact. Also, do not remove or disassemble the parking sensors. If the parking sensors and pe- ripheral areas are deformed in an acci- dent, etc., have the sensors checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Do not install any stickers (including transparent stickers) or accessories on the parking sensors O1 and their sur- rounding areas. This may cause a mal- function or improper operation.

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the I-FCW system could result in serious injury or death. The I-FCW system can help warn the

driver before a collision occurs but will not avoid a collision. It is the driv- ers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The I-FCW system can help alert the driver when there is a sudden braking of a second vehicle traveling in front of the vehicle ahead in the same lane.

LSD3672

INTELLIGENT FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (I-FCW)

Starting and driving 5-139

The I-FCW system uses a radar sensor OA

located on the front of the vehicle to mea- sure distance to the vehicle ahead in the same lane.

LSD2859

LSD3665

5-140 Starting and driving

I-FCW SYSTEM OPERATION 1. Vehicle ahead detection indicator

2. AEB system warning light

The I-FCW system operates at speeds above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h). If there is a potential risk of a forward colli- sion, the I-FCW system will warn the driver by blinking the vehicle ahead detection in- dicator, and sounding an audible alert.

LSD3472

Starting and driving 5-141

TURNING THE I-FCW SYSTEM ON/OFF Perform the following steps to turn the I-FCW system on or off: 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Emergency Brake and press the OK button.

3. Select Front and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

When the I-FCW system is turned off, the AEB system warning light illuminates.

NOTE: The I-FCW system will be automatically

turned on when the EV system is re- started.

The I-FCW system is integrated into the AEB system. There is not a separate se- lection in the vehicle information dis- play for the I-FCW system. When the AEB is turned off, the I-FCW system is also turned off.

LSD3663

5-142 Starting and driving

I-FCW SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the I-FCW system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. The I-FCW system cannot detect all

vehicles under all conditions. The radar sensor does not detect the

following objects: Pedestrians, animals or obstacles

in the roadway.

Oncoming vehicles. Crossing vehicles.

(Illustration A) The I-FCW system does not function when a vehicle ahead is a narrow vehicle, such as a motorcycle.

The radar sensor may not detect a vehicle ahead in the following conditions: Snow or heavy rain. Dirt, ice, snow or other material

covering the radar sensor. Interference by other radar

sources. Snow or road spray from traveling

vehicles. Driving in a tunnel. (Illustration B) When the vehicle

ahead is being towed. (Illustration C) When the distance

to the vehicle ahead is too close, the beam of the radar sensor is obstructed.

(Illustration D) When driving on a steep downhill slope or roads with sharp curves.

The system is designed to automati- cally check the sensors functionality, within certain limitations. The sys- tem may not detect some forms of obstruction of the sensor area such as ice, snow, stickers, etc. In these cases, the system may not be able to warn the driver properly. Be sure that you check, clean and clear the sensor area regularly.

Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.

LSD3473

Starting and driving 5-143

LSD3474

5-144 Starting and driving

LSD3475

Starting and driving 5-145

LSD3476

5-146 Starting and driving

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE Condition A When the radar sensor picks up interfer- ence from another radar source, making it impossible to detect a vehicle ahead, the I-FCW system is automatically turned off. The AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate. Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist, the I-FCW system will resume automati- cally. Condition B In the following condition, the AEB system warning light (orange) will illuminate and the Not available: Front Radar Blocked warning message will appear in the vehicle information display. The sensor area on the front of the ve-

hicle is covered with dirt or is obstructed.

LSD3666

Starting and driving 5-147

Action to take If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe place and turn the EV system off. Clean the radar cover on the on the front of the vehicle with a soft cloth, and restart the EV system. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the I-FCW sys- tem checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. When driving on roads with limited road

structures or buildings (for example, long bridges, deserts, snow fields, driving next to long walls).

Action to take When the above conditions no longer exist, the AEB system will resume automatically.

NOTE:

If the AEB system stops working, the I-FCW system will also stop working.

SYSTEM MALFUNCTION If the I-FCW system malfunctions, it will be turned off automatically, a chime will sound, the AEB system warning light (or- ange) will illuminate and the warning mes- sage Malfunction: See Owners Manual will appear in the vehicle information display. Action to take: If the warning light (orange) comes on, stop the vehicle in a safe location, turn the EV system off and restart the EV system. If the warning light continues to illuminate, have the AEB system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service SYSTEM MAINTENANCE

The sensor OA is located on the front of the vehicle. To keep the system operating properly, be sure to observe the following: Always keep the sensor area of the front

bumper clean. Do not strike or damage the areas

around the sensor. Do not cover or attach stickers or similar

objects on the front bumper near the sensor area. This could cause failure or malfunction.

LSD2859

5-148 Starting and driving

Do not attach metallic objects near the sensor area (brush guard, etc.). This could cause failure or malfunction.

Do not alter, remove or paint the front bumper. Before customizing or restoring the front bumper, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Radio frequency statement For USA FCC ID OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment.

For Canada Model: ARS4B IC: 4135A-ARS4B FCC ID: OAYARS4B This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Opera- tion is subject to the following two con- ditions: 1. This device may not cause harmful in-

terference, and

2. This device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

Le prsent appareil est conforme aux CNR dIndustrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence. Lexploitation est autorise aux deux conditions suivantes: 1. Lappareil ne doit pas produire de

brouillage, et

2. Lutilisateur de lappareil doit ac- cepter tout brouillage radiolectrique subi, mme si le brouillage est suscep- tible den compromettre le fonctionnement.

Radio frequency radiation exposure in- formation: This equipment complies with FCC and IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment. This equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 30 cm between the radiator and your body. This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter. Cet quipement est conforme aux lim- ites dexposition aux rayonnements IC tablies pour un environnement non contrl. Cet quipement doit tre install et utilis avec un minimum de 30 cm de distance entre la source de rayonnement et votre corps. FCC Notice Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment.

Starting and driving 5-149

WARNING

Failure to follow the warnings and in- structions for proper use of the I-DA system could result in serious injury or death. The IDA system is only a warning to

inform the driver of a potential lack of driver attention or drowsiness. It will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control.

The IDA system does not detect and provide an alert of the drivers lack of attention or fatigue in every situation.

It its the drivers responsibility to: stay alert, drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling

lane, be in control of the vehicle at all

times, avoid driving when tired, avoid distractions (texting, etc.).

The IDA system helps alert the driver if the system detects a lack of attention or driv- ing fatigue.

The system monitors driving style and steering behavior over a period of time, and it detects changes from the normal pattern. If the system detects that driver attention is decreasing over a period of time, the system uses audible and visual warnings to suggest that the driver take a break.

I-DA SYSTEM OPERATION If the system detects driver fatigue or that driver attention is decreasing, the mes- sage Take a break? appears in the vehicle information display and a chime sounds when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 37 mph (60 km/h). The system continuously monitors driver attention and can provide multiple warn- ings per trip. The system resets and starts reassessing driving style and steering behavior when the power switch is cycled from the ON to the OFF position and back to the ON position.

LSD3667

INTELLIGENT DRIVER ALERTNESS (I-DA) (if so equipped)

5-150 Starting and driving

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE I-DA SYSTEM Perform the following steps to enable or disable the IDA system. 1. Press the button until Settings dis-

plays in the vehicle information display. Use the button to select Driver As- sistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Driver Attention Alert and use the OK button to turn the system on or off.

NOTE:

The setting will be retained even if the EV system is restarted.

LSD3668

Starting and driving 5-151

I-DA SYSTEM LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the IDA system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. The I-DA system may not operate

properly and may not provide an alert in the following conditions: Poor road conditions such as an

uneven road surface or pot holes. Strong side wind. If you have adopted a sporty driv-

ing style with higher cornering speeds or higher rates of acceleration.

Frequent lane changes or changes to vehicle speed.

The IDA system will not provide an alert in the following conditions: Vehicle speeds lower than 37 mph

(60 km/h). Short lapses of attention. Instantaneous distractions such

as dropping an object.

System malfunction If the Intelligent Driver Alertness system malfunctions, the system warning mes- sage will appear in the vehicle information display and the function will be stopped automatically. Action to take Stop the vehicle in a safe location, place the vehicle in P (Park) position, turn the EV sys- tem off and restart the EV system. If the system warning message continues to ap- pear, have the system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

The ECO mode helps reduce power con- sumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelerator pedal position in the D (Drive) position. Use the ECO mode for maximum driving range and for city driving. To turn on the ECO mode, push the ECO switch. The ECO mode indicator appears on the vehicle information display. To turn off the ECO mode, push the ECO switch again. The ECO mode indicator will turn off.

LSD2907 LSD3669

ECO MODE

5-152 Starting and driving

The selection of the ECO mode (ON or OFF) is retained even when the EV system is restarted.

When the ECO mode is turned off, driving performance is changed. Before turning off the ECO mode, ensure it is safe to do so, release the accelerator pedal and op- erate the ECO switch.

Turn off the ECO mode when acceleration is required, such as when: driving with a heavy load of passengers

or cargo in the vehicle. driving on a steep uphill slope.

When the cruise control is operated, the vehicle makes it a priority to maintain a constant speed. The driving range will not be extended even if the ECO mode indi- cator appears.

NOTE:

Selecting this drive mode will not neces- sarily improve power economy as many driving factors influence its effectiveness.

The vehicle range varies depending upon the following factors: Speed Vehicle load Electrical load from vehicle accessories Traffic and road conditions NISSAN recommends the following driv- ing habits to help maximize vehicle range: Before driving: Follow the recommended periodic main-

tenance. Keep tires inflated to the correct pressure. Keep wheels in correct alignment. Pre-heat or pre-cool the interior cabin

while the vehicle is charging. Remove unnecessary cargo from the ve-

hicle. While driving: Drive in ECO mode.

The ECO mode helps reduce power consumption by reducing acceleration when compared to the same accelera- tor pedal position in the D (Drive) posi- tion (normal mode).

Drive at a constant speed. Maintain cruis- ing speeds with a constant accelerator position or by using cruise control when appropriate.

Accelerate slowly and smoothly. Gently press and release the accelerator pedal for acceleration and deceleration.

Drive at moderate speeds on the high- way.

Avoid frequent stopping and braking. Maintain a safe distance behind other ve- hicles.

Turn off the air conditioner/heater when it is not necessary.

Select a moderate temperature setting for heating or cooling to help reduce power consumption.

Use the air conditioner/heater and close windows to reduce drag when cruising at a highway speed.

Release the accelerator pedal to slow down and do not apply the brakes when traffic and road conditions allow. This vehicle is equipped with a regen-

erative brake system. The primary pur- pose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to recharge the Li-ion battery and extend driving range. A secondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on Li-ion

INCREASING POWER ECONOMY

Starting and driving 5-153

battery conditions. In the D (Drive) posi- tion, when the accelerator pedal is re- leased, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and some power to the Li-ion battery.

The ECO Drive Report appears for approxi- mately 30 seconds after placing the power switch in the OFF position, driving the ve- hicle for more than 0.3 miles (500 m), and pressing the button on the steering wheel.

1. Previous 5 times (History) Displays the average energy economy for the previous 5 times

2. Current energy economy Displays the most recent average en- ergy economy

3. Best energy economy Displays the best energy economy of the past history

LSD3173

ECO DRIVE REPORT

5-154 Starting and driving

4. Regenerated energy (mileage) Displays the amount of regenerated en- ergy stored in the Li-ion battery in one trip in terms of distance

If the vehicle has been driven mostly on downhill roads, more energy is regener- ated. This may cause the regenerated en- ergy (mileage) (4) to show a longer distance than the vehicle was driven or the current energy economy (2) to show 99.9 miles/ kWh. When the button is pressed while the ECO Drive Report is shown, the display switches to the timer display. Either display will continue to show for another 30 sec- onds after the button is pressed. If the doors are locked after placing the power switch in the OFF position, the display turns off before the preset time. In the Settings menu, you can program the ECO Drive Report to not appear when the power switch is placed in the OFF posi- tion. For additional information, refer to Ve- hicle information display in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual.

WARNING

Do not stop or park the vehicle over flammable materials such as dry grass, waste paper or rags. They may ignite and cause a fire.

Never leave the vehicle in the READY to drive mode while the vehicle is unattended.

Safe parking procedures require that both the parking brake be applied and the vehicle placed in the park po- sition. Failure to do so could cause the vehicle to move unexpectedly or roll away and result in an accident.

Do not leave children unattended in- side the vehicle. They could unknow- ingly activate switches or controls or make the vehicle move. Unattended children could become involved in serious accidents.

To help avoid risk of injury or death through unintended operation of the vehicle and/or its systems, do not leave children, people who require the assistance of others or pets unat- tended in your vehicle. Additionally, the temperature inside a closed ve- hicle on a warm day can quickly be- come high enough to cause a signifi- cant risk of injury or death to people and pets.

PARKING/PARKING ON HILLS

Starting and driving 5-155

1. Firmly apply the parking brake.

2. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever.

3. To help prevent the vehicle from rolling into the street when parked on a slope, it is a good practice to turn the wheels as illustrated. HEADED DOWNHILL WITH CURB O1 :

Turn the wheels into the curb and move the vehicle forward until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

HEADED UPHILL WITH CURB O2 : Turn the wheels away from the curb and move the vehicle back until the curb side wheel gently touches the curb.

HEADED UPHILL OR DOWNHILL, NO CURB O3 : Turn the wheels toward the side of the road so the vehicle will move away from the center of the road if it moves.

4. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

WARNING

If the READY to drive indicator light is off while driving, the power assist for the steering will not work. Steering will be harder to operate.

When the power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indicator light is on, the power assist for the steering will cease op- eration. You will still have control of the vehicle but the steering will be harder to operate.

The power steering system is designed to provide power assistance while driving to operate the steering wheel with less effort. When the steering wheel is operated re- peatedly or continuously while parking or driving at a very low speed, the power as- sist for the steering wheel will be reduced. This is to prevent overheating of the power steering system and help protect it from getting damaged. When the power assis- tance is reduced, steering wheel operation will become harder. When the temperature of the power steering system goes down, the power assistance level will return to normal. Avoid repeating such steering wheel operations that could cause the power steering system to overheat.

SSD0488

POWER STEERING SYSTEM

5-156 Starting and driving

You may hear a noise when the steering wheel is operated quickly. However, this is not a malfunction. If the power steering warning light illuminates while the READY to drive indica- tor light is on, it may indicate the power steering system is not functioning properly and may need servicing. Have the power steering system checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. For additional information, refer to Power steering warn- ing light in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. The power assist for steering stops operat- ing when both the power steering warning light and READY to drive indicator light are illuminated. You will still have control of the vehicle. However, greater steering effort is needed, especially in sharp turns and at low speeds.

BRAKE PRECAUTIONS This vehicle is equipped with two braking systems: 1. Hydraulic brake system

2. Regenerative brake system

Hydraulic brake system The hydraulic brake system is similar to the brakes used on conventional vehicles. The brake system has two separate hy- draulic circuits. If one circuit malfunctions, you will still have braking at two wheels.

Regenerative brake system The primary purpose of the regenerative brake system is to provide some power to help recharge the Li-ion battery and ex- tend driving range. A secondary benefit is engine braking that operates based on battery conditions. In the D (Drive) range, when the accelerator is released, the regenerative brake system provides some deceleration and gener- ates power for the Li-ion battery. Power is also generated when the brake pedal is applied.

When you put the shift lever in the B mode and take your foot off the accelerator pedal, more regenerative brake is applied than in the D (Drive) position. However, dur- ing high-speed driving you may feel that regenerative brake provides less decelera- tion than the engine braking in an ordinary vehicle. This is normal. Less deceleration is provided by the regen- erative brake system when the Li-ion bat- tery is fully charged. Regenerative brake is automatically reduced when the Li-ion battery is fully charged to prevent the Li-ion battery from becoming overcharged. Re- generative brake is also automatically re- duced when the battery temperature is high/low (indicated by the red/blue zones on the battery temperature gauge) to pre- vent Li-ion battery damage. The brake pedal should be used to slow or stop the vehicle depending on traffic or road conditions. The vehicle brakes are not affected by regenerative brake system op- eration.

BRAKE SYSTEM

Starting and driving 5-157

NOTE: When applying the regenerative

brakes, you may hear a sound coming from the regenerative brake system. This is a normal operating characteris- tic of an EV.

If the power switch position is in a po- sition other than ON or READY to drive, you can stop the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal. However, greater foot pressure on the brake pedal will be re- quired to stop the vehicle, and the stopping distance will be longer.

When depressing the brake pedal, the brake pedal feel will not be smooth or may change when the cooperative re- generative brake system activates. However, the electronically controlled brake system is operating normally and this does not indicate a malfunc- tion.

Using the brakes Avoid resting your foot on the brake pedal while driving. This will cause overheating of the brakes, wearing out of the brake pads and shoes faster, and will reduce driving range.

To help reduce brake wear, and to prevent the brakes from overheating, reduce speed and select B mode before going down a slope or long grade. Overheated brakes may reduce braking performance and could result in loss of vehicle control.

WARNING

While driving on a slippery surface, be careful when braking or accelerat- ing. Abrupt braking or accelerating could cause the wheels to skid, which could result in an accident.

If the brake pedal is depressed with the EV system OFF, you may feel an increased brake pedal effort and a decreased pedal stroke. If the BRAKE warning light does not illuminate and the brake pedal feels like it has returned to its normal state after the EV system is started, this indicates that there is no malfunction and the vehicle can be operated normally.

Wet brakes When the vehicle is washed or driven through water, the brakes may get wet. As a result, the braking distance will be longer and the vehicle may pull to one side during braking.

To dry brakes, drive the vehicle at a safe speed while lightly tapping the brake pedal to heat up the brakes. Do this until the brakes return to normal. Avoid driving the vehicle at high speeds until the brakes have dried.

Parking brake break-in Break in the parking brake shoes whenever the stopping effect of the parking brake is weakened or whenever the parking brake shoes and/or drums/rotors are replaced, in order to assure the best braking perfor- mance. This procedure is described in the Genuine NISSAN Service Manual, and it can be per- formed by a certified repair facility. It is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealer.

5-158 Starting and driving

ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) WARNING

The ABS is a sophisticated device, but it cannot prevent accidents resulting from careless or dangerous driving techniques. It can help maintain ve- hicle control during braking on slip- pery surfaces. Remember that stop- ping distances on slippery surfaces will be longer than on normal sur- faces even with ABS. Stopping dis- tances may also be longer on rough, gravel or snow covered roads, or if you are using tire chains. Always maintain a safe distance from the ve- hicle in front of you. Ultimately, the driver is responsible for safety.

Tire type and condition may also af- fect braking effectiveness. When replacing tires, install the

specified size of tires on all four wheels.

For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Main- tenance and do-it-yourself sec- tion of this manual.

The ABS controls the brakes so the wheels do not lock during hard braking or when braking on slippery surfaces. The system detects the rotation speed at each wheel and varies the brake fluid pressure to pre- vent each wheel from locking and sliding. By preventing each wheel from locking, the system helps the driver maintain steering control and helps to minimize swerving and spinning on slippery surfaces.

Using the system Depress the brake pedal and hold it down. Depress the brake pedal with firm steady pressure, but do not pump the brakes. The Anti-lock Braking System will operate to prevent the wheels from locking up. Steer the vehicle to avoid obstacles.

WARNING

Do not pump the brake pedal. Doing so may result in increased stopping dis- tances.

Self-test feature The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) in- cludes electronic sensors, electric pumps, hydraulic solenoids and a computer. The computer has a built-in diagnostic feature that tests the system each time you push the power switch in the READY to drive po- sition and move the vehicle at a low speed in forward or reverse. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and does not indicate a mal- function. If the computer senses a mal- function, it switches the ABS off and illumi- nates the ABS warning light on the instrument panel. The brake system then operates normally, but without anti-lock assistance. If the ABS warning light illuminates during the self-test or while driving, have the ve- hicle checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Normal operation The Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) oper- ates at speeds above 3 to 6 mph (5 to 10 km/h). The speed varies according to road conditions.

Starting and driving 5-159

When the ABS senses that one or more wheels are close to locking up, the actuator rapidly applies and releases hydraulic pres- sure. This action is similar to pumping the brakes very quickly. You may feel a pulsa- tion in the brake pedal and hear a noise from under the hood or feel a vibration from the actuator when it is operating. This is normal and indicates that the ABS is op- erating properly. However, the pulsation may indicate that road conditions are haz- ardous and extra care is required while driving.

BRAKE ASSIST When the force applied to the brake pedal exceeds a certain level, the Brake Assist is activated generating greater braking force than a conventional brake booster even with light pedal force.

WARNING

The Brake Assist is only an aid to assist braking operation and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the drivers responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

The VDC system uses various sensors to monitor driver inputs and vehicle motion. Under certain driving conditions, the VDC system helps to perform the following functions. Controls brake pressure to reduce wheel

slip on one slipping drive wheel so power is transferred to a drive wheel on the same axle that is not slipping.

Controls brake pressure and traction motor output to reduce drive wheel slip based on vehicle speed (traction control function).

Controls brake pressure at individual wheels and traction motor output to help the driver maintain control of the vehicle in the following conditions: Understeer (vehicle tends to not follow

the steered path despite increased steering input).

Oversteer (vehicle tends to spin due to certain road or driving conditions).

The VDC system can help the driver main- tain control of the vehicle, but it cannot prevent loss of vehicle control in all driving situations. When the VDC system operates, the indicator light in the instrument panel flashes. When the indicator light flashes, note the following items:

The road may be slippery or the system may determine some action is required to help keep the vehicle on the steered path.

You may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal and hear a noise or vibration from under the hood. This is normal and indi- cates that the VDC system is working properly.

Adjust your speed and driving according to the road conditions.

For additional information, refer to Slip in- dicator light and Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) OFF indicator light in the Instru- ments and controls section of this manual. If a malfunction occurs in the system, the

indicator light illuminates in the ve- hicle information display. The VDC system automatically turns off when this indicator light is lit. The vehicle information display is used to turn off the VDC system. The VDC OFF indi- cator light illuminates to indicate that the VDC system is off. When the vehicle information display is used to turn off the system, the VDC system still operates to prevent one drive wheel from slipping by transferring power to a non-slipping wheel.

VEHICLE DYNAMIC CONTROL (VDC) SYSTEM

5-160 Starting and driving

The indicator light flashes if this oc- curs. All other VDC functions are off and the

indicator light will not flash. The VDC system is automatically reset to on when the power switch is placed in the OFF posi- tion then back to the ON position. For addi- tional information, refer to Vehicle infor- mation display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. The computer has a built-in diagnostic fea- ture that tests the system each time you start the EV and move the vehicle forward or in reverse at a slow speed. When the self-test occurs, you may hear a clunk noise and/or feel a pulsation in the brake pedal. This is normal and is not an indica- tion of a malfunction.

WARNING

The VDC system is designed to help the driver maintain stability but does not prevent accidents due to abrupt steering operation at high speeds or by careless or dangerous driving techniques. Reduce vehicle speed and be especially careful when driv- ing and cornering on slippery sur- faces and always drive carefully.

Do not modify the vehicles suspen- sion. If suspension parts such as shock absorbers, struts, springs, sta- bilizer bars, bushings and wheels are not NISSAN recommended for your vehicle or are extremely deteriorated the VDC system may not operate properly. This could adversely affect vehicle handling performance, and the indicator light may flash or the indicator light may illuminate.

If brake related parts such as brake pads, rotors and calipers are not NISSAN recommended or are ex- tremely deteriorated, the VDC sys- tem may not operate properly and the indicator light may illuminate.

If traction motor control related parts are not NISSAN recommended or are extremely deteriorated, the

indicator light may illuminate. When driving on extremely inclined

surfaces such as higher banked cor- ners, the VDC system may not oper- ate properly and the indicator light may illuminate. Do not drive on these types of roads.

When driving on an unstable surface such as a turntable, ferry, elevator or ramp, the indicator light may illuminate. This is not a malfunction. Restart the EV system after driving onto a stable surface.

If wheels or tires other than the NISSAN recommended ones are used, the VDC system may not oper- ate properly and the indicator light may illuminate.

The VDC system is not a substitute for winter tires or tire chains on a snow covered road.

Starting and driving 5-161

The chassis control is an electric control module that includes the following func- tions: Intelligent Trace Control Intelligent Ride Control

INTELLIGENT TRACE CONTROL This system senses driving based on the drivers steering and acceleration/braking patterns, and controls brake pressure at individual wheels to aid tracing at corners and help smooth vehicle response. The Intelligent Trace Control can be set to on (enabled) or off (disabled) through the vehicle information display Settings page. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual.

When the VDC system is turned off in the vehicle information display, the Intelligent Trace Control is also turned off. When the Intelligent Trace Control is oper- ated and the Chassis Control mode is se- lected in the vehicle information display, the Intelligent Trace Control graphics are shown in the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display in the Instruments and controls section of this manual. If the Chassis Control System Error: See Owners Manual warning message ap- pears in the vehicle information display, it

LSD3008

CHASSIS CONTROL

5-162 Starting and driving

may indicate that the Intelligent Trace Con- trol is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

The Intelligent Trace Control may not be effective depending on the driving condition. Always drive carefully and attentively.

When the Intelligent Trace Control is oper- ating, you may feel a pulsation in the brake pedal, hear a noise and sense slight decel- eration. This is normal and indicates that the Intelligent Trace Control is operating properly. Even if the Intelligent Trace Control is turned off, some functions will remain on to assist the driver (for example, avoidance scenes).

INTELLIGENT RIDE CONTROL This system senses upper body motion (based on wheel speed information) and controls motor torque. This will enhance ride comfort in effort to restrain uncom- fortable upper body movement when

passing over undulated road surfaces. This system comes into effect above 25 mph (40 km/h). When the VDC system is turned off in the vehicle information display, the Intelligent Ride Control is also turned off.

WARNING

The Intelligent Ride Control may not be effective depending on the driving con- dition. Always drive carefully and at- tentively.

When the Intelligent Ride Control is operat- ing, you may hear a noise and sense slight deceleration. This is normal and indicates that the Intelligent Ride Control is operat- ing properly. If the Chassis Control System Error: See Owners Manual warning message ap- pears in the vehicle information display, it may indicate that the Intelligent Ride Con- trol is not functioning properly. Have the system checked as soon as possible. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

The sonar (parking sensor) system sounds a tone to inform the driver of obstacles near the bumper. When the DISPLAY key is ON, the sonar view will automatically appear in the meter.

WARNING

The RSS is a convenience but it is not a substitute for proper parking.

The driver is always responsible for safety during parking and other ma- neuvers. Always look around and check that it is safe to do so before parking.

LSD3247

REAR SONAR SYSTEM (RSS)

Starting and driving 5-163

Read and understand the limitations of the RSS as contained in this sec- tion. The colors of the sonar indicator and the distance guide lines in the rear view indicate different distances to the object.

Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a truck's compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may af- fect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.

The RSS is designed as an aid to the driver in detecting large stationary objects to help avoid damaging the vehicle.

The RSS is not designed to prevent contact with small or moving ob- jects. Always move slowly. The sys- tem will not detect small objects be- low the bumper, and may not detect objects close to the bumper or on the ground.

The RSS may not detect the following objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass, wool, etc., and thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc., or wedge-shaped objects.

If your vehicle sustains damage to the rear bumper fascia, leaving it misaligned or bent, the sensing zone may be altered causing inaccurate measurement of ob- stacles or false alarms.

CAUTION

Excessive noise (such as audio sys- tem volume or an open vehicle win- dow) will interfere with the tone and it may not be heard.

Keep the sonar sensors (located on the bumper fascia) free from snow, ice and large accumulations of dirt. Do not clean the sensors with sharp objects. If the sensors are covered, the accuracy of the sonar function will be diminished.

SYSTEM OPERATION The system informs with a visual and au- dible alert of rear obstacles when the shift lever is in the R (Reverse) position.

Sonar Operation Table

RR Sensor Range Sound Display

P x R o o N x D x

o Display/Beep when detect Display on camera view x No Display and Beep

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reactivated at lower speeds. While the vehicle is moving the audible alert will stop after 3 seconds when an obstacle is detected by only the corner sensor and distance does not change. The audible alert will also stop when the obstacle moves away from the vehicle. At any time the left side button of the steering wheel (

buttons) is available to cancel the au- dible alert.

5-164 Starting and driving

When the object is detected, the indicator (green) appears and blinks and the tone sounds intermittently. When the vehicle moves closer to the object, the color of the indicator turns yellow and the rate of the blinking increases. When the vehicle is very close to the object, the indicator stops blinking and turns red, and the tone sounds continuously.

When the corner of the vehicle moves closer to an object, the corner sonar indi- cator OA appears. When the center of the vehicle moves close to an object, the cen- ter sonar indicator OB appears

The system indicators OA will appear when the vehicle moves closer to an object.

LSD3773 LSD2137

Starting and driving 5-165

HOW TO ENABLE/DISABLE THE REAR SONAR SYSTEM The system is automatically activated when the power switch is placed in the ON position and the shift lever is in the R (Re- verse) position. Perform the following steps to enable or disable the sonar system: 1. Press the button until Settings ap-

pears in the vehicle information display and then press OK. Use the button to select Driver Assistance. Then press the OK button.

2. Select Parking Aids and press the OK button.

3. Select Sonar and press the OK button. Select "Parking sonar and press the OK button.

4. Select ON and press the OK button.

NOTE:

The system will automatically be turned on when the EV system is restarted.

LSD3774

5-166 Starting and driving

SONAR LIMITATIONS WARNING

Listed below are the system limitations for the sonar system. Failure to operate the vehicle in accordance with these system limitations could result in seri- ous injury or death. Read and understand the limitations

of the sonar system as contained in this section. Inclement weather may affect the function of the sonar sys- tem; this may include reduced per- formance or a false activation.

The system is deactivated at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h). It is reacti- vated at lower speeds.

Inclement weather or ultrasonic sources such as an automatic car wash, a trucks compressed-air brakes or a pneumatic drill may af- fect the function of the system; this may include reduced performance or a false activation.

The system is not designed to pre- vent contact with small or moving objects. Always move slowly. The system will not detect small objects below the bumper or on the ground.

The system may not detect the fol- lowing objects: fluffy objects such as snow, cloth, cotton, glass-wool, etc.; thin objects such as rope, wire and chain, etc.; or wedge-shaped objects.

The system may not detect objects at speeds above 3 mph (5 km/h) and may not detect certain angular or moving objects.

SYSTEM TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE When sonar blockage is detected, the sys- tem will be deactivated automatically. The system is not available until the condi- tions no longer exist. The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condi- tion may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the sonar sen- sors. Action to take: When the above conditions no longer exist, the system will resume automatically.

SYSTEM MAINTENANCE The sonar sensors O1 are located on the rear bumper. Always keep the area near the sonar sensors clean. The sonar sensors may be blocked by tem- porary ambient conditions such as splash- ing water, mist or fog. The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt ob- structing the sonar sensors. Check for and remove objects obstructing the area around the sonar sensors.

LSD2843

Starting and driving 5-167

Do not attach stickers (including transpar- ent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the sonar sensors. Do not strike or damage the area around the sonar sensors. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN dealer if the area around the sonar sensors is damaged due to a collision.

WARNING

Never rely solely on the hill start as- sist system to prevent the vehicle from moving backward on a hill. Al- ways drive carefully and attentively. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Be especially careful when stopped on a hill on frozen or muddy roads. Failure to prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards may result in a loss of control of the vehicle and possible serious injury or death.

The hill start assist system is not de- signed to hold the vehicle at a stand- still on a hill. Depress the brake pedal when the vehicle is stopped on a steep hill. Failure to do so may cause the vehicle to roll backwards and may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards on a hill under all load or road condi- tions. Always be prepared to depress the brake pedal to prevent the ve- hicle from rolling backwards. Failure to do so may result in a collision or serious personal injury.

The hill start assist system automatically keeps the brakes applied to help prevent the vehicle from rolling backwards in the time it takes the driver to release the brake pedal and apply the accelerator when the vehicle is stopped on a hill. Hill start assist will operate automatically under the following conditions: The shift lever is placed in the D (Drive), B

mode, or R (Reverse) position. The vehicle is stopped completely on a

hill by applying the brake. The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds the vehicle will begin to roll back and hill start assist will stop operating completely. Hill start assist will not operate when the shift lever is placed in the N (Neutral) or P (Park) position or on a flat and level road.

HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM

5-168 Starting and driving

CAUTION

To prevent damage to the Li-ion bat- tery: Do not store the vehicle in tem- peratures below -13F (-25C) for over seven days. If the outside temperature is -13F (-25C) or less, the Li-ion battery may freeze and it cannot be charged or provide power to run the vehicle. Move the vehicle to a warm location.

NOTE: Connect the charger to the vehicle and

place the power switch in the OFF po- sition when parking the vehicle if tem- peratures may go below -4F (-20C). For models with 40 kWh battery model, this provides external power to the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) when it operates and does not discharge the Li-ion battery. Ve- hicle driving range is reduced if the Li- ion battery warmer (if so equipped) op- erates (Li-ion battery temperature approximately -4F (-20C) or colder) while driving the vehicle. You may need to charge the Li-ion battery sooner than in warmer temperatures.

The Li-ion battery requires more time to charge when the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates.

The predicted charging time displayed on the meter and navigation system (if so equipped) increases when the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) oper- ates.

Vehicle range may be substantially re- duced in extremely cold conditions (for example under -4F (-20C)).

Using the climate control system to heat the cabin when outside tempera- ture is below 32F (0C) uses more elec- tricity and affects vehicle range more than when using the heater when the temperature is above 32F (0C).

Climate control performance is re- duced when using the Climate Ctrl. Timer or Remote Climate Control while the Li-ion battery warmer (if so equipped) operates (for models with 40 kWh battery model). Set only the charging timer [End Time] when charg- ing in cold weather. The vehicle auto- matically determines when to start charging to fully charge the Li-ion bat- tery, even if the Li-ion battery warmer operates. Charging ends before the set end time if the Li-ion battery is fully charged.

FREEING A FROZEN DOOR LOCK To prevent a door lock from freezing, apply deicer through the key hole. If the lock be- comes frozen, heat the key before inserting it into the key hole or use the remote key- less entry key fob.

ANTIFREEZE In the winter when it is possible that the outside temperature will drop below 32F (0C), check the antifreeze to ensure proper winter protection. For additional informa- tion, refer to Cooling system in the Main- tenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

12-VOLT BATTERY If the 12-volt battery is not fully charged during extremely cold weather conditions, the 12-volt battery fluid may freeze and damage the 12-volt battery. To maintain maximum efficiency, the 12-volt battery should be checked regularly. For additional information, refer to 12-volt battery in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

COLD WEATHER DRIVING

Starting and driving 5-169

DRAINING OF COOLANT WATER If the vehicle is to be left outside without antifreeze, drain the cooling system. Refill before operating the vehicle. For additional information, refer to Cooling system in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

TIRE EQUIPMENT SUMMER tires have a tread designed to provide superior performance on dry pavement. However, the performance of these tires will be substantially reduced in snowy and icy conditions. If you operate your vehicle on snowy or icy roads, NISSAN recommends the use of MUD & SNOW or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for the tire type, size, speed rating and availability information. For additional traction on icy roads, stud- ded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

Tire chains may be used. For additional in- formation, refer to Tire chains in the Main- tenance and do-it-yourself section of this manual.

SPECIAL WINTER EQUIPMENT It is recommended that the following items be carried in the vehicle during winter: A scraper and stiff-bristled brush to re-

move ice and snow from the windows and wiper blades.

A shovel to dig the vehicle out of snow- drifts.

Extra windshield-washer fluid to refill the reservoir tank.

DRIVING ON SNOW OR ICE

WARNING

Wet ice (32F, 0C and freezing rain), very cold snow or ice can be slick and very hard to drive on. The vehicle will have much less traction or grip un- der these conditions. Try to avoid driving on wet ice until the road is salted or sanded.

Whatever the conditions, drive with caution. Accelerate and slow down with care. If accelerating too fast, the drive wheels will lose even more traction.

Allow more stopping distance under these conditions. Braking should be started sooner than on dry pavement.

Allow greater following distances on slippery roads.

Watch for slippery spots (glare ice). These may appear on an otherwise clear road in shaded areas. If a patch of ice is seen ahead, brake before reaching it. Try not to brake while on the ice, and avoid any sudden steer- ing maneuvers.

Do not use cruise control on slippery roads.

FREEING A FROZEN CHARGE PORT LID When the charge port is frozen, melt the ice using a hair dryer.

5-170 Starting and driving

PARKING BRAKE

CAUTION

When parking in an area where the outside temperature is below 32F (0C), the parking brake, if applied, may freeze in place and may be diffi- cult to release.

For safe parking, it is recommended that you place the shift lever in the P (Park) position and securely block the wheels.

Starting and driving 5-171

MEMO

5-172 Starting and driving

6 In case of emergency

Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2 Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3 Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10

If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13 Towing your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-13

Towing recommended by NISSAN . . . . . . . . . . . 6-14 Vehicle recovery (freeing a stuck vehicle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-15

Push the switch on to warn other drivers when you must stop or park under emer- gency conditions. All turn signal lights will flash.

WARNING

If stopping for an emergency, be sure to move the vehicle well off the road.

Do not use the hazard warning flash- ers while moving on the highway un- less unusual circumstances force you to drive so slowly that your ve- hicle might become a hazard to other traffic.

Turn signals do not work when the hazard warning flasher lights are on.

The flasher can be actuated with the power switch in any position. Some jurisdictions may prohibit the use of the hazard warning flasher switch while driving.

In the event of a roadside emergency, Roadside Assistance Service is available to you. For additional information, please refer to your Warranty Information Booklet (U.S.) or Warranty & Roadside Assistance Infor- mation Booklet (Canada) for details.

SIC2574

HAZARD WARNING FLASHER SWITCH ROADSIDE ASSISTANCE PROGRAM

6-2 In case of emergency

To shut off the EV system in an emergency situation while driving, perform the follow- ing procedure. Rapidly push the power switch three con-

secutive times in less than 1.5 seconds, or Push and hold the power switch for more

than 2 seconds.

TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) This vehicle is equipped with TPMS. It moni- tors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the Tire Pressure Low Add Air warning appears on the vehicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under- inflated. If the vehicle is being driven with low tire pressure, the TPMS will activate and warn you of it by the low tire pressure warn- ing light. This system will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). For additional informa- tion, refer to Warning lights, indicator lights and audible reminders in the Instruments and controls section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufacturer for the possible influ- ences before use.

If the low tire pressure warning light illuminates while driving, avoid sud- den steering maneuvers or abrupt braking, reduce vehicle speed, pull off the road to a safe location and stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Driving with underinflated tires may permanently damage the tires and increase the likelihood of tire failure. Serious vehicle damage could occur and may lead to an accident and could result in serious personal in- jury. Check the tire pressure for all four tires. Adjust the tire pressure to the recommended COLD tire pres- sure shown on the Tire and Loading Information label to turn the low tire pressure warning light OFF. If the light still illuminates while driving af- ter adjusting the tire pressure, a tire may be flat or the TPMS may be mal- functioning. If you have a flat tire, re- pair it as soon as possible. If no tire is flat and all tires are properly inflated, have the vehicle checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a certified LEAF dealer for this service.

EMERGENCY EV (Electric Vehicle) SHUT OFF

FLAT TIRE

In case of emergency 6-3

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. Have your tires replaced and/or TPMS system reset as soon as possible. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for these services.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could af- fect the proper operation of the TPMS.

The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Repair Sealant or equivalent can be used for temporarily repairing a tire. Do not inject any other tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of tire pressure sensors.

NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer as soon as possible after using tire repair sealant (for models equipped with the emer- gency tire puncture repair kit).

REPAIRING FLAT TIRE

WARNING

After using Genuine NISSAN Emer- gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

Immediately after using the Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can- not permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the ve- hicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash.

If you used the Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire.

NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

This vehicle does not have a spare tire. The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Genu- ine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant) is sup- plied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punctures. If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa- cility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate.

6-4 In case of emergency

CAUTION

To avoid the emergency tire puncture kit being damaged during storage or use: Only use the emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit on your vehicle. Do not use it on other vehicles.

Only use the kit to inflate the tires of your vehicle and to check the vehicles tire pressure.

Only plug the compressor into a 12-volt DC car power point.

Keep the kit free of water and dirt. Do not disassemble or modify the

kit. Do not drop the kit or allow hard

impacts to the kit. Do not use the emergency tire punc-

ture repair kit under the following conditions. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or professional road assistance. when the sealant has passed its

expiration date (shown on the la- bel attached to the bottle)

when the cut or the puncture is approximately 0.25 in (6 mm) or longer

when the tire sidewall is damaged when the vehicle has been driven

with extremely low tire pressure when the tire has come off the in-

side or the outside of the wheel when the tire wheel is damaged when two or more tires are flat

If you have a flat tire, follow the instructions below.

Stopping the vehicle 1. Safely move the vehicle off the road and

away from traffic.

2. Turn on the hazard warning flashers.

3. Park on a level surface and apply the parking brake.

4. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever to the P (Park) position.

5. Turn off the EV system.

6. Raise the hood to warn other traffic and to signal professional road assistance personnel that you need assistance.

7. Have all passengers get out of the ve- hicle and stand in a safe place, away from traffic and clear of the vehicle.

WARNING

Make sure the parking brake is se- curely applied and the vehicle is placed into the P (Park) position.

Never repair tires when the vehicle is on a slope, ice or slippery areas. This is hazardous.

Never repair tires if oncoming traffic is close to your vehicle. Wait for pro- fessional road assistance.

In case of emergency 6-5

Getting emergency tire puncture repair kit Take out the emergency tire puncture re- pair kit located in the cargo area. The repair kit consists of the following items:

O1 Tire sealant bottle

O2 Air compressor*

O3 Speed restriction sticker * The compressor shape may differ de- pending on the models.

Before using emergency tire puncture repair kit If any foreign object (for example, a screw

or nail) is embedded in the tire, do not remove it.

Check the expiration date of the sealant (shown on the label attached to the bottle). Never use a sealant whose expira- tion date has passed.

Repairing tire

WARNING

Observe the following precautions when using the tire repair compound. Swallowing the compound is dan-

gerous. Immediately drink as much water as possible and seek prompt medical assistance.

Rinse well with lots of water if the compound comes into contact with skin or eyes. If irritation persists, seek prompt medical attention.

Keep the repair compound out of the reach of children.

The emergency repair compound may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensors and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illumi- nate. Have the tire pressure sensor replaced as soon as possible.

LCE2426

6-6 In case of emergency

1. Take out the speed restriction sticker from the air compressor, then put it in a location where the driver can see it while driving.

CAUTION Do not put the speed restriction label on the steering wheel pad, the speedom- eter or the warning light locations.

2. Take the hose O1 and the power plug O2

out of the air compressor. Remove the cap of the bottle holder from the air compressor.

3. Remove the cap from the tire sealant bottle. Leave the bottle seal intact. Screw the bottle clockwise into the bottle holder to pierce the seal of the bottle.

4. Remove the cap from the tire valve on the flat tire.

LCE2387

SCE0868

SCE0869

In case of emergency 6-7

5. Remove the protective cap OA of the hose and screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Make sure that the pres- sure release valve OB is securely tight- ened. Make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF (O) position, and then insert the power plug into the power outlet in the vehicle.

6. Push the power switch to the ACC posi- tion. Then turn the compressor switch to the ON () position and inflate the tire up to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the drivers side center pillar if possible, or to the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Turn the air compressor off briefly in order to check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. If the tire is inflated to higher than the specified pressure, lower the tire pres- sure by releasing air with the pressure release valve.

NOTE:

The compressor tire pressure gauge may show a pressure reading of 87 psi (600 kPa) for about 30 seconds while in- flating the tire. The pressure gauge is in- dicating the pressure inside the sealant can. When the sealant has been injected into the tire the pressure gauge will drop and indicate actual tire pressure.

WARNING

To avoid serious personal injury while using the emergency tire puncture re- pair kit: Securely tighten the compressor

hose to the tire valve. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin.

Do not stand directly beside the damaged tire while it is being in- flated because of the risk of the rup- ture. If there are any cracks or bumps, turn the compressor off immediately.

SCE0870 SCE0871

6-8 In case of emergency

If the tire pressure does not increase to 26 psi (180 kPa) within 10 minutes, the tire may be seriously damaged and the tire cannot be repaired with this tire repair kit. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. 7. When the tire pressure is at the specified

amount, turn the air compressor off. If the tire cannot be inflated to the speci- fied amount, the air compressor can be turned off at the minimum of 26 psi (180 kPa). Remove the power plug from the power outlet and quickly remove the hose from the tire valve. Attach the pro- tective cap and valve cap. Properly stow the emergency tire puncture repair kit in the cargo area.

CAUTION

To avoid serious personal injury when stowing the emergency tire puncture repair kit: Keep the sealant bottle screwed into

the compressor. Failure to do so can cause the sealant to spray into the air and get into your eyes or on the skin.

8. Immediately drive the vehicle for 10 min- utes or 2 miles (3 km) at a speed below 50 mph (80 km/h).

9. After driving, make sure that the air compressor switch is in the OFF posi- tion, then screw the hose securely onto the tire valve. Check the tire pressure with the pressure gauge. Temporary re- pair is completed if the tire pressure does not drop. Make sure the pressure is adjusted to the pressure that is specified on the Tire and Loading Information label before driving.

10. If the tire pressure drops, repeat the steps from 5 to 9. If the pressure drops again or under 19 psi (130 kPa), the tire cannot be repaired with this tire re- pair kit. If the tire cannot be repaired, the driver should not drive on it any further. The car should be towed to the nearest dealership. The sealant bottle and hose cannot be reused to repair another punctured tire. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to pur- chase replacements.

After repairing tire It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for tire repair/ replacement as soon as possible.

WARNING

After using Genuine NISSAN Emer- gency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, do not drive the vehicle at speeds faster than 50 mph (80 km/h).

Immediately after using Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, it is rec- ommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant can- not permanently seal a punctured tire. Continuing operation of the ve- hicle without a permanent tire repair can lead to a crash.

Do not inject any tire liquid or aerosol tire sealant into the tires, as this may cause a malfunction of the tire pres- sure sensors.

If you used the Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant to repair a minor tire puncture, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer to replace the TPMS sensor in addition to repairing or replacing the tire.

In case of emergency 6-9

NISSAN recommends using only Genuine NISSAN Emergency Tire Sealant provided with your vehicle. Other tire sealants may damage the valve stem seal which can cause the tire to lose air pressure.

To start your EV system with a booster bat- tery, the instructions and precautions be- low must be followed. Jump starting provides power to the 12- volt system to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven.

WARNING

If done incorrectly, jump starting can lead to a 12-volt battery explosion, resulting in severe injury or death. It could also damage your vehicle.

Explosive hydrogen gas is always present in the vicinity of the 12-volt battery. Keep all sparks and flames away from the 12-volt battery.

Do not allow battery fluid to come into contact with eyes, skin, clothing or painted surfaces. Battery fluid is a corrosive sulfuric acid solution that can cause severe burns. If the fluid comes into contact with anything, immediately flush the contacted area with water.

Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children.

The booster battery must be rated at 12 volt. Use of an improperly rated battery can damage your vehicle.

Whenever working on or near a 12- volt battery, always wear suitable eye protectors (for example, goggles or industrial safety spectacles) and remove rings, metal bands, or any other jewelry. Do not lean over the 12-volt battery when jump starting.

Do not attempt to jump start a frozen battery. It could explode and cause serious injury.

Your vehicle has an automatic cool- ing fan. It could come on at any time. Keep hands and other objects away from it.

Always follow the instructions below. Failure to do so could result in dam- age to the DC/DC converter and cause personal injury.

Do not attempt to perform a jump start on the 12-volt battery at the same time that the Li-ion battery is being charged. Doing so may dam- age the vehicle or charging equip- ment and could cause an injury.

JUMP STARTING

6-10 In case of emergency

CAUTION

LEAF cannot be used as a booster ve- hicle because it cannot supply enough power to start a gasoline engine. How- ever, a gasoline engine vehicle can be used to jump start LEAF's 12-volt bat- tery.

1. If the booster battery is in another ve- hicle OB , position the two vehicles (OA ) and OB ) to bring their 12-volt batteries into close proximity to each other. Do not allow the two vehicles to touch.

2. Apply the parking brake. If the 12-volt battery is discharged, the power switch cannot be moved from the OFF position. Connect the jumper cables to the booster vehicle OB be- fore pushing the power switch.

3. Push the P (Park) position switch to place the vehicle in the P (Park) position.

4. Switch off all unnecessary electrical sys- tems (headlights, heater, air conditioner, etc.).

5. Place the power switch in the OFF position.

6. Ensure vent caps are level and tight.

7. Connect jumper cables in the sequence as illustrated (O1 O2 O3 O4 ).

LCE2388

In case of emergency 6-11

CAUTION

Always connect positive (+) to posi- tive (+) and negative () to body ground (for example, as illustrated), not to the 12-volt battery.

Make sure the jumper cables do not touch moving parts in the motor compartment and that the cable clamps do not contact any other metal.

8. Start the engine of the booster vehicle OB .

9. While the booster vehicle OB engine is running, place the EV system in the READY to drive position.

CAUTION

If the system does not start right away, push the power switch to the OFF posi- tion and wait 10 seconds before trying again.

10. After starting your EV system, carefully disconnect the negative cable and then the positive cable (O4 O3 O2

O1 ) and keep in the READY to drive position over 20 minutes to charge the 12-volt battery.

11. If necessary, connect the vehicle to a charging station or EVSE (Electric Ve- hicle Supply Equipment) to charge the Li-ion battery. For additional informa- tion, refer to the Charging section. The vehicle cannot be driven until the Li-ion battery is charged.

12. After jump starting your vehicle it is rec- ommended you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer to have the 12V battery tested.

NOTE:

If it is not possible to turn the system ON by following this procedure, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately.

If the power limitation indicator light illuminates, the traction motor output is limited resulting in reduced vehicle speed. Stop the vehicle in a safe location before the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- charged and no power is available to drive the vehicle. Contact Roadside assistance; refer to a NISSAN Warranty Information Booklet. If possible, place the power switch in the OFF position while waiting for assistance to prevent discharging the 12-volt battery.

NOTE:

If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged: The vehicle is automatically placed in

the ON position and it will not be pos- sible to switch to the READY to drive position.

The vehicle is automatically switched to the N (Neutral) position and it will not be possible to drive the vehicle.

IF THE LI-ION BATTERY BECOMES COMPLETELY DISCHARGED

6-12 In case of emergency

WARNING

If the vehicle is in the N (Neutral) posi- tion and the Li-ion battery and the 12- volt battery become completely dis- charged, the vehicle cannot be placed in the P (Park) position. If this occurs, place suitable blocks at both the front and back of a wheel to prevent the ve- hicle from moving. Failure to block a wheel may allow the vehicle to move unexpectedly which may result in seri- ous personal injury or death.

To place the vehicle in the READY to drive position so the vehicle can be driven, charge the Li-ion battery until the driving range on the instrument panel changes from --- to a numeric distance.

NOTE: Some vibration may occur when the

vehicle is stopped in case the Li-ion battery becomes completely dis- charged. This is not the malfunction of the system.

If the Li-ion battery is completely dis- charged, it is required to charge until the low battery charge warning light turns off (white) from on (yellow).

Do not attempt to start the system by pushing the vehicle.

CAUTION

An EV cannot be push-started or tow- started. Attempting to do so may cause traction motor damage.

When towing your vehicle, all State (Provin- cial in Canada) and local regulations for towing must be followed. Incorrect towing equipment could dam- age your vehicle. Towing instructions are available from a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Local service operators are familiar with the applicable laws and procedures for towing. To assure proper towing and to prevent accidental damage to your vehicle, NISSAN recommends that you have a ser- vice operator tow your vehicle. It is advis- able to have the service operator carefully read the following precautions.

WARNING

Never ride in a vehicle that is being towed.

Never get under your vehicle after it has been lifted by a tow truck.

CAUTION

When towing, make sure that the ax- les, steering system and power train are in working condition. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used.

Always attach safety chains before towing.

PUSH STARTING TOWING YOUR VEHICLE

In case of emergency 6-13

For additional information about towing your vehicle behind a Recreational Vehicle (RV), refer to Flat towing in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

TOWING RECOMMENDED BY NISSAN NISSAN recommends that your vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that the vehicle be placed on a flatbed truck as illustrated.

CAUTION

Never tow with the front wheels on the ground or four wheels on the ground (forward or backward), as this may cause serious and expen- sive damage to the motor.

LCE2389

6-14 In case of emergency

When towing this vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground (if you do not use towing dollies): Always re- lease the parking brake.

NOTE:

If your vehicle cannot be moved because the vehicle cannot be shifted to the N (Neutral) position, please refer to the LEAF Roadside Assistance Guide which is located at www.NISSANUSA.com. If your vehicle cannot be moved because the parking brake cannot be released, refer to Parking brake in the Starting and driving section of this manual.

VEHICLE RECOVERY (freeing a stuck vehicle)

WARNING

To avoid vehicle damage, serious per- sonal injury or death when recovering a stuck vehicle: Contact a professional towing ser-

vice to recover the vehicle if you have any questions regarding the recov- ery procedure.

Tow chains or cables must be at- tached only to main structural mem- bers of the vehicle.

Do not use the vehicle tie-downs to tow or free a stuck vehicle.

Only use devices specifically de- signed for vehicle recovery and fol- low the manufacturers instructions.

Always pull the recovery device straight out from the front of the ve- hicle. Never pull at an angle.

Route recovery devices so they do not touch any part of the vehicle ex- cept the attachment point.

If your vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., use a tow strap or other device de- signed specifically for vehicle recovery. Al- ways follow the manufacturers instruc- tions for the recovery device.

Rocking a stuck vehicle If the vehicle is stuck in sand, snow, mud, etc., try to free it by following the procedure below. 1. Turn off the Vehicle Dynamic Control

(VDC) system.

2. Make sure the area in front and behind the vehicle is clear of obstructions.

3. Turn the steering wheel left and right to clear an area around the front tires.

4. Slowly rock the vehicle forward and backward. Shift back and forth between the R

(Reverse) and D (Drive) positions. Apply the accelerator as little as pos-

sible to maintain the rocking motion. Release the accelerator pedal before

shifting between R (Reverse) and D (Drive).

Do not spin the tires above 35 mph (55 km/h).

5. If the vehicle cannot be freed after a few tries, contact a professional towing ser- vice to remove the vehicle.

In case of emergency 6-15

MEMO

6-16 In case of emergency

7 Appearance and care

Cleaning exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Removing spots . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Underbody . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3 Aluminum alloy wheels (if so equipped) . . . . . . . 7-4 Chrome parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Cleaning interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4

Air fresheners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Floor mats (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5 Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-6

Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Most common factors contributing to vehicle corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Environmental factors influence the rate of corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7 Protect your vehicle from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . 7-7

In order to maintain the appearance of your vehicle, it is important to take proper care of it. To protect the paint surfaces, wash your vehicle as soon as you can: After a rainfall to prevent possible dam-

age from acid rain. After driving on coastal roads. When contaminants such as soot, bird

droppings, tree sap, metal particles or bugs get on the paint surface.

When dust or mud builds up on the sur- face.

Whenever possible, store or park your ve- hicle inside a garage or in a covered area. When it is necessary to park outside, park in a shady area or protect the vehicle with a body cover. Be careful not to scratch the paint sur- face when putting on or removing the body cover.

WASHING Wash dirt off the vehicle with a wet sponge and plenty of water. Clean the vehicle thor- oughly using a mild soap, a special vehicle soap or general purpose dishwashing liq- uid mixed with clean, lukewarm (never hot) water.

CAUTION

Do not concentrate water spray di- rectly on the sonar sensors (if so equipped) on the bumper as this will result in damage to the sensors. Do not use pressure washers capable of spraying water over 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) to wash your vehicle. Use of high-pressure washers over 1,200 psi (8,274 kPa) can result in damage to or removal of paint or graphics. Avoid using a high-pressure washer closer than 12 inches (30 cm) to the vehicle. Always use a wide-angle nozzle only, keep the nozzle moving and do not concentrate the water spray on any one area.

Do not use car washes that use acid in the detergent. Some car washes, especially brushless ones, use some acid for cleaning. The acid may react with some plastic vehicle compo- nents, causing them to crack. This could affect their appearance, and also could cause them not to func- tion properly. Always check with your car wash to confirm that acid is not used.

Do not wash the vehicle with strong household soap, strong chemical de- tergents, gasoline or solvents.

Do not wash the vehicle in direct sun- light or while the vehicle body is hot, as the surface may become water-spotted.

Avoid using tight-napped or rough cloths, such as washing mitts. Care must be taken when removing caked-on dirt or other foreign sub- stances so the paint surface is not scratched or damaged.

CLEANING EXTERIOR

7-2 Appearance and care

Rinse the vehicle thoroughly with plenty of clean water. Inside flanges, seams and folds on the doors, hatches and hood are particularly vulnerable to the effects of road salt. There- fore, these areas must be regularly cleaned. Make sure that the drain holes in the lower edge of the door are open. Spray water under the body and in the wheel wells to loosen the dirt and wash away road salt. Avoid leaving water spots on the paint sur- face by using a damp chamois to dry the vehicle.

WAXING Regular waxing protects the paint surface and helps retain new vehicle appearance. Polishing is recommended to remove built-up wax residue and to avoid a weath- ered appearance before reapplying wax. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer can assist you in choosing the proper product. Wax your vehicle only after a thorough

washing. Follow the instructions supplied with the wax.

Do not use a wax containing any abra- sives, cutting compounds or cleaners that may damage the vehicle finish.

Machine compound or aggressive polish- ing on a base coat/clear coat paint finish may dull the finish or leave swirl marks.

REMOVING SPOTS Remove tar and oil spots, industrial dust, insects, and tree sap as quickly as possible from the paint surface to avoid lasting damage or staining. Special cleaning prod- ucts are available at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer or any automotive accessory stores.

UNDERBODY In areas where road salt is used in winter, the underbody must be cleaned regularly. This will prevent dirt and salt from building up and causing the acceleration of corro- sion on the underbody and suspension. Before the winter period and again in the spring, the underseal must be checked and, if necessary, re-treated.

GLASS Use glass cleaner to remove smoke and dust film from the glass surfaces. It is nor- mal for glass to become coated with a film after the vehicle is parked in the hot sun. Glass cleaner and a soft cloth will easily remove this film.

CAUTION

When cleaning the inside of the win- dows, do not use sharp-edged tools, abrasive cleaners or chlorine-based disinfectant cleaners. They could dam- age the electrical conductors, radio an- tenna elements or rear window de- froster elements.

WHEELS Wash the wheels when washing the vehicle to maintain their appearance. Clean the inner side of the wheels when

the wheel is changed or the underside of the vehicle is washed.

Inspect wheel rims regularly for dents or corrosion. Such damage may cause loss of pressure or poor seal at the tire bead.

NISSAN recommends that the road wheels be waxed to protect against road salt in areas where it is used during win- ter.

CAUTION

Do not use abrasive cleaners when washing the wheels.

Appearance and care 7-3

ALUMINUM ALLOY WHEELS (if so equipped) Wash regularly with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution, especially during win- ter months in areas where road salt is used. Salt could discolor the wheels if not re- moved.

CAUTION

Follow the directions below to avoid staining or discoloring the wheels: Do not use a cleaner that uses strong

acid or alkali contents to clean the wheels.

Do not apply wheel cleaners to the wheels when they are hot. The wheel temperature should be the same as ambient temperature.

Rinse the wheel to completely re- move the cleaner within 15 minutes after the cleaner is applied.

CHROME PARTS Clean chrome parts regularly with a non- abrasive chrome polish to maintain the fin- ish.

TIRE DRESSING NISSAN does not recommend the use of tire dressings. Tire manufacturers apply a coating to the tires to help reduce discolor- ation of the rubber. If a tire dressing is ap- plied to the tires, it may react with the coat- ing and form a compound. This compound may come off the tire while driving and stain the vehicle paint. If you choose to use a tire dressing, take the following precautions: Use a water-based tire dressing. The

coating on the tire dissolves more easily with an oil-based tire dressing.

Apply a light coat of tire dressing to help prevent it from entering the tire tread/ grooves (where it would be difficult to re- move).

Wipe off excess tire dressing using a dry towel. Make sure the tire dressing is com- pletely removed from the tire tread/ grooves.

Allow the tire dressing to dry as recom- mended by the tire dressing manufac- turer.

Occasionally remove loose dust from the interior trim, plastic parts and seats using a vacuum cleaner or soft bristled brush. Wipe the vinyl and leather surfaces (if so equipped) with a clean, soft cloth damp- ened in mild soap solution, then wipe clean with a dry soft cloth. Regular care and cleaning is required in order to maintain the appearance of the leather (if so equipped). Before using any fabric protector, read the manufacturers recommendations. Some fabric protectors contain chemicals that may stain or bleach the seat material. Use a cloth dampened only with water to clean the meter and gauge lens.

WARNING

Do not use water or acidic cleaners (hot steam cleaners) on the seat. This can damage the seat or occupant classifi- cation sensor (weight sensor). This can also affect the operation of the air bag system and result in serious personal injury.

CLEANING INTERIOR

7-4 Appearance and care

CAUTION

Never use benzine, thinner, or any similar material.

Small dirt particles can be abrasive and damaging to the leather sur- faces (if so equipped) and should be removed promptly. Do not use saddle soap, car waxes, polishes, oils, clean- ing fluids, solvents, detergents or ammonia-based cleaners as they may damage the leathers natural finish.

Never use fabric protectors unless recommended by the manufacturer.

Do not use glass or plastic cleaner on meter or gauge lens covers. It may damage the lens cover.

AIR FRESHENERS Most air fresheners use a solvent that could affect the vehicle interior. If you use an air freshener, take the following precau- tions: Hanging-type air fresheners can cause

permanent discoloration when they con- tact vehicle interior surfaces. Place the air freshener in a location that allows it to hang free and not contact an interior sur- face.

Liquid-type air fresheners typically clip on the vents. These products can cause im- mediate damage and discoloration when spilled on interior surfaces.

Carefully read and follow the manufactur- ers instructions before using air freshen- ers.

FLOOR MATS (if so equipped) WARNING

To avoid potential pedal interference that may result in a collision, injury or death: NEVER place a floor mat on top of

another floor mat in the driver front position or install them upside down or backwards.

Use only Genuine NISSAN floor mats, or equivalent floor mats, that are specifically designed for use in your vehicle model and model year.

LPD2378

Appearance and care 7-5

Properly position the mats in the floorwell using the floor mat posi- tioning hook. For additional informa- tion, refer to "Floor mat installation" in this section.

Make sure the floor mat does not in- terfere with pedal operation.

Periodically check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

After cleaning the vehicle interior, check the floor mats to make sure they are properly installed.

The use of Genuine NISSAN floor mats can extend the life of your vehicle carpet and make it easier to clean the interior. Mats should be maintained with regular clean- ing and replaced if they become exces- sively worn.

Floor mat installation Your vehicle is equipped with floor mat po- sitioning hook(s). The number and shape of the floor mat positioning hooks for each seating position varies depending on the vehicle.

When installing Genuine NISSAN floor mats, follow the installation instructions provided with the mat and the following: 1. Position the floor mat in the floorwell so

that the floor mat grommet holes are aligned with the hook(s).

2. Secure the grommet holes into the hook(s) and ensure that the floor mat is properly positioned.

3. Make sure the floor mat does not inter- fere with pedal operation. With the power switch in the OFF position, the selector lever in the P (Park) position fully apply and release all pedals. The floor mat must not interfere with pedal op- eration or prevent the pedal from re- turning to its normal position.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for details about in- stalling the floor mats in your vehicle.

The illustration shows the location of floor mat positioning hooks.

SEAT BELTS The seat belts can be cleaned by wiping them with a sponge dampened in a mild soap solution. Allow the belts to dry com- pletely in the shade before using them. For additional information, refer to Seat belts in the SafetySeats, seat belts and supplemental restraint system section of this manual.

LVA0002X Positioning hooks

7-6 Appearance and care

WARNING

Do not allow wet seat belts to roll up in the retractor. NEVER use bleach, dye, or chemical solvents to clean the seat belts, since these materials may se- verely weaken the seat belt webbing.

MOST COMMON FACTORS CONTRIBUTING TO VEHICLE CORROSION The accumulation of moisture-retaining

dirt and debris in body panel sections, cavities, and other areas.

Damage to paint and other protective coatings caused by gravel and stone chips or minor traffic accidents.

ENVIRONMENTAL FACTORS INFLUENCE THE RATE OF CORROSION

Moisture Accumulation of sand, dirt and water on the vehicle body underside can accelerate corrosion. Wet floor coverings will not dry completely inside the vehicle, and should be removed for drying to avoid floor panel corrosion.

Relative humidity Corrosion will be accelerated in areas of high relative humidity, especially those ar- eas where the temperatures stay above freezing, where atmospheric pollution ex- ists, or where road salt is used.

Temperature A temperature increase will accelerate the rate of corrosion to those parts which are not well ventilated.

Air pollution Industrial pollution, the presence of salt in the air in coastal areas, or heavy road salt use will accelerate the corrosion process. Road salt will also accelerate the disinte- gration of paint surfaces.

PROTECT YOUR VEHICLE FROM CORROSION Wash and wax your vehicle often to keep

the vehicle clean. Always check for minor damage to the

paint and repair it as soon as possible. Keep drain holes at the bottom of the

doors open to avoid water accumulation. Check the underbody for accumulation

of sand, dirt or salt. If present, wash with water as soon as possible.

CORROSION PROTECTION

Appearance and care 7-7

CAUTION

NEVER remove dirt, sand or other de- bris from the passenger compart- ment by washing it out with a hose. Remove dirt with a vacuum cleaner.

Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with electronic com- ponents inside the vehicle as this may damage them.

Chemicals used for road surface deicing are extremely corrosive. They accelerate corrosion and deterioration of underbody components such as the brake lines, brake cables, floor pan and fenders. In winter, the underbody must be cleaned periodically. For additional protection against rust and corrosion, which may be required in some areas, it is recommended that you consult a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

7-8 Appearance and care

8 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Maintenance requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Scheduled maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Where to go for service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2 Explanation of maintenance items . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2

Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5 Motor compartment check locations . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7 Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8

Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9

Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-10 Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-12

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14 Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-14

Rear window wiper blade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17

Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-17 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18

Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-18 Passenger compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-21

Nissan Intelligent Key battery replacement . . . . 8-22 Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-24

Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 Fog lights (if so equipped) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-25 Exterior and interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26

Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Tire labeling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-33 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-35 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-36 Changing wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-37 Emergency tire puncture repair kit . . . . . . . . . . 8-39

Your new NISSAN has been designed to have minimum maintenance require- ments with long service intervals to save you both time and money. However, some day-to-day and regular maintenance is es- sential to maintain your NISSANs fine me- chanical condition, and its Electric Vehicle (EV) system performance. It is the owners responsibility to make sure that the scheduled maintenance, and gen- eral maintenance, is performed. As the vehicle owner, you are the only one who can ensure that your vehicle receives the proper maintenance care. You are a vital link in the maintenance chain.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE For your convenience, both required and optional scheduled maintenance items are described and listed in your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide. You must refer to that guide to ensure that neces- sary maintenance is performed on your NISSAN at regular intervals.

GENERAL MAINTENANCE General maintenance includes those items which should be checked during normal day-to-day operation. They are essential for proper vehicle operation. It is your re-

sponsibility to perform these procedures regularly as prescribed. Performing general maintenance checks requires minimal mechanical skill and only a few general automotive tools. These checks or inspections can be done by yourself, a qualified technician or, if you prefer, a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

WHERE TO GO FOR SERVICE If maintenance service is required or your vehicle appears to malfunction, have the systems checked and serviced. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. NISSAN technicians are well-trained spe- cialists and are kept up-to-date with the latest service information through techni- cal bulletins, service tips, and in-dealership information systems. They are completely qualified to work on NISSAN vehicles be- fore work begins. You can be confident that a NISSAN certi- fied LEAF dealers service department per- forms the best job to meet the mainte- nance requirements on your vehicle in a reliable and economical way.

During the normal day-to-day operation of the vehicle, general maintenance should be performed regularly as prescribed in this section. If you detect any unusual sounds, vibrations or smell, be sure to check for the cause or have a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer do it promptly. In addition, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if you think that re- pairs are required. When performing any checks or mainte- nance work, refer to Maintenance precau- tions in this section.

EXPLANATION OF MAINTENANCE ITEMS Additional information on the following items with * is found in this section.

Outside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be performed from time to time, unless otherwise specified. Doors and motor hood: Check that all doors and the motor hood operate prop- erly. Also ensure that all latches lock se- curely. Lubricate hinges, latches, latch pins, rollers and links if necessary. Make sure

MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT GENERAL MAINTENANCE

8-2 Maintenance and do-it yourself

that the secondary latch keeps the motor hood from opening when the primary latch is released. When driving in areas using road salt or other corrosive materials, check lubrica- tion frequently. Lights*: Clean the headlights on a regular basis. Make sure that the headlights, stop lights, tail lights, turn signal lights and other lights are all operating properly and in- stalled securely. Also check the aim of the headlights. Road wheel nuts (lug nuts)*: When check- ing the tires, make sure that no wheel nuts are missing, and check for any loose wheel nuts. Tighten if necessary. Tire rotation*: Tires should be rotated ev- ery 7,500 miles (12,000 km). Tires*: Check the pressure with a gauge often and always prior to long distance trips. If necessary, adjust the pressure in all tires to the pressure specified. Check care- fully for damage, cuts or excessive wear. Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) transmitter components: Replace the TPMS transmitter grommet seal, valve core and cap when the tires are replaced due to wear or age.

Wheel alignment and balance: If the ve- hicle pulls to either side while driving on a straight and level road, or if you detect un- even or abnormal tire wear, there may be a need for wheel alignment. If the steering wheel or seat vibrates at normal highway speeds, wheel balancing may be needed. For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet. Windshield: Clean the windshield on a regular basis. Check the windshield at least every six months for cracks or other dam- age. Have a damaged windshield repaired by a qualified repair facility. Wiper blades*: Check for cracks or wear if they do not wipe properly.

Inside vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked on a regular basis, such as when performing scheduled maintenance, cleaning the vehicle, etc. Accelerator pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation and make sure that the

pedal does not catch or require uneven effort. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal. Brake pedal: Check the pedal for smooth operation. If the brake pedal suddenly goes down further than normal, the pedal feels spongy or the vehicle seems to take longer to stop, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer immediately. Keep the floor mat away from the pedal. Brakes: Check that the brakes do not pull the vehicle to one side when applied. Electric shift P (Park) position mecha- nism: On a steep hill, check that the vehicle is held securely while the vehicle is in the P (Park) position without applying the brakes. Parking brake: Check the parking brake operation regularly. The vehicle should be securely held on a steep hill with only the parking brake applied. If the parking brake cannot keep a vehicle position, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. Seat: Check seat position controls such as the seat adjusters, seatback recliners, etc. to ensure that they operate smoothly and that all latches lock securely in every posi- tion. Check that the head restraints/ headrests move up and down smoothly

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-3

and that the locks (if so equipped) hold securely in all latched positions. Seat belts: Check that all parts of the seat belt system (for example, buckles, anchors, adjusters and retractors) operate properly and smoothly, and are installed securely. Check the belt webbing for cuts, fraying, wear or damage. Steering wheel: Check for changes in the steering conditions, such as excessive free play, hard steering or strange noises. Warning lights and chimes: Make sure that all warning lights and chimes are op- erating properly. Windshield defroster: Check that the air emits from the defroster outlets properly and in sufficient quantity when operating the heater or air conditioner. Windshield wiper and washer*: Check that the wipers and washers operate prop- erly and that the wipers do not streak.

Under hood and vehicle The maintenance items listed here should be checked periodically. 12-volt battery (except for maintenance free batteries)*: Check the fluid level in each cell. The fluid should be at the bottom

of the filler opening. Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe condi- tions require frequent checks of the 12volt battery fluid level.

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis- charge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat- tery power when the EV system is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health. Brake fluid level*: Make sure that the brake fluid level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. Coolant level*: Check the coolant level when the high voltage parts are cold. Make sure that the coolant level is between the MAX and MIN lines on the reservoir. Fluid leaks: Check under the vehicle for water or other fluid leaks after the vehicle has been parked for a while. Water dripping

from the air conditioner after use is normal. If you should notice any leaks, check for cause and have it corrected immediately. Radiator and hoses: Check the front of the radiator and clean off any dirt, insects, leaves, etc., that may have accumulated. Make sure that the hoses have no cracks, deformation, rot or loose connections. Underbody: The underbody is frequently exposed to corrosive substances such as those used on icy roads or to control dust. It is very important to remove these sub- stances, otherwise rust will form on the floor pan and frame. At the end of winter, the underbody should be thoroughly flushed with plain water, being careful to clean those areas where mud and dirt may accumulate. For additional information, re- fer to Cleaning exterior in the Appearance and care section of this manual. Windshield-washer fluid*: Check that there is an adequate amount of fluid in the reservoir.

8-4 Maintenance and do-it yourself

When performing any inspection or main- tenance work on your vehicle, always take care to prevent serious accidental injury to yourself or damage to the vehicle. The fol- lowing are general precautions that should be closely observed.

WARNING

The EV system uses high voltage up to approximately DC 400 volt. The system can be hot during and after starting and when the vehicle is shut off. Be careful of both the high volt- age and the high temperature. Obey the labels that are attached to the vehicle.

Never disassemble, remove or re- place high-voltage parts and cables as well as their connectors. High- voltage cables are colored orange.

Disassembling, removing or replac- ing those parts or cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in serious injury or death. The vehicle high-voltage system has no user serviceable parts. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for any necessary maintenance.

Park the vehicle on a level surface, apply the parking brake securely and chock the wheels to prevent the ve- hicle from moving. Push the P (Park) position switch on the shift lever or place the vehicle into the N (Neutral) position.

If you must work with the EV (Electric Vehicle) system is turned on, keep hands, clothing, hair and tools away from moving fans and any other moving parts.

Make sure that the power switch is in the OFF or LOCK position when per- forming any part replacement or repairs.

It is advisable to secure or remove any loose clothing and remove any jewelry, such as rings, watches, etc. before working on your vehicle.

Always wear eye protection when- ever you work on your vehicle.

Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by a jack. If it is nec- essary to work under the vehicle, support it with safety stands.

Keep smoking materials, flames and sparks away from the 12-volt battery.

CAUTION

Do not work under the hood while the motor compartment is hot. Push the power switch in the OFF position and wait until it cools down.

Avoid direct contact with used cool- ant. Improperly disposed coolant and/or other vehicle fluids can dam- age the environment. Always con- form to local regulations for the dis- posal of vehicle fluids.

Never connect or disconnect the bat- tery or any transistorized compo- nent while the power switch is in the ON position.

Your vehicle is equipped with an au- tomatic cooling fan. It may come on at any time without warning, even if the power switch is not in the ACC, ON or READY to drive position. To avoid injury, always disconnect the nega- tive 12-volt battery cable before working near the fan.

Before performing any electrical maintenance work on the vehicle such as the battery, fuses or bulb re- placement, confirm the following: The charge connector is removed

from the vehicle.

MAINTENANCE PRECAUTIONS

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-5

The Climate Ctrl. Timer is not ac- tive or operating. For additional information, refer to Climate Ctrl. Timer in the Monitor, climate, au- dio, phone and voice recognition systems section of this manual.

The 12-volt battery is not being charged by the Li-ion battery and that all charging status indicator lights are off. For additional infor- mation, refer to Charging the 12- volt battery in the EV overview section and Charging status indi- cator lights in the Charging sec- tion of this manual.

The power switch is in the OFF posi- tion. Place the power switch in the ON position and then in the OFF position to prevent the 12-volt battery auto- matically being charged by the Li-ion battery. For additional information, refer to Charging the 12-volt bat- tery in the EV overview section of this manual.

The Maintenance and do-it-yourself sec- tion gives instructions regarding only those items that are relatively easy for an owner to perform.

A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is also available. For additional information, refer to Owners manual/service manual order information in the Technical and con- sumer information section of this manual. You should be aware that incomplete or improper servicing may result in operating difficulties and could affect your warranty coverage. If in doubt about any servicing, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

8-6 Maintenance and do-it yourself

1. Fuse/Fusible link holder

2. Brake fluid reservoir

3. 12-volt battery

4. Fuse holder

5. Windshield-washer fluid reservoir

6. Fuse/Fusible link holder

7. Coolant reservoir cap

LDI3464

MOTOR COMPARTMENT CHECK LOCATIONS

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-7

The cooling system is filled at the factory with a pre-diluted mixture of 50% Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) and 50% water to provide year-round anti- freeze and coolant protection. The anti- freeze solution contains rust and corrosion inhibitors. Additional cooling system addi- tives are not necessary.

WARNING

Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the motor compartment is hot. Wait until the motor compart- ment cools down.

The coolant reservoir is equipped with a pressure type coolant reser- voir cap. To prevent damage to the motor compartment, use only a Genuine NISSAN coolant reservoir cap.

CAUTION

Never use any additives in the cool- ant such as radiator sealer in the cooling system. This may cause damage to electrical equipment such as the motor and inverter.

When adding or replacing coolant, be sure to use only a Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalent. Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) is pre- diluted to provide antifreeze protec- tion to 34F (37C) . If additional freeze protection is needed due to the weather conditions where you operate your vehicle, add Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) concentrate following the di- rections on the container. If an equivalent coolant other than Genu- ine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/ Coolant (blue) is used, follow the coolant manufacture's instructions to maintain minimum antifreeze protection to 34F (37C). The use of other types of coolant solutions other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equiva- lent may damage the cooling system.

The life expectancy of the factory-fill coolant is 125,000 miles (200,000 km) or 15 years. Mixing any other type of coolant other than Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue)(or equivalent coolant), includ- ing Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (green), or the use of non-distilled water may re- duce the life expectancy of the factory-filled coolant. For additional information, refer to the NISSAN Ser- vice and Maintenance Guide.

COOLING SYSTEM

8-8 Maintenance and do-it yourself

CHECKING COOLANT LEVEL Check the coolant level in the reservoir when the high-voltage parts are cold. If the coolant level is below the MIN level OB , open the reservoir cap and add coolant up to the MAX level OA . If the reservoir is empty, check the coolant level in the coolant res- ervoir when the high-voltage parts are cold. If there is insufficient coolant in the coolant reservoir, fill the coolant reservoir with coolant up to the reservoir cap open- ing and also add it to the reservoir up to the MAX level OA .

Tighten the cap securely after adding cool- ant. For additional information on the location of the coolant reservoir, refer to Motor compartment check locations in this sec- tion. If the cooling system frequently requires coolant, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CHANGING COOLANT It is recommended that major cooling sys- tem repairs should be performed by a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. The service procedures can be found in the appropri- ate NISSAN Service Manual. Improper servicing can result in reduced heater performance.

WARNING

To avoid the danger of being scalded, never change the coolant when the motor compartment is hot.

Never remove the coolant reservoir cap when the motor compartment is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high-pressure fluid escaping from the radiator.

Avoid direct skin contact with used coolant. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible.

Keep coolant out of reach of children and pets.

Coolant must be disposed of properly. Check your local regulations.

LDI3145

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-9

When checking or replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

CAUTION

Use only Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF. Do not mix with other fluids.

Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability, and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSAN New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

For additional brake fluid information, refer to Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

WARNING

Use only new fluid from a sealed con- tainer. Old, inferior or contaminated fluid may damage the brake system. The use of improper fluids can dam- age the brake system, and affect the vehicles stopping ability.

Clean the filler cap before removing. Brake fluid is poisonous and should

be stored carefully in marked con- tainers out of the reach of children.

CAUTION

Do not spill the fluid on any painted sur- faces. This will damage the paint. If fluid is spilled, immediately wash the sur- face with water.

Check the fluid level in the reservoir. If the fluid is below the MIN line OB or the brake warning light illuminates, add Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid or equivalent DOT 3 fluid up to the MAX line OA . If fluid must be added frequently, the sys- tem should be checked. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LDI3143

REDUCTION GEAR FLUID BRAKE FLUID

8-10 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir periodically. Add windshield-washer fluid when the Low Washer Fluid message ap- pears on the vehicle information display. For additional information, refer to Vehicle information display warnings and indica- tors in the Instruments and controls sec- tion of this manual. To fill the windshield-washer fluid reservoir, lift the cap O1 and pour the windshield- washer fluid into the reservoir opening.

Add a windshield-washer solvent to the reservoir for better cleaning. In the winter season, add a windshield-washer anti- freeze. Follow the manufacturers instruc- tions for the mixture ratio. Refill the reservoir more frequently when driving conditions require an increased amount of windshield-washer fluid. Recommended fluid: Genuine NISSAN Windshield-Washer Con- centrate Cleaner & Antifreeze or equivalent

CAUTION

Do not substitute antifreeze coolant for windshield-washer solution. This may result in damage to the paint.

Do not fill the windshield-washer reservoir with windshield-washer fluid concentrates at full strength. Some methyl alcohol based windshield-washer fluid concen- trates may permanently stain the grille if spilled while filling the windshield-washer reservoir.

Pre-mix windshield-washer fluid concentrates with water to the manufacturers recommended levels before pouring the fluid into the windshield-washer reservoir. Do not use the windshield-washer reservoir to mix the windshield-washer fluid concentrate and water.

LDI3463

WINDSHIELD-WASHER FLUID

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-11

Keep the 12-volt battery surface clean and dry. Clean the 12-volt battery with a solution of baking soda and water.

Make certain the terminal connections are clean and securely tightened.

LDI3327

12-VOLT BATTERY

8-12 Maintenance and do-it yourself

NOTE:

Care should be taken to avoid situations that can lead to potential battery dis- charge and potential no-start conditions such as: 1. Installation or extended use of elec-

tronic accessories that consume bat- tery power when the EV system is not running (Phone chargers, GPS, DVD players, etc.)

2. Vehicle is not driven regularly and/or only driven short distances.

In these cases, the battery may need to be charged to maintain battery health

WARNING

Do not expose the 12-volt battery to flames or electrical sparks. Hydrogen gas generated by the 12-volt battery is explosive. Do not allow 12-volt bat- tery fluid to contact your skin, eyes, fabrics or painted surfaces. After touching a 12-volt battery or 12-volt battery cap, do not touch or rub your eyes. Thoroughly wash your hands. If the acid contacts your eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with wa- ter for at least 15 minutes and seek medical attention.

Do not operate the vehicle if the fluid in the 12-volt battery is low. Low 12- volt battery fluid can cause a higher load on the 12-volt battery which can generate heat, reduce battery life, and in some cases lead to an explosion.

When working on or near a 12-volt battery, always wear suitable eye protection and remove all jewelry.

12-volt battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling.

Keep the 12-volt battery out of the reach of children. 1. Remove the vent caps with a screw-

driver as shown. Use a cloth to protect the battery case.

2. Check the fluid level in each cell. If it is necessary to add fluid, add only distilled water to bring the level up to the bottom of the filler opening. Do not overfill. Re- install the vent caps.

Vehicles operated in high temperatures or under severe conditions require frequent checks of the 12-volt battery fluid level.

WDI0224

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-13

JUMP STARTING Jump starting provides power to the 12 volt system to allow the electrical systems to operate. The electrical systems must be operating to allow the Li-ion battery to be charged. Jump starting does not charge

the Li-ion battery. The Li-ion battery must be charged before the vehicle can be driven. For additional information, refer to Jump starting in the In case of emergency sec- tion of this manual. If the power switch does not switch to the READY to drive posi- tion by jump starting, the 12-volt battery may have to be replaced. It is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

CLEANING If your windshield is not clear after using the windshield washer or if a wiper blade chatters when running, wax or other mate- rial may be on the blade or windshield. Clean the outside of the windshield with a washer solution or a mild detergent. Your windshield is clean if beads do not form when rinsing with clear water. Clean each blade by wiping it with a cloth soaked in a washer solution or a mild de- tergent. Then rinse the blade with clear wa- ter. If your windshield is still not clear after cleaning the blades and using the wiper, replace the blades.

CAUTION

Worn windshield wiper blades can damage the windshield and impair driver vision.

REPLACING Replace the wiper blades if they are worn.

LDI3181

WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES

8-14 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Pulling up the wiper arm The wiper arm should be in the up position when replacing the wiper. Pull up the wiper arm manually or using the wiper rise-up function (if so equipped). Wiper rise-up function (if so equipped)

To pull up the wiper arm, pull the lever O1

within 1 minute after the power switch is turned off. The wiper operation stops in mid-operation and wiper arm can be pulled up. To lower the wiper arm, place the wiper arm in the down position and then push the lever O2 up once after the power switch is turned on.

CAUTION

Do not operate the windshield wiper while arm is pulled up. The wiper arm or hood may be damaged.

LDI2415

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-15

Replacing 1. Push the release tab OA , and move the

wiper blade down the wiper arm OB

while pushing the release tab to remove.

2. Insert the new wiper blade onto the wiper arm until a click sounds.

3. Rotate the wiper blade so that the dimple is in the groove.

CAUTION

After wiper blade replacement, re- turn the wiper arm to its original po- sition; otherwise it may be damaged when the hood is opened.

Make sure the wiper blades contact the glass; otherwise the arm may be damaged from wind pressure. Be careful not to clog the washer nozzle OA .

This may cause improper windshield washer operation. If the nozzle is clogged, remove any objects with a needle or small pin OB . Be careful not to damage the nozzle.

LDI2602

LDI3152

8-16 Maintenance and do-it yourself

REAR WINDOW WIPER BLADE It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer if checking or replace- ment is required.

If the brakes do not operate properly, have the brakes checked. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

WARNING

Do not adjust the height of the brake pedal. Doing so could alter the effec- tiveness of the brakes, which could re- sult in a serious accident and personal injury. If adjustment is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNING The disc brake pads have audible wear warnings. When a brake pad requires re- placement, it will make a high pitched scraping sound when the vehicle is in mo- tion. This scraping sound will first occur only when the brake pedal is depressed. After more wear of the brake pad, the sound will always be heard even if the brake pedal is not depressed. Have the brakes checked as soon as possible if the wear warning sound is heard.

Under some driving or climate conditions, occasional brake squeak, squeal or other noise may be heard. Occasional brake noise during light to moderate stops is nor- mal and does not affect the function or performance of the brake system. Proper brake inspection intervals should be followed. For additional information, re- fer to the maintenance log section of your NISSAN Service and Maintenance Guide.

BRAKES

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-17

MOTOR COMPARTMENT WARNING

Never touch, disassemble, remove or replace the high-voltage parts and cables, as well as their connectors. High-voltage cables are colored or- ange. Touching, disassembling, re- moving or replacing those parts and cables can cause severe burns or electric shock that may result in seri- ous injury or death.

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic control units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper- ate, check for an open fuse. 1. Confirm that the power switch and the

headlight switch are turned off.

2. Open the hood.

3. Remove the fuse/fusible link holder cover by pushing the tab and lifting the cover from the right side, and then the left side.

4. Locate the fuse that needs to be replaced.

5. Remove the fuse using the fuse puller located in the passenger compartment fuse box.

LDI3475

FUSES

8-18 Maintenance and do-it yourself

6. If the fuse is open OA , replace it with a new fuse OB .

7. If a new fuse also opens, have the electri- cal system checked, and if necessary, re- paired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LDI3328 LDI3331

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-19

Fusible links If any electrical equipment does not oper- ate and the fuses are in good condition, check the fusible links in the holders O1 , O2

and O3 . If any of these fusible links are melted, replace only with Genuine NISSAN parts. For checking and replacing the fusible links in the holders O1 , O2 and O3 , it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LDI3476

8-20 Maintenance and do-it yourself

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT

WARNING

Never use a fuse of a higher or lower amperage rating than that specified on the fuse box cover. This could damage the electrical system or electronic con- trol units or cause a fire.

If any electrical equipment does not oper- ate, check for an open fuse. 1. Make sure that the power switch and the

headlight switch are turned off.

2. Insert a screwdriver wrapped with the cloth OC into the slit O1 . Use a cloth OC to protect the fuse box cover.

3. Then pull to remove the fuse box cover O2 .

4. Remove the fuse with the fuse puller O3 .

5. If the fuse is open OA , replace it with a new fuse OB .

6. If a new fuse also opens, have the elec- trical system checked, and if necessary repaired. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

LVM0007X LDI3328

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-21

Extended storage switch If any electrical equipment does not oper- ate, remove the extended storage switch and check for an open fuse.

NOTE:

The extended storage switch is used for long term vehicle storage. Even if the ex- tended storage switch is broken it is not necessary to replace it. Replace only the open fuse in the switch with a new one.

How to replace the extended storage switch: 1. To remove the extended storage switch,

be sure the power switch is in the OFF position.

2. Be sure the headlight switch is in the OFF position.

3. Remove the fuse box cover.

4. Pinch the locking tabs O1 and O2 found on each side of the storage switch.

5. Pull the storage switch straight out from the fuse box O3 .

CAUTION

Be careful not to allow children to swallow the battery and removed parts.

An improperly disposed battery can harm the environment. Always con- firm local regulations for battery disposal.

When changing batteries, do not let dust or oil get on the components.

There is danger of explosion if the lithium battery is incorrectly re- placed. Replace only with the same or equivalent type.LDI3205

NISSAN INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY REPLACEMENT

8-22 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Replace the battery in the Intelligent Key as follows: 1. Remove the mechanical key from the

Intelligent Key.

2. Insert a small screwdriver into the slit of the corner and twist it to separate the upper part from the lower part. Use a cloth to protect the casing.

3. Replace the battery with a new one. Recommended battery: CR2025 or equivalent Do not touch the internal circuit and

electric terminals as doing so could cause a malfunction.

Hold the battery by the edges. Holding the battery across the contact points will seriously deplete the storage ca- pacity.

Make sure that the side faces the bottom of the case.

4. Align the tips of the upper and lower parts O1 , and then push them together O2 until it is securely closed.

5. Operate the buttons to check that it is functioning properly.

It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service. FCC Notice: For USA: This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the fol- lowing two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and

SDI2451

SDI2452

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-23

(2) this device must accept any interfer- ence received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

NOTE:

Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the users author- ity to operate the equipment. For Canada: This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must ac- cept any interference, including interfer- ence that may cause undesired opera- tion of the device.

LDI3149

LIGHTS

8-24 Maintenance and do-it yourself

1. Headlight assembly

2. Map light

3. Room light

4. High-mounted stop light

5. Rear combination light

6. Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)

7. Cargo light

8. License plate light

9. Fog light (if so equipped) Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature difference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. This is not a malfunction. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

HEADLIGHTS If headlight bulb replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Replacing the LED headlight bulb (if so equipped) If LED headlight bulb replacement is neces- sary, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this ser- vice.

Replacing the halogen headlight bulb (if so equipped) The headlight is a semi-sealed beam type that uses a headlight (halogen) bulb. If bulb replacement is required, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

CAUTION

Do not leave the bulb out of the head- light reflector for a long period of time. Dust, moisture, smoke, etc. en- tering the headlight body may affect bulb performance

High-pressure halogen gas is sealed inside the halogen bulb. The bulb may break if the glass envelope is scratched or the bulb is dropped.

Only touch the base when handling the bulb. Never touch the glass enve- lope. Touching the glass envelope could significantly affect bulb life and/or headlight performance.

Aiming is not necessary after replac- ing the bulb. When aiming adjust- ment is necessary, it is recom- mended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Fog may temporarily form inside the lens of the exterior lights in the rain or in a car wash. A temperature dif- ference between the inside and the outside of the lens causes the fog. If large drops of water collect inside the lens, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Use the same number and wattage as originally installed as shown in the chart.

FOG LIGHTS (if so equipped) For additional information on fog light bulb replacement, refer to the instruction out- lined in this section

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-25

Replacing the fog light bulb If fog light bulb replacement is required, it is recommended that you visit a NISSAN cer- tified LEAF dealer for this service.

EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR LIGHTS

Item Wattage (W) Bulb No. Headlight assembly (Type A) (if so equipped)*

High* 60 HB3 Low* 55 H11 Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA Side marker*

Headlight assembly (Type B) (if so equipped)* High* Low* Daytime running (if so equipped)* Park/Turn signal* 28/8 7444NA Side marker*

Front fog light (if so equipped)* 35 H8 Charge port lid light* Rear combination light

Turn signal 21 WY21W Stop/Tail* Back-up 16 W16W Side marker*

License plate light* 5 W5W Map light* Door mirror turn signal light (if so equipped)* High-mounted stop light* Vanity mirror light* 1.8 Glove box light* 1.4 Room light* 8 Cargo light 5 W5W

* It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for replacement.

NOTE:

Always check with the Parts Department at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for the latest information about parts.

8-26 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Replacement procedures All other lights are either type A, B, C, D or E. When replacing a bulb, first remove the lens and/or cover.

: REMOVE

: INSTALL

SDI2306 LDI3144 Cargo light

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-27

1. Remove the rear combination attach- ment bolts O1 .

2. Pull the rear combination assembly as shown in the illustration O2 .

3. Turn the bulb sockets and then remove the bulbs O3 .

If you have a flat tire, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section.

TIRE PRESSURE

Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)

WARNING

Radio waves could adversely affect electric medical equipment. Those who use a pacemaker should contact the electric medical equipment manufac- turer for the possible influences before use.

This vehicle is equipped with the Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS). It monitors tire pressure of all tires. When the low tire pressure warning light is lit, and the Tire Pressure Low - Add Air warning appears on the ve- hicle information display, one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.

LDI3243 Rear combination light

WHEELS AND TIRES

8-28 Maintenance and do-it yourself

The TPMS will activate only when the vehicle is driven at speeds above 16 mph (25 km/h). Also, this system may not detect a sudden drop in tire pressure (for example a flat tire while driving). For additional information, refer to Low tire pressure warning light in the Instruments and controls sec- tion, Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys- tem (TPMS) in the Starting and driv- ing section and Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

Tire inflation pressure Check the pressure of the tires often and always prior to long distance trips. The recommended tire pres- sure specifications are shown on the F.M.V.S.S/C.M.V.S.S certification label or Tire and Loading Information la- bel under the Cold Tire Pressure

heading. The Tire and Loading Infor- mation label is affixed to the driver side center pillar. Tire pressures should be checked regularly be- cause: Most tires naturally lose air over

time. Tires can lose air suddenly when

driven over potholes or other ob- jects or if the vehicle strikes a curb while parking.

The tire pressures should be checked when the tires are cold. The tires are considered COLD after the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire Alert also provides visual and audible sig- nals outside the vehicle for inflating the tires to the recommended COLD tire pressure. For additional informa- tion, refer to TPMS with Easy-Fill Tire

Alert in the Starting and driving section of this manual. Incorrect tire pressure, including under inflation, may adversely af- fect tire life and vehicle handling.

WARNING

Improperly inflated tires can fail suddenly and cause an accident.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-29

The Gross Vehicle Weight rating (GVWR) is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S certification label. The vehicle weight capac- ity is indicated on the Tire and Loading Information label. Do not load your vehicle beyond this capacity. Overloading your vehicle may result in reduced tire life, unsafe operating condi- tions due to premature tire fail- ure, or unfavorable handling characteristics and could also lead to a serious accident. Load- ing beyond the specified capac- ity may also result in failure of other vehicle components.

Before taking a long trip, or whenever you heavily load your vehicle, use a tire pressure gauge to ensure that the tire pressures are at the specified level.

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Impor- tant Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Informa- tion (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

8-30 Maintenance and do-it yourself

Tire and Loading Information label O1 Seating capacity: The maximum number of occupants that can be seated in the vehicle.

O2 Original size: The size of the tires originally installed on the vehicle at the factory.

O3 Cold tire pressure: Inflate the tires to this pressure when the tires are cold. Tires are considered COLD af-

ter the vehicle has been parked for 3 or more hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km) at moderate speeds. The recommended cold tire inflation is set by the manufacturer to pro- vide the best balance of tire wear, vehicle handling, driveability, tire noise, etc., up to the vehicles GVWR.

O4 Tire size refer to Tire labeling in this section.

O5 Spare tire size or compact spare tire size (if so equipped)

O6 Vehicle load limit: For additional information, refer to Vehicle loading information in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual.

LDI2644

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-31

Checking tire pressure 1. Remove the valve stem cap from

the tire.

2. Press the pressure gauge se- curely onto the valve stem. Do not press too hard or force the valve stem sideways, otherwise air will escape. If the hissing sound of air escaping from the tire is heard while checking the pressure, re- position the gauge to eliminate this leakage.

3. Remove the gauge.

4. Read the tire pressure on the gauge stem and compare it to the specification shown on the Tire and Loading Information label.

5. Add air to the tire as necessary. If too much air is added, press the core of the valve stem briefly with the tip of the gauge stem to re- lease pressure. Recheck the pres- sure and add or release air as necessary.

6. Install the valve stem cap.

7. Check the pressure of all of the tires.

SIZE COLD TIRE INFLATION PRESSURE

Front Original Tire

P205/ 55R16 89H P215/50R17 90V

250 kPa, 36 PSI

Rear Original Tire

P205/ 55R16 89H P215/50R17 90V

250 kPa, 36 PSI

SDI1949

8-32 Maintenance and do-it yourself

TIRE LABELING Federal law requires tire manufac- turers to place standardized infor- mation on the sidewall of all tires. This information identifies and de- scribes the fundamental character- istics of the tire and also provides the tire identification number (TIN) for safety standard certification. The TIN can be used to identify the tire in case of a recall.

O1 Tire size (example: P215/60R16 94H) 1. P: The P indicates the tire is de-

signed for passenger vehicles. (Not all tires have this information.)

2. Three-digit number (215): This number gives the width in milli- meters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge.

3. Two-digit number (60): This num- ber, known as the aspect ratio, gives the tires ratio of height to width.

4. R: The R stands for radial.

5. Two-digit number (16): This num- ber is the wheel or rim diameter in inches.

6. Two- or three-digit number (94): This number is the tires load in- dex. It is a measurement of how much weight each tire can sup- port. You may not find this infor- mation on all tires because it is not required by law.

7. H: Tire speed rating. You should not drive the vehicle faster than the tire speed rating.

SDI1575 Example

SDI1606 Example

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-33

O2 TIN (Tire Identification Number) for a new tire (example: DOT XX XX XXX XXXX) 1. DOT: Abbreviation for the Depart-

ment of Transportation. The sym- bol can be placed above, below or to the left or right of the Tire Iden- tification Number.

2. Two-digit code: Manufacturers identification mark

3. Two-digit code: Tire size

4. Three-digit code: Tire type code (Optional)

5. Four numbers represent the week and year the tire was built. For example, the numbers 3103 means the 31st week of 2003. If these numbers are missing, then look on the other sidewall of the tire.

O3 Tire ply composition and material The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire manufacturers also must indi- cate the materials in the tire, which include steel, nylon, polyester, and others.

O4 Maximum permissible inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should be put in the tire. Do not exceed the maximum permissible inflation pressure.

O5 Maximum load rating This number indicates the maxi- mum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire. When replacing the tires on the vehicle, al- ways use a tire that has the same load rating as the factory installed tire.

LDI2786

Example

8-34 Maintenance and do-it yourself

O6 Term of tubeless or tube type Indicates whether the tire requires an inner tube (tube type) or not (tubeless).

O7 The word radial The word radial is shown, if the tire has radial structure.

O8 Manufacturer or brand name Manufacturer or brand name is shown. Other tire-related terminology: In addition to the many terms that are defined throughout this section, Intended Outboard Sidewall is (1) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears manufacturer, brand and/or model name molding that is higher or deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or (2) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particu-

lar side that must always face out- ward when mounted on a vehicle.

TYPES OF TIRES

WARNING

When changing or replacing tires, be sure all four tires are of the same type (Example: Summer, All Season or Snow) and construction. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer may be able to help you with information about tire type, size, speed rating and availability.

Always use tires of the same type, size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. Failure to do so may result in a circumference difference between tires on the front and rear axles which can cause the VDC system to malfunction resulting in personal injury or death, excessive tie wear and may damage the trans- mission and differential gears.

Replacement tires may have a lower speed rating than the factory equipped tires, and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could af- fect the proper operation of the TPMS.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety In- formation (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

All season tires NISSAN specifies all season tires on some models to provide good performance all year, including snowy and icy road condi- tions. All Season tires are identified by ALL SEASON and/or M&S (Mud and Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires have better snow traction than All Season tires and may be more appropriate in some areas.

Summer tires NISSAN specifies summer tires on some models to provide superior performance on dry roads. Summer tire performance is substantially reduced in snow and ice. Summer tires do not have the tire traction rating M&S on the tire sidewall.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-35

If you plan to operate your vehicle in snowy or icy conditions, NISSAN recommends the use of SNOW tires or ALL SEASON tires on all four wheels.

Snow tires If snow tires are needed, it is necessary to select tires equivalent in size and load rat- ing to the original equipment tires. If you do not, it can adversely affect the safety and handling of your vehicle. Generally, snow tires will have lower speed ratings than factory equipped tires and may not match the potential maximum vehicle speed. Never exceed the maximum speed rating of the tire. If you install snow tires, they must be the same size, brand, construction and tread pattern on all four wheels. For additional traction on icy roads, stud- ded tires may be used. However, some U.S. states and Canadian provinces prohibit their use. Check local, state and provincial laws before installing studded tires. Skid and traction capabilities of studded snow tires, on wet or dry surfaces, may be poorer than that of non-studded snow tires.

TIRE CHAINS Use of tire chains may be prohibited ac- cording to location. Check the local laws before installing tire chains. When installing tire chains, make sure they are the proper size for the tires on your vehicle and are installed according to the chain manufac- turers suggestions. Use only SAE Class S chains. Class S chains are used on vehicles with restricted tire to vehicle clearance. Vehicles that can use Class S chains are designed to meet the SAE standard minimum clearances be- tween the tire and the closest vehicle sus- pension or body component required to accommodate the use of a winter traction device (tire chains or cables). The minimum clearances are determined using the fac- tory equipped tire size. Other types may damage your vehicle. Use chain tensioners when recommended by the tire chain manufacturer to ensure a tight fit. Loose end links of the tire chain must be secured or removed to prevent the possibility of whipping action damage to the fenders or underbody. If possible, avoid fully loading your vehicle when using tire chains. In addition, drive at a reduced speed. Otherwise, your vehicle may be

damaged and/or vehicle handling and performance may be adversely affected. Tire chains must be installed only on the front wheels and not on the rear wheels. Do not use tire chains on dry roads. Driving with tire chains in such conditions can cause damage to the various mechanisms of the vehicle due to some overstress.

8-36 Maintenance and do-it yourself

CHANGING WHEELS AND TIRES Tire rotation NISSAN recommends rotating the tires every 7,500 miles (12,000 km). As soon as possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the specified torque using a torque wrench.

Wheel nut tightening torque: 83 ft-lb (113 Nm)

The wheel nuts must be kept tight- ened to the specification at all times. It is recommended that wheel nuts be tightened to the specification at each tire rotation interval.

WARNING

After rotating the tires, check and adjust the tire pressure.

Retighten the wheel nuts when the vehicle has been driven for 600 miles (1,000 km) (also in cases of a flat tire, etc.).

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Impor- tant Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Informa- tion (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Tire wear and damage 1 Wear indicator

2 Wear indicator location mark

SDI1662 SDI1663

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-37

WARNING

Tires should be periodically in- spected for wear, cracking, bulging or objects caught in the tread. If excessive wear, cracks, bulging or deep cuts are found, the tire(s) should be replaced.

The original tires have built-in tread wear indicators. When wear indicators are visible, the tire(s) should be replaced.

Tires degrade with age and use. Have tires, over 6 years old checked by a qualified techni- cian, because some tire dam- age may not be obvious. Re- place the tires as necessary to prevent tire failure and pos- sible personal injury.

For additional information re- garding tires, refer to Impor- tant Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Informa- tion (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Replacing wheels and tires When replacing a tire, use the same size, tread design, speed rating and load carry- ing capacity as originally equipped. For ad- ditional information, refer to Specifica- tions in the Technical and consumer information section of this manual for rec- ommended types and sizes of tires and wheels.

WARNING

The use of tires other than those rec- ommended or the mixed use of tires of different brands, construction (bias, bias-belted or radial), or tread patterns can adversely affect the ride, braking, handling, Vehicle Dy- namic Control (VDC) system, ground clearance, body-to-tire clearance, tire chain clearance, speedometer calibration, headlight aim and bum- per height. Some of these effects may lead to accidents and could re- sult in serious personal injury.

If your vehicle was originally equipped with four tires that were the same size and you are only re- placing two of the four tires, install the new tires on the rear axle. Placing new tires on the front axle may cause loss of vehicle control in some driving conditions and cause an accident and personal injury.

8-38 Maintenance and do-it yourself

If the wheels are changed for any reason, always replace with wheels which have the same off-set dimen- sion. Wheels of a different off-set could cause premature tire wear, de- grade vehicle handling characteris- tics, affect the VDC system and/or in- terference with the brake discs. Such interference can lead to decreased braking efficiency and/or early brake pad/shoe wear. For additional infor- mation on wheel-off set dimensions, refer to Wheels and tires in the Technical and consumer informa- tion section of this manual.

When replacing a wheel without the TPMS such as the spare tire, the TPMS will not function when a wheel is re- placed, the TPMS will not function and the low tire pressure warning light will flash for approximately 1 minute. The light will remain on after 1 minute. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for this service.

Replacing tires with those not origi- nally specified by NISSAN could af- fect the proper operation of the TPMS.

The TPMS sensor may be damaged if it is not handled correctly. Be careful when handling the TPMS sensor.

When replacing the TPMS sensor, the ID registration may be required. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer for ID registration.

Do not use a valve stem cap that is not specified by NISSAN. The valve stem cap may become stuck.

Be sure that the valve stem caps are correctly fitted. Otherwise the valve may be clogged up with dirt and cause a malfunction or loss of pressure.

Do not install a damaged or de- formed wheel or tire even if it has been repaired. Such wheels or tires could have structural damage and could fail without warning.

The use of retread tire is not recommended.

For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety In- formation (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Wheel balance Unbalanced wheels may affect vehicle handling and tire life. Even with regular use, wheels can get out of balance. Therefore, they should be balanced as required. Wheel balance service should be per- formed with the wheels off the vehicle. Spin balancing the wheels on the vehicle could lead to mechanical damage. For additional information regarding tires, refer to Important Tire Safety Information (US) or Tire Safety Information (Canada) in the Warranty Information Booklet.

Care of wheels For additional information on care of wheels, refer to Cleaning exterior in the Appearance and care section of this manual.

EMERGENCY TIRE PUNCTURE REPAIR KIT The emergency tire puncture repair kit (Emergency Tire Sealant) is supplied with the vehicle instead of a spare tire. It can be used to temporarily repair minor tire punc- tures.

Maintenance and do-it yourself 8-39

If possible, have the vehicle towed to a fa- cility that can repair or replace the flat tire. Using the emergency tire puncture repair kit may cause a malfunction of the tire pressure sensor and cause the low tire pressure warning light to illuminate. For additional information, refer to Flat tire in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

8-40 Maintenance and do-it yourself

9 Technical and consumer information

Recommended fluids/lubricants and capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-2

Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Charging system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-4 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5 Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-5

When traveling or registering in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-6 Vehicle identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7

Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Vehicle identification number (chassis number) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-7 Traction motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S Certification label . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Emission control information label . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Air conditioner specification label . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9

Installing front license plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-9 Vehicle loading information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10

Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-10 Vehicle load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11 Loading tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13 Measurement of weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-13

Towing a trailer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14

Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-14 Traction AA, A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Temperature A, B and C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15

Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 Telematics overview (models with Navigation System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-16 Telematic Control Unit Gen2K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-18 Event Data Recorders (EDR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Additional Data Recording (on vehicles equipped with optional ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-20

Owner's Manual/Service Manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-21 Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-22 Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-24

The following are approximate capacities. The actual refill capacities may be slightly different. When refilling, follow the procedure described in the Maintenance and do-it-yourself section to determine the proper refill capacity.

Fluid type Capacity (approximate)

Recommended Fluids/LubricantsMetric Measure

US Measure

Imperial Measure

Cooling system coolant

With reservoir 5.3 L 5-5/8 qt 4-5/8 qt Pre-diluted Genuine NISSAN Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant (blue) or equivalentReservoir 0.5 L 1/2 qt 1/2 qt

Reduction gear fluid 1.4 L 1-1/2 qt 1-1/4 qt

Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF Using reduction gear fluid other than Genuine NISSAN Matic S ATF

will cause deterioration in driveability and reduction gear durability, and may damage the reduction gear, which is not covered by the NISSANs New Vehicle Limited Warranty.

Brake fluid Refill to the proper level according to the in-

structions in the Maintenance and do-it- yourself section.

Genuine NISSAN Super Heavy Duty Brake Fluid* or equivalent DOT 3 *: Available in mainland U.S.A. through a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer.

Multi-purpose grease NLGI No. 2 (Lithium soap base)

Air conditioning system refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) For additional information, refer to Air conditioner specification

label in this section.

Air conditioning system lubricants

With heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil ND-OIL11 or equiva- lent.

Without heater pump use NISSAN A/C System Oil AE10 or equiva- lent.

Windshield washer fluid (US) 2.5 L 5/8 gal 1/2 gal Genuine NISSAN Windshield Washer Concentrate Cleaner & Anti- freeze fluid or equivalentWindshield washer fluid (Canada) 4.5 L 11/4 gal 1 gal

RECOMMENDED FLUIDS/ LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES

9-2 Technical and consumer information

AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM REFRIGERANT AND LUBRICANT RECOMMENDATIONS The air conditioning system in your NISSAN vehicle must be charged with the refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), and the compressor oil, ND-OIL11 (with heater pump), AE10 (without heater pump) or the equivalent.

CAUTION

The use of any other refrigerant or oil will cause severe damage to the air conditioning system and will require the replacement of all air conditioner system components.

The refrigerant, HFC-134a (R-134a), in your NISSAN vehicle will not harm the earths ozone layer. Although this refrigerant does not affect the earths atmosphere, certain governmental regulations require the re- covery and recycling of any refrigerant dur- ing automotive air conditioning system service. A NISSAN certified LEAF dealer has

the trained technicians and equipment needed to recover and recycle your air con- ditioning system refrigerant. It is recommended that you visit a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer when servicing your air conditioning system.

Technical and consumer information 9-3

CHARGING SYSTEM Rated input voltage AC120V, 240V (single phase) Rated input frequency 60Hz Maximum rated current 30A

Charging modes/Types of connection Mode 2/ Case B (EVSE) Mode 3/ Case B/C (charging device, public charging station) Mode 4/ Case C (Quick charge, V2X charge/discharge- if so equipped)

Required installation (over current protection) The methods of protection against over current and over voltage shall be in accordance with national codes. Suitable over current protection devices for the wiring of houses or buildings shall be installed.

IP Degree IP44: When the Genuine NISSAN EVSE is connected to the charging port Operating temperature Same as vehicle operating temperature Storage temperature Same as vehicle storage temperature

Applicable standards

SAE J1772: 2010 EN61851-1: 2011 EN61851-21: 2002 IEC61851-1: 2010 IEC61851-21: 2001

EN61000-6-1: 2007 EN61000-6-3: 2007

Adapters Do not use an extension cable or electrical adaptor except for Genuine NISSAN Adapter.

SPECIFICATIONS

9-4 Technical and consumer information

MOTOR

Model EM57

WHEELS AND TIRES

Road wheel

Type Size Offset in (mm)

Steel 16 6 1/2JJ 1.57 (40) Aluminum 16 6 1/2J 1.57 (40) Aluminum 17 6 1/2J 1.77 (45)

Tire

Tire Size All season P205/55R16 89H All season P215/50R17 90V

Technical and consumer information 9-5

DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Overall length in (mm) 176.4 (4,480) Overall length W/Lic Plate in (mm) 176.8 (4,490) Overall width in (mm) 70.5 (1,790) Overall width W/OS Mirrors in (mm) 79.9 (2,029) Overall height (Roof, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.8 (1,545) Overall height (Roof, 62 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.0 (1,550)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 61.2 (1,555) Overall height (Antenna, 40 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.5 (1,561)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 61.7 (1,567) Overall height (Antenna, 62 kWh Battery Model) 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.6 (1,565)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 62.0 (1,575) Front track 16 inch wheels in (mm) 60.6 (1,540)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.2 (1,530) Rear track 16 inch wheels in (mm) 61.2 (1,555)

17 inch wheels in (mm) 60.8 (1,545) Wheelbase in (mm) 106.3 (2,700) Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) lbs. (kg) Refer to the F.M.V.S.S. or C.M.V.S.S. certifi-

cation label on the drivers side center pillar.

Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) Front lbs. (kg) Rear lbs. (kg)

9-6 Technical and consumer information

When planning to travel in another coun- try, you should first find out if the charging equipment is compatible with that coun- try's electrical system. When transferring the registration of your vehicle to another country, state, province or district, it may be necessary to modify the vehicle to meet local laws and regulations. The laws and regulations for motor vehicle safety standards vary according to the country, state, province or district; there- fore, vehicle specifications may differ. When any vehicle is to be taken into an- other country, state, province or district and registered, its modifications, trans- portation, and registration are the re- sponsibility of the user. NISSAN is not re- sponsible for any inconvenience that may result.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) PLATE The vehicle identification number plate is attached as shown. This number is the identification for your vehicle and is used in the vehicle registration.

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (chassis number) The vehicle identification number is lo- cated as shown. Remove the cover to access the number.

LVT0001X LTI2416

WHEN TRAVELING OR REGISTERING IN ANOTHER COUNTRY

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Technical and consumer information 9-7

TRACTION MOTOR SERIAL NUMBER The serial number of the traction motor is stamped on the traction motor as shown.

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S CERTIFICATION LABEL The Federal/Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards (F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S.) certi- fication label is affixed as shown. This label contains valuable vehicle information, such as: Gross Vehicle Weight Ratings (GVWR), Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR), month and year of manufacture, Vehicle Identifi- cation Number (VIN), etc. Review it carefully.

EMISSION CONTROL INFORMATION LABEL The emission control information label is attached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration.

LTI2419 LVT0003X LTI2321

9-8 Technical and consumer information

TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION LABEL The cold tire pressure is shown on the Tire and Loading Information label affixed to the driver's side center pillar as shown.

AIR CONDITIONER SPECIFICATION LABEL The air conditioner specification label is at- tached to the underside of the hood as shown in the illustration.

To mount the front license plate, attach the license plate bracket O1 to the bumper fas- cia at the location marks (small dimples) using the two provided screws.

LVT0006X LTI2325 LTI2326

INSTALLING FRONT LICENSE PLATE

Technical and consumer information 9-9

WARNING

It is extremely dangerous to ride in the cargo area inside the vehicle. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed.

Do not allow people to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped with seats and seat belts.

Be sure everyone in your ve- hicle is in a seat and using a seat belt properly.

TERMS It is important to familiarize yourself with the following terms before loading your vehicle:

Curb Weight (actual weight of your vehicle) - vehicle weight including: standard and optional equipment, fluids and emergency tools. This weight does not include passen- gers and cargo.

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) - curb weight plus the combined weight of passengers and cargo.

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rat- ing) - maximum total combined weight of the unloaded vehicle, passengers, luggage, hitch, trailer tongue load and any other op- tional equipment.

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) - maximum weight (load) limit specified for the front or rear axle.

This information is located on the F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. label.

GCWR (Gross Combined Weight Rating) - The maximum total weight rating of the vehicle, pas- sengers, cargo, and trailer.

Vehicle Capacity Weight, Load limit, Total load capacity - maximum to- tal weight limit specified of the load (passengers and cargo) for the ve- hicle. This is the maximum com- bined weight of occupants and cargo that can be loaded into the vehicle. If the vehicle is used to tow a trailer, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the cargo load. This information is lo- cated on the Tire and Loading In- formation label.

Cargo capacity - permissible weight of cargo, the subtracted weight of occupants from the load limit.

VEHICLE LOADING INFORMATION

9-10 Technical and consumer information

VEHICLE LOAD CAPACITY Do not exceed the load limit of your vehicle shown as The combined weight of occupants and cargo on the Tire and Loading Information la- bel. Do not exceed the number of occupants shown as Seating Ca- pacity on the Tire and Loading Infor- mation label. To get the combined weight of oc- cupants and cargo, add the weight of all occupants, then add the total luggage weight. Examples are shown in the following illustration.

Technical and consumer information 9-11

Steps for determining correct load limit 1. Locate the statement The com-

bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg

or XXX lbs. on your vehicles Tire and Loading Information label.

2. Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.

3. Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs.

4. The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For ex- ample, if the XXX amount equals 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lbs. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. (1400 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) or (640 340 (5 x 70) = 300 kg.)

5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the avail- able cargo and luggage load ca- pacity calculated in Step 4.

Before driving a loaded vehicle, con- firm that you do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight Rating

LTI2366

9-12 Technical and consumer information

(GAWR) for your vehicle. For addi- tional information, refer to Measure- ment of weights in this section. Also check tires for proper inflation pressures. For additional informa- tion, refer to Tire and Loading Infor- mation label in this section.

LOADING TIPS The GVW must not exceed the

GVWR or GAWR. Do not load the front and rear axle

to the GAWR. Doing so will exceed the GVWR.

WARNING

Properly secure all cargo with ropes or straps to help prevent it from sliding or shifting. Do not place cargo higher than the seatbacks. In a sudden stop or collision, unsecured cargo could cause personal injury.

Do not load your vehicle any heavier than the GVWR or the maximum front and rear GAWRs. If you do, parts of your vehicle can break, tire damage could occur, or it can change the way your vehicle handles. This could result in loss of con- trol and cause personal injury.

Overloading not only can shorten the life of your vehicle and the tire, but can cause un- safe vehicle handling and lon- ger braking distances. This may cause a premature tire failure, which could result in a serious accident and personal injury. Failures caused by over- loading are not covered by the vehicles warranty.

MEASUREMENT OF WEIGHTS Secure loose items to prevent weight shifts that could affect the balance of your vehicle. When the ve- hicle is loaded, drive to a scale and weigh the front and the rear wheels separately to determine axle loads. Individual axle loads should not ex- ceed either of the Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR). The total of the axle loads should not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). These ratings are given on the vehicle cer- tification label. If weight ratings are exceeded, move or remove items to bring all weights below the ratings.

Technical and consumer information 9-13

Do not tow a trailer with your vehicle. Towing your vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is sometimes called flat towing. This method is typically used when towing a vehicle behind a recreational vehicle, such as a motor home.

CAUTION

Failure to follow these guidelines can result in severe reduction gear damage.

DO NOT tow this vehicle with all four wheels on the ground (flat towing).

For emergency towing procedures refer to Towing your vehicle in the In case of emergency section of this manual.

DOT (Department Of Transportation) Qual- ity Grades: All passenger car tires must conform to federal safety requirements in addition to these grades. Quality grades can be found where appli- cable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width. For example: Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A

TREADWEAR The treadwear grade is a comparative rat- ing based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course. For ex- ample, a tire graded 150 would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance of tires depends upon actual conditions of their use how- ever, and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits, service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate.

TOWING A TRAILER FLAT TOWING UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING

9-14 Technical and consumer information

TRACTION AA, A, B AND C The traction grades, from highest to low- est, are AA, A, B and C. Those grades repre- sent the tires ability to stop on wet pave- ment as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor traction perfor- mance.

WARNING

The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight-ahead braking traction tests, and does not include ac- celeration, cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics.

TEMPERATURE A, B AND C The temperature grades A (the highest), B, and C, representing the tires resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dis- sipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degen- erate and reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of per- formance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Ve-

hicle Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the mini- mum required by law.

WARNING

The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded. Excessive speed, under-inflation, or excessive loading, either separately or in combi- nation, can cause heat build-up and possible tire failure.

For USA

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the Na- tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin- istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti- fying NISSAN. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a re- call and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street, SW., Washington, D.C.

REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS

Technical and consumer information 9-15

20590. You can also obtain other in- formation about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. You may notify NISSAN by contact- ing our Consumer Affairs Depart- ment, toll-free, at 1-800-NISSAN-1. For Canada

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Trans- port Canada in addition to notifying NISSAN. If Transport Canada receives com- plaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may request that NISSAN conduct a recall campaign. However, Transport Canada cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or NISSAN.

You may contact Transport Cana- da's Defect Investigations and Re- calls Division toll free at 1-800-333- 0510. You may also report safety defects online at: https:// wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=eng (English speakers) or https:// wwwapps.tc.gc.ca/Saf-Sec-Sur/7/ PCDB-BDPP/fc-cp.aspx?lang=fra (French speakers) Additional information concerning motor vehicle safety may be ob- tained from Transport Canada's Road Safety Information Centre at 1-800-333-0371 or online at www.tc.gc.ca/roadsafety (English speakers) or www.tc.gc.ca/ securiteroutiere (French speakers). To notify NISSAN of any safety con- cerns please contact our Consumer Information Centre toll free at 1-800- 387-0122.

In addition to Event Data Recorders (EDRs) mentioned in this Owner's Manual, this ve- hicle is equipped with electronic modules that monitor, control and record data con- cerning various vehicle systems, including the motor, batteries, braking and electrical systems. Other electronic modules record information concerning driving conditions, including idling, braking, acceleration, trip and other related data, information about your use of the car and its features such as air conditioner or headlight usage, diag- nostic trouble codes, vehicle charging, ve- hicle speed, direction and/or location. Some of this data is stored by the vehicle for use during vehicle servicing. Other data concerning your vehicle's operation and performance is wirelessly transmitted by cellular connection through the vehicle on- board telematics system upon vehicle start-up or at other intervals to NISSAN. This data may be used by NISSAN for vari- ous purposes, including: to provide you with NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services (For additional information, refer to NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf).); troubleshooting; evalu- ation of your vehicle's quality, functionality and performance; analysis and research by NISSAN designed to, among other things, optimize performance of future

TELEMATICS OVERVIEW (models with Navigation System)

9-16 Technical and consumer information

electric vehicles including improvements in future battery life; to offer you new or additional products or services; and as otherwise may be required by law. Such data may be shared with NISSAN's parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, successors or as- signees; authorized NISSAN certified LEAF dealers; NISSAN's marketing partners; your fleet company, if your vehicle is a fleet ve- hicle; your rental company, if your vehicle is a rental vehicle; and third party service pro- viders such as cellular, information sys- tems and data management providers. State and provincial laws allow access and use of data recorded by vehicle devices with the consent of the vehicle owner or pursuant to subscription agreement. While you are not required to allow such access and use, if you do not so agree NISSAN may be unable under applicable law to activate the vehicle telematics system in your ve- hicle, and certain features of your vehicle which are dependent on vehicle telematics will not operate as intended or designed. These may include features such as auto- matic charging station map updates, re- mote battery state of charge check, charg- ing complete notice, remote plug in reminder, remote charging on, remote cli- mate control on, drive route planning, driv- ing tips to improve range, driving history,

billing simulation, ECO ranking, ECO forest, maintenance reminders, etc. Other fea- tures that may be developed and offered by NISSAN in the future may also not func- tion without telematics data transmission. NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services telematics ser- vices are provided by NISSAN pursuant to a subscription services agreement covering your vehicle. This agreement is necessary for all owners. This agreement, and an ex- planation of its terms and conditions, can be found at the NISSAN Owners Portal webpage. Further, the operator of the ve- hicle must also touch [OK] on the Navi screen to indicate assent each time he or she starts the car. If you decide at any time that you do not want your vehicle to trans- mit data to NISSAN, you can deactivate the telematics account associated with this vehicle by canceling the subscription ser- vices agreement by visiting the NISSAN Owners Portal Webpage or calling NISSAN at 1-877-NOGASEV (1-877-664-2738). The service can be reactivated later upon re- quest if you choose. Simply visit the same website or call the number above. Alterna- tively, you can turn off the transmission of certain categories of data through the use of settings found in the navigation system under Menu, NissanConnect EV & Services

or NissanConnect Services, Vehicle Infor- mation Sharing with NISSAN. Note, turning off Vehicle Information Sharing with NISSAN will only disable the automatic sharing of information at vehicle start-up. Certain categories of data may still be transmitted if vehicle telematics features are accessed either in the vehicle or re- motely. Your agreement to the transmission and use of data by NISSAN can be provided in various ways. The vehicle is equipped with a pop up screen on the vehicle navigation system that will ask for your consent to this data transfer. A version of the following message will appear: Pursuant to sub- scription agreement, your vehicle wire- lessly transmits recorded vehicle data to NISSAN for various purposes, including NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services, product evalua- tion, research and development. By touch- ing OK, you consent to the transmission and use of your vehicle data. See Owner's Manual or NISSAN Owner's portal webpage for terms and details. If you touch [OK], your vehicle will transmit data as designed in connection with the vehicle telematics system. If you touch [Decline] your vehicle

Technical and consumer information 9-17

will not transmit data. However, the telem- atics features referenced above, and per- haps others, will not be available to you. The vehicles static navigation system will re- main operational, and you will be able to access your radio and climate controls. Telematics features are dependent on cel- lular data transmission. Some areas may have limited or no cellular connectivity, re- sulting in a loss or interruption of data transmission and, as a result, certain fea- tures may be temporarily unavailable. Even if areas with good signal reception, cellular connectivity can be adversely affected by things such as tall buildings, apartments, tunnels, underground parking, mountain- ous areas, etc. Even if the signal strength bar of the in-vehicle data communication module indicates good reception, connec- tivity may be disrupted. This does not indi- cate a malfunction. Operate the system again after a few minutes to restore con- nectivity.NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services telematics fea- tures are offered as a convenience to the vehicle owner. NISSAN is not responsible for, and owner assumes all risk of, interrup- tions in service or errors based on incom- plete or inaccurate data. NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services communications may be received at a

verified e-mail address or by SMS/text messaging-enabled mobile phone. Stan- dard text rates and/or data usage may ap- ply depending on your carrier. If your vehicles telematics account is ac- tive, and you are not the original owner, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above as soon as possible to update the telematics enrollment infor- mation. Upon sale of the vehicle, please contact NISSAN at the website or phone number above so that NISSANs records may be updated. NissanConnect EV & Services or NissanConnect Services sub- scription services will automatically termi- nate at the end of the initial free term if you do not wish to renew your subscription agreement at the prices then in effect.

A. INTRODUCTION This product Telematic Control Unit Gen2K incorporates the following software: 1. the software developed by, or developed

for, Ficosa International, S.A. (Ficosa),

2. the software owned by third party and licensed to Ficosa,

3. the software licensed under the GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2 (GPL),

4. the software licensed under the GNU LI- BRARY GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Ver- sion 2.0 or the GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.1 (collectively LGPL), the Mozilla Public license v2 (MPL), the GPL-2.0 license with- OpenSSL-exception (GPLOpenSSL) and GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 3 with GCC exception (together with the GPL software, jointly Copyleft Soft- ware), and/or

5. open sourced software licensed under terms and conditions other than Copyl- eft Software.

TELEMATIC CONTROL UNIT GEN2K

9-18 Technical and consumer information

For the software classified as (3) or (4) above, a copy of the license text is included with the source code in the URL indicated below, and please also refer to the terms and conditions of Copyleft Software li- censes at the websites listed below: GPL: and LGPL: and MPL: GPL-2.0-with-OpenSSL-exception: GPLv3 GCC Exception: The software classified as (3) and (4) above are copyrighted by multiple people. Please refer to the websites below regard- ing the copyright notices of those people. https://www.ficosa.com/software/ opensource/ The software licensed under the licenses indicated in (3) and (4) above (Copyleft Software) is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, without even the implied warranty of MER- CHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICU- LAR PURPOSE. For at least three (3) years from delivery of a device embedding the above product, Fi- cosa will give to any third party who con-

tacts us at the Contact Information pro- vided below, for a charge no more than our cost of physically performing source code distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the source code corresponding to the Copyleft Software indicated above. When requesting this source code, please specify Product: Telematic Control Unit Gen2K and version Cx.9. Furthermore, source code and licenses corresponding to the Copyleft Software listed above is freely available to you and any member of the public at the website listed below: https://www.ficosa.com/software/ opensource/ Contact Information For enquiries about open source software at FICOSA, please contact Ficosas Compli- ance Officer by email: FOSS@ficosa.com Please note that we are unable to answer any queries regarding source code details, etc. In addition, it is necessary for end users to provide their own internet connection. The end user is responsible for any con- nection or line charges incurred through browsing websites or downloading.

B. LICENSING ANC COPYRIGHT NOTICE IN- FORMATION The software classified as (5) above con- tains various open sourced software (OSS) listed in the below website. Please see the website indicted next for the terms and conditions of the licenses (OSS Li- censes) and other information regarding the OSS contained this Product: https://www.ficosa.com/software/ opensource/

Technical and consumer information 9-19

This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a ve- hicles systems performed. The EDR is de- signed to record data related to vehicle dy- namics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to re- cord such data as: How various systems in your vehicle were

operating; Whether or not the driver and passenger

safety belts were buckled/fastened; How far (if at all) the driver was depress-

ing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,

How fast the vehicle was traveling. Sounds are not recorded. These data can help provide a better un- derstanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur.

NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle

only if a nontrivial crash situation oc- curs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data (for example, name, gender, age and crash location) are re- corded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

To read data recorded by an EDR, spe- cial equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the vehicle manufacturer and NISSAN certified LEAF dealer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that have the special equipment, can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR. EDR data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as other- wise required or permitted by law.

ADDITIONAL DATA RECORDING (on vehicles equipped with optional ProPILOT Assist) If your vehicle is equipped with the optional ProPILOT Assist, it will also be equipped with supplemental data recording function intended to assist in understanding how ProPILOT Assist performs in certain non- trival crash or near-crash scenarios. Spe- cifically, supplemental recording is de- signed to capture the following: Driver operational status of the accelera-

tor, brakes, steering, etc. Detection status of a vehicle ahead and

lane markers Vehicle information including distance to

vehicle ahead and lateral position Information on the operation of the Pro-

PILOT Assist and other crash avoidance features

ProPILOT Assist malfunction diagnosis information

External images from the multi-sensing front camera (Available only when the SRS air bag or IEB system is activated)

The ProPILOT Assist does not record con- versations, sounds or images of the inside of the vehicle.

EVENT DATA RECORDERS (EDR)

9-20 Technical and consumer information

To read this supplemental data, special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the recording unit is needed. This supplemental data will only be accessed with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee or as otherwise required or permit- ted by law. If downloaded, NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN may use the data recorded for the purpose of improving NISSANs vehicle safety performance. NISSAN and third parties entrusted by NISSAN will not disclose/provide the re- corded data to a third party except: With the consent of the vehicle owner or

with the consent of the lessee In response to an official request from

law enforcement, court order, govern- mental agency, or other legally enforce- able request.

For research purposes after the data is modified such that it is no longer tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anony- mized)

- With the consent of the vehicle owner or with the consent of the lessee

- In response to an official request from law enforcement, court order, governmental agency, or other legally enforceable re- quest. - For research purposes after the data is modified such that it is no longer tied to a specific vehicle or vehicle owner (anony- mized)

Genuine NISSAN Service Manuals for this model year and prior can be purchased. A Genuine NISSAN Service Manual is the best source of service and repair information for your vehicle. This manual is the same one used by the factory trained technicians working at a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. Genuine NISSAN Owners Manuals can also be purchased. For USA: For current pricing and availability of Genu- ine NISSAN Service Manuals, contact: www.nissan-techinfo.com For current pricing and availability of Genu- ine NISSAN Owners Manuals, contact: 1-800-247-5321 For Canada: To purchase a copy of a Genuine NISSAN Service Manual or Owners Manual for this model year and prior, please contact a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer. For the phone number and location of a NISSAN certified LEAF dealer in your area, call the NISSAN Information Center at 1-800-387-0122 and a bilingual NISSAN representative will assist you.

OWNER'S MANUAL/SERVICE MANUAL ORDER INFORMATION

Technical and consumer information 9-21

LTI2429

CHARGING INFORMATION

9-22 Technical and consumer information

*1: V2X (Vehicle to Everything); The EV supplies electric power to a home or building, etc. e.g. Vehicle to Home (V2H), Vehicle to Building (V2B), Vehicle to Grid (V2G), Vehicle to Load (V2L), Vehicle to Vehicle (V2V).

LTI2438

Technical and consumer information 9-23

The label is typically located on the driver side center pillar or on the drivers door. For additional information, refer to Wheels and tires in the Maintenance and do-it- yourself section of this manual.

COLD TIRE PRESSURES

9-24 Technical and consumer information

10 Index 1

12-volt battery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12

A

ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) . . . . .5-159 Additional data recording (on vehicles equipped with optional ProPILOT Assist) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . . .1-49 Air bag system

Advanced air bag system . . . . . . . .1-49 Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . .1-58 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . .1-58

Air bag warning labels. . . . . . . . . . . .1-62 Air bag warning light . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Air bag warning light, supplemental . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Air conditioner

Air conditioner specification label . . .9-9 Air conditioning system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations. . . . . . .9-3

Alarm How to stop alarm (refer to, vehicle security system) . . .2-44

Alcohol, drugs and driving . . . . . . . . . .5-9 Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-43

Antifreeze. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-169 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) . . . . .5-159 Anti-lock Braking System (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 Appearance care

Exterior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-2 Interior appearance care . . . . . . . . .7-4

At home after driving . . . . . . . . . . .EV-21 Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-24 Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Autolight system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . . .3-25 Automatic climate control (models with Navigation System) . . . .4-35 Automatic climate control (models without Navigation System) . .4-32 Automatic door locks. . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) with Pedestrian Detection . . . . . . . . . . .5-125 Avoiding collision and rollover. . . . . . . .5-7

B

Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 Battery saver system . . . . . . . . . .2-53 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7 Li-ion battery available charge gauge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . .2-7

Battery replacement Key fob . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system) . . . .EV-15 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Blind Spot Intervention (BSI) . . . . . . .5-47 Blind Spot Warning (BSW). . . . . . . . . .5-37 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39 Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19, 5-20, 8-17

Anti-lock Braking System (ABS). . . .5-159 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brake system. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157 BRAKE system warning light (yellow). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-17 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . .2-17 Parking brake operation. . . . . . . . .5-20

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157 Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157 BRAKE system warning light (yellow) . . .2-17 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . . .2-17 Brightness control

Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Bulb replacement. . . . . . . . . . .8-24, 8-25

C

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3

Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . . . .4-44 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70 Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63 Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Charge port lid switch . . . . . . . . . . . .2-58 Charging

Charge port lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21 Charging related indicator light . . .CH-50 Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Precautions on charging . . . . . . . .CH-2 Quick charge . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-4 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11

Charging information . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22 Charging methods . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-43 Charging related indicator light . . . . .CH-50 Charging related remote function . . .CH-49 Charging status indicator light . . . . .CH-50 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . .EV-12 Charging troubleshooting guide . . . .CH-56 Checking

Checking bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15 Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Child restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-21 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-39 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23 Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-21 Top tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-25

Child restraint with top tether strap . . . .1-25 Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Child safety rear door lock . . . . . . . . . .3-6 Chimes, audible reminders . . . . . . . . .2-24 Circuit breaker, fusible link. . . . . . . . . .8-20

Cleaning exterior and interior . . . . . .7-2, 7-4 Climate

Climate control system refrigerant and lubricant recommendations . . . . . .4-43

Climate control Climate control service . . . . . . . . . .4-43

Climate control system Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 Climate control operation . . . . . . . .4-28 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28

Climate Ctrl. Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-38 Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 Cold tire pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24 Cold weather driving . . . . . . . . . . . .5-169 Console

Center console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63 Coolant

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Changing coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9 Checking coolant level . . . . . . . . . . .8-9

Cooling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Corrosion protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66 Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-64

D

Defroster switch Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . .9-6 Dimmer switch for instrument panel . . .2-54

Display Information display . . . . . . . . . . . .2-25

Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Driving

Cold weather driving. . . . . . . . . . .5-169 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Driving vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15 Dynamic driver assistance switch. . . . .2-59

E

ECO ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55

Eco Drive Report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-154 ECO mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13, 5-152 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Efficient use of your vehicle . . . . . . . .EV-22 Electric shift control system. . . . . . . . .5-15 Electronic parking brake. . . . . . . . . . .5-20 Emergency charge . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Emergency EV (Electric Vehicle) shut off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13, 6-3 Emergency shutoff system . . . . . . . .EV-10 Emission control information label . . . . .9-8 e-Pedal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-13 e-Pedal system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22 EV Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-11 Event Data recorders. . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20

10-2 Index

EVSE (Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment) . . .CH-11 EV system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2 EV unique information . . . . . . . . . . .EV-24 Extended storage switch . . . . . . . . . .8-22

F

Flashers (See hazard warning flasher switch) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2 Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Flat towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Floor mat cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5 Fluid

Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2 Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Windshield-washer fluid. . . . . . . . . .8-11

F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . . . .9-8 Fog lights

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Front and rear sonar system . . . . . . .5-163 Front passenger air bag status light . . .1-52 Front-seat mounted side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-58 Fuses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18 Fusible links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20

G

Garage door opener, HomeLink Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75 Gauge

Driving range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9 Li-ion battery available charge gauge .2-9 Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7 Odometer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Power meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6

General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-62

H

Hazard warning flasher switch. . . . . . . .6-2 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25

Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49

Head restraints Headrests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7

Heated seats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Heated seat switches . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56 Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Heated steering wheel switch . . . . . . .2-57 Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . . . .EV-8 Hill start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168 Hill start assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-168 Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 HomeLink Universal Transceiver . . . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75

Hood release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18 Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 How to normal charge . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 How to quick charge . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38 How to trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11

I

If the Li-ion battery becomes completely discharged . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-12 Immediate charge . . . . . . . . .CH-48, 2-58 Immediate charge switch . . . . .CH-48, 2-58 Immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Indicator lights and audible reminders (See warning/indicator lights and audible reminders) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Indicators for maintenance. . . . . . . . .2-38 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . . . .2-33 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Inside automatic anti-glare mirror . . . .3-25 Instrument brightness control . . . . . . .2-54 Instrument panel dimmer switch . . . . .2-54 Intelligent Around View Monitor (I-AVM) . .4-11 Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) (for vehicles without ProPILOT Assist). . . . . . . . . . .5-69 Intelligent Driver Alertness (I-DA) . . . . .5-150 Intelligent Forward Collision Warning (I-FCW) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-139 Intelligent Key battery . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22 Intelligent Key system

Key operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10 Remote keyless entry operation . . . .3-14

Index 10-3

Intelligent Lane Intervention (I-LI). . . . . .5-31 Intelligent Ride Control . . . . . . . . . . .5-162 Intelligent Trace Control . . . . . . . . . .5-162 Interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Interior lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69 ISOFIX child restraints. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23

J

Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10

K

Key fob battery replacement . . . . . . . .8-22 Keyless entry

With Intelligent Key system (See Intelligent Key system) . . . . . . .3-14

Keys For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . .3-2

Keys, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . .3-7

L

Labels Air bag warning labels . . . . . . . . . .1-62 Air conditioner specification label . . . .9-9 Emission control information label . . .9-8 F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label . .9-8 Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 9-9

Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7

Lane Departure Warning (LDW). . . . . . .5-26 LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-23 License plate, Installing front license plate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9 Light

Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . .8-24, 8-25 Ceiling light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-70 Fog light bulb replacement . . . . . . .8-25 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Headlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-25 Headlights bulb replacement . . . . . .8-25 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-22 Interior lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19 Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Lights, Exterior and interior light replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-26 Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-2, 2-7 Li-ion battery available charge gauge . . .2-9 Li-ion battery status check . . . . . . . .CH-49 Li-ion battery temperature gauge. . . . . .2-7 Li-ion battery warmer . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-5 Loading information (Refer to vehicle loading information) . . .9-10 Lock

Automatic door lock . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6

Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6 Door locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-4 Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6 Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19

Low tire pressure warning light. . . . . . .2-19 Low tire pressure warning system (Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4

M

Maintenance 12-volt battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12 General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Indicators for maintenance . . . . . . .2-38 Inside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-5 Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . .8-2 Outside the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-17

Map lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-69 Mechanical key (Intelligent Key system) . .3-3 Meters and gauges

Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-54 Mirror

Automatic anti-glare inside mirror . . .3-25 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25

Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-15

Motor compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7 Motor serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8

10-4 Index

Moving Object Detection (MOD) . . . . . .4-22

N

NissanConnect Manual (for Leaf) . . . . .4-2 NISSAN Intelligent Key . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7 NISSAN Intelligent Key system. . . . . . .5-10

Key operating range of the door lock/ unlock function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8

NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Normal charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9

Home charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9

O

Occasional charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9 Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Off-road recovery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 Oil

Capacities and recommended fuel/lubricants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2

Opening rear hatch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11 Outside air temperature . . . . . . . . . . .2-12 Outside mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-26 Owner's manual/service manual order information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21

P

Panic alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15 Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19, 5-20

Parking brake operation . . . . . . . . .5-20 Parking/parking on hills . . . . . . . . .5-155

Parking brake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19 Parking brake break-in . . . . . . . . . . .5-158 Power

Power door locks . . . . . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6 Power outlet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-156 Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Power economy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-153 Power meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-8 Power outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-156 Power switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10, 5-12 Precautions

Brake precautions . . . . . . . . . . . .5-157 Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-2 Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-66 High voltage precautions . . . . . . . .EV-8 Maintenance precautions . . . . . . . . .8-5 Precautions on booster seats . . . . . .1-21 Precautions on child restraints . . . . .1-21 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10 Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43 Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Road accident precautions . . . . . . .EV-9

ProPILOT Assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-92 Public charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-9

Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13

Q

Quick charge. . . . . . . . . . . .CH-35, CH-38

R

Radio Car phone or CB radio . . . . . . . . . .4-44

Rapid air pressure loss . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8 Rear Automatic Braking (RAB) . . . . . . .5-134 Rear center seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA) . . . . . . .5-59 Rear Door Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-60 Rear hatch lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19 Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6 RearView Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Rear window wiper and washer switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Recorders

Event Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20 Reduction gear fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10 Registering a vehicle in another country. .9-7 Remote charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-49 Remote climate control . . . . . . . . . . .4-41 Remote keyless entry function, For Intelligent Key system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14 Repairing flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4 Repairing tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6 Reporting safety defects. . . . . . . . . . .9-15

Index 10-5

Road accident precautions . . . . . . . . .EV-9 Roadside assistance program . . . . . . . .6-2 Rollover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7 Roof-mounted curtain side-impact supplemental air bag system . . . . . . .1-58

S

Safety Child safety rear door lock. . . . . . . . .3-6 Child seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Reporting safety defects . . . . . . . . .9-15

Scene guide At home after driving . . . . . . . . . .EV-21 Before driving your vehicle (models with navigation system) . . .EV-15 Charging the Li-ion battery . . . . . .EV-12 Driving the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . .EV-18 Parking the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-20 Starting your vehicle . . . . . . . . . . .EV-17

Seat belt Child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-18 Infants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Injured person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Larger children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Precautions on seat belt usage . . . . .1-10 Pregnant women . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13 Rear center seat belt. . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Seat belt cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-6 Seat belt extenders. . . . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Seat belt maintenance . . . . . . . . . .1-17 Seat belts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10 Seat belts with pretensioners . . . . . .1-61

Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-21 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . .1-16 Small children . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-19 Three-point type . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-13

Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2 Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-56

Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), engine start . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), EV system start . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Servicing climate control . . . . . . . . . .4-43 Shifting

Electric shift control system . . . . . . .5-15 Shoulder belt height adjustment . . . . . .1-16 Shoulder belt height adjustment, For front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-16 Speedometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6 Stability control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-160 Starting

Before starting system . . . . . . . . . .5-14 Jump starting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10 Precautions when starting and driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4 Push starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 Starting the traction motor . . . . . . .5-15

Status light, Front passenger air bag . . .1-52 Steering

Heated steering wheel . . . . . . . . . .2-57 Power steering system . . . . . . . . .5-156 Tilt steering column . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23

Stopping the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5 Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-61 Stowing golf bags. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66

Sunglasses holder . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-63 Sun visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24 Supplemental air bag warning labels . . .1-62 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Supplemental restraint system

Precautions on supplemental restraint system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-43

Supplemental Restraint System (SRS). . .1-43 Switch

Autolight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 ECO switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Fog light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-55 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2 Headlight switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-49 Immediate charge switch . . .CH-48, 2-58 Instrument brightness control . . . . .2-54 Power door lock switch. . . . . . . .3-4, 3-6 Rear window and outside mirror defroster switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-48 Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Turn signal switch . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46

T

Telematic Control Unit Gen2K. . . . . . . .9-18 Telematics overview . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16 Temperature

Li-ion battery temperature gauge . . . .2-7 Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14

10-6 Index

Theft (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), traction motor start . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Tilt steering column. . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23 Tire

Flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3 Low tire pressure warning system . . .5-4 Tire and Loading Information label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-31, 9-9 Tire chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-36 Tire dressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-32 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3 Tire rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-37 Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-35 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . .9-14 Wheels and tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28 Wheel/tire size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5

Tire pressure Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19

Tonneau cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-65 Top

Tether strap child restraints . . . . . . .1-25 Top tether strap child restraint . . . . . . .1-25 Towing

Flat towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 Tow truck towing. . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13 Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14

Towing a trailer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14 TPMS, Tire Pressure Monitoring System . .5-4 Traction motor

Traction motor serial number . . . . . .9-8

Transceiver HomeLink Universal Transceiver . . . . . . .2-71, 2-73, 2-74, 2-75

Transmitter, With Intelligent Key system (Refer to Intelligent Key system) . . . . . .3-14 Trickle charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-11 Turn signal switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-54 Type of charge and how to charge the Li-ion battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-5

U

Underbody cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Uniform tire quality grading . . . . . . . . .9-14 Unplugged status . . . . . . . . . . . . .CH-49 USB/iPod Charging Ports . . . . . . . . .4-43

V

Vanity mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-25 Vehicle

Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . .9-6 Loading information. . . . . . . . . . . .9-10 Security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-43

Vehicle Dynamic Control (VDC) system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-160 Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Vehicle immobilizer system . . . . .2-44, 5-14 Vehicle information display . . . . .2-25, 2-26 Vehicle security system (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System), engine start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-44, 5-14

Vents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27 Visors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-24

W

Warning Air bag warning light . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Hazard warning flasher switch . . . . . .6-2 Indicators for operation . . . . . . . . .2-33 Low tire pressure warning light . . . . .2-19 Supplemental air bag warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-62, 2-21 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4, 6-3 Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-15

Warning/indicator lights and audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Audible reminders . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Warning lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14

Warning light Anti-lock braking system (ABS) warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-16 BRAKE warning light (red) . . . . . . . . .2-17 BRAKE warning light (yellow) . . . . . . .2-17 Seat belt warning light . . . . . . . . . .2-21

Warning lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-14 Washer switch

Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46

Index 10-7

Washing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2 Waxing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Weights (See dimensions and weights) . .9-6 Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-28

Care of wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Cleaning aluminum alloy wheels. . . . .7-4

Wheel/tire size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-5 When traveling or registering in another country . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-7 Window(s)

Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-3 Windows

Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-66 Windshield-washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . .8-11 Windshield wiper blades . . . . . . .8-14, 8-16 Wiper

Pulling up the wiper arm . . . . . . . . .8-15 Rear window wiper and washer switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-47 Rear window wiper blade. . . . . . . . .8-17 Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . .2-46 Wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14, 8-16

Wiper and washer switch . . . . . . . . . .2-46

10-8 Index

MEMO

MEMO

MEMO

Manualsnet FAQs

If you want to find out how the Leaf Nissan works, you can view and download the Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual on the Manualsnet website.

Yes, we have the Owner's Manual for Nissan Leaf as well as other Nissan manuals. All you need to do is to use our search bar and find the user manual that you are looking for.

The Owner's Manual should include all the details that are needed to use a Nissan Leaf. Full manuals and user guide PDFs can be downloaded from Manualsnet.com.

The best way to navigate the Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual is by checking the Table of Contents at the top of the page where available. This allows you to navigate a manual by jumping to the section you are looking for.

This Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual consists of sections like Table of Contents, to name a few. For easier navigation, use the Table of Contents in the upper left corner.

You can download Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual free of charge simply by clicking the “download” button in the upper right corner of any manuals page. This feature allows you to download any manual in a couple of seconds and is generally in PDF format. You can also save a manual for later by adding it to your saved documents in the user profile.

To be able to print Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual, simply download the document to your computer. Once downloaded, open the PDF file and print the Nissan Leaf v16 Owner's Manual as you would any other document. This can usually be achieved by clicking on “File” and then “Print” from the menu bar.